summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-25 05:34:24 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-25 05:34:24 -0800
commit9dbd3257afec787772f3db74c3b261aa17bd5a62 (patch)
treebb501f5a1c89750cdcad07e75a9c40c95c27663d
parent694db12b07230c7dc1d227b5dbf196a6c04fa79d (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/69517-0.txt6446
-rw-r--r--old/69517-0.zipbin107451 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h.zipbin1013765 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h/69517-h.htm7134
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h/images/cover.jpgbin262153 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h/images/illus-002.jpgbin131624 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h/images/illus-003.jpgbin170910 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h/images/illus-004.jpgbin127886 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69517-h/images/illus-fpc.jpgbin222583 -> 0 bytes
12 files changed, 17 insertions, 13580 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b69d117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #69517 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/69517)
diff --git a/old/69517-0.txt b/old/69517-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d093b6..0000000
--- a/old/69517-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6446 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The ocean wireless boys of the iceberg
-patrol, by Wilbur Lawton
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The ocean wireless boys of the iceberg patrol
-
-Author: Wilbur Lawton
-
-Illustrator: Charles L. Wrenn
-
-Release Date: December 10, 2022 [eBook #69517]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Roger Frank and Sue Clark
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF
-THE ICEBERG PATROL ***
-
-
-
-
-
-THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF THE ICEBERG PATROL
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-[Illustration: Amidst a glare of red flame and lurid smoke, the young
-operator staggered backward.]
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF THE ICEBERG PATROL
-
-BY
-
-CAPTAIN WILBUR LAWTON
-
-AUTHOR OF
- “THE BOY AVIATORS’ SERIES,”
- “THE DREADNOUGHT BOYS’ SERIES,”
- “THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS ON THE ATLANTIC,”
- “THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS AND THE LOST LINER”
-
-WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY CHARLES L. WRENN
-
-NEW YORK
-
-HURST & COMPANY
-
-PUBLISHERS
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright, 1915,
-
-BY
-
-HURST & COMPANY
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-CONTENTS
-
- I. ON THE OCEAN TRAIL
- II. ON THE LOOKOUT FOR ICE
- III. A NARROW ESCAPE
- IV. MAN OVERBOARD!
- V. IMPRISONED
- VI. MAROONED ON AN ICEBERG
- VII. JACK SAVES THE CAPTAIN
- VIII. ON BOARD THE “_POLLY ANN_”
- IX. A JOKE ON POMPEY
- X. PLANS TO ESCAPE
- XI. A FIENDISH PLOT
- XII. UNCLE TOBY IS OFF FOR TREASURE
- XIII. POMPEY MYSTIFIED
- XIV. TERROR CARSON’S NERVE
- XV. A WHALE IS ANNOYED
- XVI. LOCKED IN THE CABIN
- XVII. IN THE EYES OF THE SHIP
- XVIII. RAYNOR TO THE RESCUE
- XIX. SKULL ISLAND
- XX. JACK TRIES OUT HIS INVENTION
- XXI. THE WRECK OF THE “_POLLY ANN_”
- XXII. FOOTPRINTS ON THE SAND
- XXIII. AN UNEXPECTED MEETING
- XXIV. A FRIGHT IN THE NIGHT
- XXV. POMPEY LEARNS ABOUT WIRELESS
- XXVI. A JOYOUS MESSAGE
- XXVII. A CRASH IN THE FOG
- XXVIII. UNCLE TOBY IS SURPRISED
- XXIX. OFF FOR SKULL ISLAND
- XXX. JACK AND BILL MEET ONCE MORE
- XXXI. IN A BOILING SEA
- XXXII. CEDAR ISLAND AT LAST
- XXXIII. TERROR CARSON AGAIN
- XXXIV. A PERILOUS ADVENTURE
- XXXV. THE TREASURE
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The Ocean Wireless Boys of the Iceberg Patrol
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I: ON THE OCEAN TRAIL.
-
-
-The big, high-sided _Cambodian_, in ballast, that is, carrying no
-cargo, and outward bound from New York for Rotterdam, was
-shouldering through the green seas that came racing to meet her. The
-_Cambodian_ was a brand new freighter of the big shipping combine
-controlled by Jacob Jukes, and as just then no better berth had been
-offered, Jack Ready found himself occupying her wireless room
-getting the newly installed radio apparatus in shape and tuned up
-for effective service.
-
-As he worked over a refractory detector Jack, although normally of a
-cheerful disposition, felt a strong inclination to grumble at his
-present berth. He had been hoping for a chance at the wireless
-operator job on board the _Empire State_, the newest and greatest of
-the Jukes trans-Atlantic liners. But at the last moment he had been
-passed over and another operator appointed on the ground of
-seniority.
-
-But Jack’s gloomy mood did not last long. As usual, the stimulus of
-work soon caused the clouds to dissolve, and by the time he had the
-detector adjusted, he was humming cheerfully. As he looked up from
-his completed job, a ruddy-faced, cheery-looking lad about two years
-older than Jack, who was eighteen, stuck his head in at the door of
-the wireless-room which, besides the apparatus, contained Jack’s
-bunk, a picture of the boy’s dead mother hanging at its head, and
-the desk at which he made out his reports.
-
-“Hello there,” hailed Jack, as Billy Raynor appeared, “going off
-watch?”
-
-“Well, don’t I look it, with this fine old coat of grime on my
-hide?” laughed Jack’s chum, now promoted to the post of second
-engineer on the new freighter.
-
-“Thought when you got to be second you were just going to loll
-around with your hands in your pockets and give orders,” commented
-Jack.
-
-“Um, so did I,” rejoined Raynor with a rather wry grin, “but, as you
-see, it didn’t just work out that way. By-the-way, I thought you
-were going to be the dandy, brass-buttoned wireless hero on a
-passenger packet this trip.”
-
-It was Jack’s turn to give a rueful smile and he rejoined, “So did
-I.”
-
-“Old Jukes was mighty nice about it though,” he explained. “I’m
-getting the same pay as I would on a liner and then, too, that check
-for that South American business came in mighty handy, so that,
-financially, I’m not kicking. But I do want to get ahead in my
-work.”
-
-“Well, old Jukes ought to shove you right along,” declared Raynor,
-coming in and planting his overalled form in a chair by the desk.
-“You’ve sure done a lot for him, starting in by saving his daughter,
-and----”
-
-“Say, shut up, will you!” sputtered Jack, turning red. “I don’t want
-any favoritism for anything I may or may not have done. That isn’t
-it. I just want to get right ahead in the wireless game.”
-
-“And so you are, so far as I can see,” replied Raynor.
-“Incidentally, how’s the portable set coming along?”
-
-He referred to Jack’s pet hobby, an invention over which he had
-worked during all his spare time, afloat and ashore, for months. It
-was a portable wireless set in which weight and complexity had been
-cut to the bone. Jack had managed to reduce the weight by degrees
-till at last he had produced what he believed would prove a
-practicable device for use in the field, which weighed a trifle
-under fifty pounds, and could be carried over the operator’s
-shoulder in a satchel.
-
-In reply to young Raynor’s question, Jack opened a closet and
-produced a set of instruments of exquisite finish. Attached to them
-was a neat coil of copper wire and, strapped to the base that
-supported the whole, was a flat package of cloth and bamboo sticks.
-
-“What’s that jigger underneath?” asked Raynor, referring to the
-latter bit of apparatus.
-
-“That’s a box kite,” explained Jack.
-
-“A box kite? What in the world do you want with that?”
-
-“Well, you can’t send out or receive messages without aërials, can
-you?” parried Jack.
-
-“No, but you could hitch your aërial wires to a tree or----”
-
-“All right, Mr. Smarty, but just suppose that you are in a country
-where there are no trees.”
-
-“Oh, I see,” exclaimed Raynor, “in that case you’d do a little kite
-flying.”
-
-“That’s the idea exactly,” responded Jack.
-
-“Have you tested it yet?” inquired Raynor.
-
-“Up to 150 miles. It works splendidly. I’m going to gear up my
-hand-generator higher so as to produce a stronger alternating
-current, however. Then I think I’ll get better results.”
-
-Clang-g-g-g-g-g-g-g!
-
-A gong above Jack’s head sounded clamorously. This gong was another
-of the boy’s inventions. By means of a silicon detector ingeniously
-connected, a wireless wave striking the antenna of the _Cambodian’s_
-apparatus instantly sounded the gong. In this way Jack had done with
-a lot of tiresome waiting for calls with his receivers clamped to
-his head.
-
-“Something doing?” asked Raynor, as Jack sprang from the chair he
-had been sitting on and seated himself in front of the wireless key.
-
-“I guess it’s nothing much,” was the reply, “_Siasconset_ maybe, or
-_Race_.”
-
-But a moment later the expression of the young operator’s face grew
-concentrated. His hand reached out for a pencil and he began to
-scribble on his transcription pad the words that came pulsing
-against his ears like waves out of a vast sea of space.
-
- “Steamer _Athenia_ (Br.) reports,”--thus Jack wrote--“Along
- parallel of 45.06 saw ice as follows:--Grindstone, one mile
- of ice inshore. Scatari, close-packed ice inshore. Cape Ray,
- loose strings distant. Money Point, heavy close-packed ice
- inshore. Cape Race, several small strings loose ice drifting
- S. W.”
-
-Raynor had been peering oyer Jack’s shoulder as the boy wrote. When
-he ceased, the young engineer was full of eager questions. Jack
-flashed out an answer to the _Athenia_ and then “grounded” his
-instrument.
-
-“Well, that’s to be expected in April,” was his comment. “I guess
-we’ll get a lot more of such reports before long.”
-
-“Think we’ll run into any bergs?” asked Raynor rather anxiously.
-
-“Don’t get nervous,” laughed Jack, “the iceberg patrol is on the
-lookout for those. I’m surprised they haven’t ‘tapped-in’ yet with
-some information. That’s the service for you, old man, the iceberg
-patrol. Think of the lives you have a chance to save and--and--but
-I’ve got to be off with this message to the old man.”
-
-Jack hurried from the cabin, and forwarded his message to Captain
-Briggs on the bridge. Raynor followed with more deliberation and
-made for his own cabin and soap and water. As he removed the grime
-of the engine-room, he mused on the subject of icebergs. Not many
-weeks before a big liner had blundered at night into a huge floating
-continent of ice and had sunk, with a terrible toll of lives and
-suffering.
-
-“If a big old liner like that couldn’t stand one wallop from an
-iceberg what chance would the _Cambodian_ stand?” he wondered.
-“Still, as Jack said, since the accident they’ve had a regular
-iceberg patrol to send out warnings by wireless of any bergs that
-happen to be in the vicinity. I wouldn’t mind seeing a berg though,
-if it wasn’t at too close range. Wonder if I ever will?”
-
-Had the young engineer possessed the gift of second sight, he would
-have been able to foresee that in the immediate future he was
-destined to come into closer contact with icebergs than he would
-have dreamed possible, and also that the entire current of his life
-was to be changed by a series of unlooked for and astonishing
-happenings.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II: ON THE LOOKOUT FOR ICE.
-
-
-With the dropping of the sun it fell bitter cold. The sea heaved in
-a leaden, lightless swell which the forefoot of the _Cambodian_, as
-she drove along, broke into spuming spray. The officers donned their
-heavy bridge coats. The crew, or that portion of it which had the
-watch on deck, wrapped up as warmly as they could in the scanty
-garments they possessed.
-
-When Jack opened his cabin to go below to his evening meal, a slight
-flurry of snow struck him in the face.
-
-“Goodness!” thought the boy, “here’s a change, and when we left New
-York folks were thinking about Coney Island and putting their winter
-coats in moth-balls.”
-
-The captain was the only other occupant of the dining-room, from
-which opened the officer’s cabins, when Jack went below. The boy
-noticed that Captain Briggs’ face was rather flushed, and his eyes
-were very bright as he took his seat. The captain had finished
-eating but before he left the room he came to Jack’s side and,
-leaning over him, asked in a rather thick voice, if there had been
-any more reports on icebergs. Jack replied in the negative.
-
-“Tha’s aw’ ri’ then,” said the captain in a loud, boastful voice,
-whose tones were thick. “Donner be ’fraid icebergs with Cap’n Briggs
-on board. I’m an old sea-going walrus, I am. I jes go ri’ through
-’em, yes, sir, jes like knife goin’ thro’ cheese. Thas me.”
-
-He swaggered out of the cabin with his scarlet face grinning. Jack’s
-eyes followed him as the captain rather staggeringly ascended the
-companionway.
-
-“I don’t know much about such things,” thought the boy, while a
-serious look came over his face, “but it seems to me that Captain
-Briggs is under the influence of liquor. That’s a bad thing. Liquor
-is bad at all times but it’s more dangerous at sea than anywhere
-else.”
-
-He finished his meal hastily and returned to his cabin to find his
-“wireless bell” ringing furiously. Jack lost no time in getting to
-work. He found that the U. S. revenue cutter _Seneca_, one of the
-craft detailed by Uncle Sam to the iceberg patrol, was flashing out
-signals of warning. Jack got the operator to repeat them when half a
-dozen or more other steamers had picked them up.
-
-The _Seneca’s_ operator was in a bad mood at this.
-
-“Confound you fellows,” he flashed through space, “why don’t you pay
-attention and get the message from the jump?”
-
-“I was eating supper,” Jack replied contritely.
-
-“I haven’t had a chance to eat yet, and I’m so hungry I could gobble
-a boiler-plate pie,” growled the government man. “This is a dog’s
-life.”
-
-“I’d trade you jobs,” flashed Jack, but the other ignored this and
-began thundering out his message concerning the white terrors of the
-north.
-
-“Ready?” he flashed.
-
-“Fire away!” sparked crackingly from Jack’s key. Far above him, in
-the night, the aërials flashed and snapped.
-
-“_Seneca_, U.S. Iceberg Patrol. Str. Montrose reports from 50:47 on
-parallel 42, sighted three bergs, two growlers, April 6th, moving
-S.W. Barometer 30. Temperature 36. Overcast. Wind N.W. About 18
-miles per hour.
-
-“April 7th, 2:00 a. m., big berg, lat. 42.34, long. 48.15. Growler
-four miles north-west. Both moving south.”
-
-“That’s all. Now I’ll get a chance to stow some grub--maybe,”
-grumpily concluded the report. Jack did not jot down these latter
-words.
-
-As he made his way forward with his report, the young wireless man
-noticed that the fog was beginning to rise from the sea in long,
-wavering wreaths. They looked ghostlike under the stars. In the
-light breeze they danced a sort of witches’ dance. It looked as if
-the sea was a boiling expanse with whirling banners of steam rising
-from it. Even as Jack hurried forward he saw that the banners were
-closing in to form a solid web of mist.
-
-The _Cambodian_ was ploughing steadily forward. From her single big
-funnel, black with a broad white band, inky smoke was pouring out a
-volume that showed there was to be no niggardly saving of coal on
-the present voyage. In fact, before sailing, Jack had heard that she
-represented a new type of fast freighter, and that her maiden voyage
-would be utilized as an opportunity of trying her out thoroughly.
-
-Above the young operator hung the spiderweb strands of the antenne.
-Practiced operator as he was, Jack had never quite lost his wonder
-at the often recurring thought that from those slender copper
-cables, seemingly inert, he could, by the pressure and release of a
-key, send out a message, in time of danger, that would bring a score
-of ships hastening to the stricken one. It was characteristic of the
-boy that close acquaintance with the wireless had not in the least
-dimmed his enthusiasm and reverence for its marvels.
-
-On the bridge were three figures, shrouded in heavy coats. They were
-the captain, chief officer, and second officer. From one end of the
-bridge a seaman was constantly casting overboard a canvas bucket
-attached to a rope and hauling it in board again. Each time he
-brought the bucket to the group of officers, one of whom thrust a
-thermometer into it and then read off the temperature of the water.
-
-“Dropped ten degrees, by Neptune!” Captain Briggs exclaimed thickly
-as Jack came up. He had just finished scrutinizing the thermometer
-under the light of a hooded lantern.
-
-“Ten degrees, sir!” cried Mr. Mulliner, the first officer.
-
-“That’s what. We ought to smell ice before long,” was the reply,
-with a loud, hilarious laugh.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III: A NARROW ESCAPE.
-
-
-“It’s too bad. The captain has certainly been drinking,” mused Jack
-to himself as he stood at attention and presented the dispatch he
-had just copied.
-
-“What’s this?” demanded the captain, regarding him with bloodshot
-eyes that blinked suspiciously.
-
-“Report from the _Seneca_, sir. Bergs in the vicinity,” spoke up
-Jack.
-
-“Report from the _Seneca_, eh?” muttered Captain Briggs muzzily.
-“Well I know as well as they do there are bergs ahead. Let’s see
-what it’s all about.”
-
-He took the message and scanned it under the light of the lantern by
-which he had been taking thermometer readings. His hand shook and he
-called first officer Mulliner to read the message to him. Mulliner
-repeated it in a grave voice.
-
-“Hadn’t we better slow down, sir?” he asked.
-
-“Slow down? What for?” blustered the flushed captain.
-
-“Why, sir, the temperature of the water and then this dispatch all
-go to show that we are nearing ice-fields, maybe growlers and bergs.
-We are making fully eighteen knots now and----”
-
-“We’ll continue to do so,” exclaimed the captain. “I’ve sailed these
-seas for a good many more years than you’ve been on earth, Mr.
-Mulliner.”
-
-“That may all be, sir,” rejoined the young officer anxiously, “but
-at this speed----”
-
-“At this speed we’ll head ’em off according to my calculations,”
-declared the captain. “If we slowed down we’d land in the middle of
-’em. If we keep full speed ahead, we’ll pass to the south of ’em.”
-
-“Then you mean to race them, sir?”
-
-“That’s what. If that’s what you want to call it. Now get to your
-duty, Mr. Mulliner,” added the captain in sharp tones, as if he felt
-he had been too lenient even to argue with his subordinate. Mr.
-Mulliner, muttering something about “suicidal,” turned away.
-
-“Any orders, sir?” asked Jack, when he was alone with the captain.
-
-Captain Briggs shook his head. He was a seaman of the old school and
-did not place much faith in wireless.
-
-“Just stick at your instruments,” he said, “but if there’s bergs
-about the look-out, bet my nose ull pick ’em up ahead of any fool
-wireless contraption.”
-
-Jack made his way aft, burning with indignation. Here was a fine,
-new ship, being driven at top speed toward the greatest peril a
-seaman can encounter, at the whim of a man who had been drinking.
-But there was nothing to be done, as Jack reflected with a sense of
-speechless anger. Aboard ship the captain, no matter how insane his
-orders may appear, is absolute czar of the situation. His word is
-law. He can hang or imprison, for mutiny, anyone who dares to
-question his orders.
-
-The young wireless operator paused, before he reentered his snug
-cabin with its shining instruments, to lean over the rail and gaze
-out into the night. The mist had thickened now. It struck at his
-face like clammy fingers. The night was quite silent but for the
-vague hum of the engines far below him, and the hiss and roar of the
-sea as the hulk of the _Cambodian_ was driven through it.
-
-Ahead it was almost impossible to see anything but a dense, black
-pall that might hide anything. Dimly through the mist curtains, Jack
-could make out the figure of the look-out in the crow’s nest.
-Occasionally he could catch his hoarse shout of “All’s well” and an
-answer, booming through the smother, from the bridge.
-
-Suddenly the whistle began sounding. At regular half minute
-intervals it shrieked hoarsely.
-
-Jack knew what they were doing. If bergs were in the vicinity, in
-the intervals of silence between blasts, an echo would be flung
-back.
-
-“Pshaw, that’s a haphazard way of detecting bergs at best,” muttered
-Jack to himself.
-
-But he found himself listening with strained ears to catch the
-slightest sound of an echo after each clamorous yammer of the big
-siren. He fell to musing of the night on the _Ajax_ when the big
-berg had loomed up before them.
-
-Details of that night were told in the first volume of the Ocean
-Wireless Series, which was called “The Ocean Wireless Boys on the
-Atlantic.” This volume introduced Jack, his strange dwelling place,
-and his odd relative, Cap’n Toby Ready, to our readers. We found
-Jack, pretty well disheartened in his ambition to become a wireless
-operator, on his way home among the shipping to the queer old
-derelict craft where he lived with his uncle Toby, the latter a
-purveyor of vegetable drugs and medicine, to old and superannuated
-skippers.
-
-Seeing a crowd on a dock, Jack went to find out what was the matter.
-He soon discovered that the young daughter of Jacob Jukes, the
-millionaire head of the great shipping combine, had strayed from her
-father, who was visiting a great “oil-tanker” moored there, and had
-tumbled overboard.
-
-Jack leaped from the dock, while the others stood paralyzed with
-helplessness, and saved the child in the nick of time. This won him
-Mr. Jukes’ extravagant gratitude. He wanted to give Jack money. But
-all Jack wanted was a job as wireless operator on the big
-“oil-tanker,” the _Ajax_. He got it. Mr. Jukes would have given him
-the ship had he asked for it. But the millionaire was autocratic.
-After Jack’s first voyage he wanted the lad to give up the sea and,
-at a big salary, become the friend and companion of the
-millionaire’s son, Tom, a sickly lad. This by no means suited Jack
-and he and the millionaire quarreled.
-
-But Jack forged steadily ahead in his chosen profession. On his
-first voyage, by a clever wireless trick, he brought confusion on a
-gang of tobacco smugglers and set all their plans at naught. For
-this brave act he almost paid with his life. But all came out well,
-and on a homeward voyage from Antwerp he was able, once more with
-the aid of the wireless, to unite Mr. Jukes and his son, Tom, who
-had become separated when the millionaire’s yacht caught fire and
-burned to the water-line at sea.
-
-In the next volume, which was called “The Ocean Wireless Boys and
-the Lost Liner,” Jack found himself the natty chief wireless man of
-the crack West Indian liner, _Tropic Queen_, one of the finest
-passenger craft plying those waters.
-
-Jack and his assistant, a youth named Sam Smalley, found themselves
-involved in an intrigue almost at once. A mysterious wireless code and
-a plot to steal papers involving the Panama Canal formed its chief
-features.
-
-In trying to fight the ring of rascals, against whom he found
-himself pitted, Jack was drugged in the Island of Jamaica and cast
-into an inaccessible dungeon--part of an old Spanish castle called
-The Lion’s Mouth. By wonderful ingenuity and pluck he escaped from
-the fate planned for him.
-
-Later a safe was blown open on the _Tropic Queen_ and the Panama
-papers were stolen.
-
-But Jack’s quick work at the wireless key soon summoned Uncle Sam’s
-speediest battleships and cruisers to an ocean wide search for the
-yacht, on board which was the gang that had stolen the papers. They
-were recovered eventually by Jack and handed over to the rightful
-owner. But not long after the Tropic Queen was caught in a hurricane
-and cast on an island.
-
-All seemed lost, for a huge tidal wave overwhelmed the wreck to
-which Jack and Sam had swum out, leaving the others ashore. But
-eventually the two boys reached land and rejoined the other
-castaways. The message that Jack had sent out before the convulsion
-of nature ended, the lost liner had reached other crafts, however,
-and all were rescued safely. Jack and Sam each received substantial
-rewards for their services.
-
-Jack was turning out of the night to reënter his cabin when Raynor
-came along. He was going on watch again.
-
-“What news?” he asked, as he paused near Jack.
-
-“Nothing much, except that there is ice ahead.”
-
-“Bergs?”
-
-“Yes, and growlers too, and field ice maybe. The _Seneca_ reports
-it.”
-
-Raynor looked about him in a puzzled way.
-
-“But we haven’t slowed down,” he said at length.
-
-“That’s just it. Captain Briggs is a drinking man. He is drinking
-to-night and reckless. He means to keep right on this way.”
-
-“Why, that’s madness. At any minute----”
-
-“That’s just what Mr. Mulliner says. But what are we going to do?
-You know as well as I do that the skipper’s word is law at sea.”
-
-Raynor perched himself on the rail, balancing there high above the
-water, a favorite position with him.
-
-“I wish you’d brace your legs when you do that,” remarked Jack. “If
-there was a sudden lurch or anything you’d go right overboard, and
-nothing could save you. I’ve spoken to you a dozen times about it
-and----”
-
-“I know you have, you croaking old land-lubber,” laughed Raynor,
-“it’s alright. As for danger, if you could see me lying in the
-crank-pit, with the big steel throws smashing round within half an
-inch of my nose I guess you’d be worried then.”
-
-“No, I wouldn’t, because that’s your business and you know what
-you’re doing,” responded Jack, “but balancing like that’s just pure
-foolhardiness.”
-
-“So there’s ice ahead?” said Raynor, ignoring Jack’s protest.
-
-“That’s the report. They’re testing the temperature of the water on
-the bridge. It’s falling all the time.”
-
-“Well, what does that amiable maniac Briggs think he’s going to do,
-knock a berg out of his way if he hits it?”
-
-“No; he figures in his muddled brain that by keeping up full speed
-he can pass to the south of the path of the bergs. In other words,
-he’s racing them.”
-
-“And if he loses the race there’ll be a most almighty smash-up.”
-
-“That’s it. I---- What in the name of time is that?”
-
-Jack broke off in an alarmed voice. Hoarsely, through the night, had
-come the frightened cry of the man in the crow’s nest.
-
-“For the Lord’s sake back her!”
-
-“What’s up?” was shouted from the bridge.
-
-“It’s ice. Ice dead ahead! To the port to starboard!”
-
-With startled eyes and drumming pulses Jack stared forward.
-
-Ghostlike, gigantic and looming white in the darkness a monolithic
-tower overhung, as it seemed, the _Cambodian’s_ bow.
-
-“Full speed astern!” came the voice of Mulliner, shrill with alarm,
-and then the hoarse shout of Captain Briggs.
-
-“No, confound you. Ahead! D’ye hear me--ahead!”
-
-And then came a shout to the wheelman.
-
-“Hard over! Hard over for your life!”
-
-The _Cambodian_, at unreduced speed, swung off her course. A
-shivering shock ran through her steel frame as she grazed the giant
-berg and then--swung off, hardly scratched. Jack felt a quick bound
-of his heart. In spite of his dissipation, Captain Briggs had shown
-he knew how to handle the emergency. That quick order of full speed
-ahead, and the swift shifting of the wheel had enabled the
-_Cambodian_ to save her life.
-
-“Say, Raynor, old man!” cried the boy enthusiastically, while the
-shouldering form of the berg grew dim, a passed menace, and the
-raucous shouts of the crew rose up to him, “say Raynor, I’ll take
-back what I said about Captain Briggs. I----why don’t you answer?”
-
-Jack turned swiftly. Then he stiffened with alarm. The place where
-his chum had been perched upon the rail was vacant. Raynor was gone.
-For a brief instant Jack was silent from the shock. Then his voice
-rang out in tones of vibrant fear.
-
-“Man overboard!” he cried, running forward stumblingly, “man
-overboard!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV: MAN OVERBOARD!
-
-
-Simultaneously with the shivering shock of the impact with the
-iceberg, Billy Raynor felt himself lose his balance.
-
-He grasped frantically at the air as he fell backward. But the next
-moment, too alarmed to cry out, he was himself tumbling through
-space. Then came the sharp shock and the icy sensation of his
-immersion as he struck the water.
-
-He came to the surface, his lungs full of brine and his ears roaring
-as if an express train had been rushing past them. He gasped for
-breath and spat the salt water out. Far above him he saw for a flash
-the black, high hull of the _Cambodian_. He saw her lights. For a
-brief instant he could hear shouts.
-
-And then the ship had passed by. An instant later she had vanished
-from the castaway lad’s sight.
-
-“Help!” yelled Raynor, finding his voice at last. He sent the cry
-echoing and volleying across the dark water again and again. But
-there was no response.
-
-A chill of deadly fear, not altogether born of the icy water, struck
-in at his heart. He was alone on the Atlantic. Nothing but his own
-efforts would keep him above the water very long. And weighted as he
-was by his water-soaked clothes, he felt his strength ebbing every
-moment.
-
-“Great heavens,” he moaned to himself, “is this to be the end? Am I
-doomed to end my life here in the ocean with nobody to know of my
-fate?”
-
-He cast his eyes upward. Then he almost gave a shout of relief.
-Towering above him was a mighty white wall.
-
-It was the iceberg to which he owed his predicament.
-
-It has been said that drowning men will clutch at straws. This may,
-or may not, be true, but certain it is that to Billy Raynor, almost
-exhausted by his long fight in the chilly water, the iceberg
-appeared a haven of refuge. Like most of such huge ice structures it
-was very irregular in shape.
-
-Near him was a spot at which a narrow shelf stretched out close to
-the water’s edge. Raynor struck out for it and drew himself upon the
-ledge of ice. Then, for a time, he lay there supine, too weak to
-even move.
-
-He was fearfully cold. His teeth chattered and he felt as if his
-flesh must be blue. But at least he had saved his life for the time
-being. He knew that ten minutes more in the water would have
-finished him. Raynor sat up and took stock of the situation.
-
-He was afloat on an iceberg, a precarious enough situation surely.
-His momentary feeling of exultation at having found a safe refuge
-began to fade. He felt a wave of fear pass over him. He shouted with
-all his might, cupping his hands and casting his voice in the
-direction he thought the _Cambodian_ had vanished. But had he known
-it he was sending his appeals in altogether the wrong quarter, for
-the iceberg was slowly revolving as it lumbered its way south.
-
-“This won’t do. I mustn’t give way,” thought the lad, pluckily
-striving to overcome his depressing fears.
-
-He felt in his pockets. The tin box in which he was carrying down
-his midnight lunch for consumption in the _Cambodian’s_ engine room
-was still there.
-
-“That’s lucky,” thought Raynor, and was still more pleased when he
-found that its contents, sandwiches and a piece of pie, were not
-much damaged by water. He began to eat ravenously, in the meantime
-turning his dilemma over and over in his mind.
-
-“I’m in the steamer track anyhow,” he thought. “I’m bound to be
-sighted and picked up before long, even if the _Cambodian_ isn’t
-standing by and waiting for morning.”
-
-But then came the disquieting thought that the iceberg was drifting.
-He had no means of knowing how fast. But by daylight it might be far
-south of the steamer track, which is as well marked as any land
-road, and rarely deviated from by any vessels except sailing craft.
-
-“And just think how little things can grow into big ones,” mused the
-lad, as he munched his scanty store. “Jack told me not to balance on
-the rail. If I’d taken his advice instead of laughing at it I
-wouldn’t be here. I’d be on board the _Cambodian_. Jove though--” he
-broke off suddenly, as a new thought struck him,--“maybe the
-_Cambodian_ was badly ripped by the collision. She may have
-sunk--and Jack----”
-
-He buried his face in his hands, too much unnerved by all that he
-had gone through to think any longer. By degrees he regained
-possession of his faculties, however. He fell once more to revolving
-his plight. He need not fear death from thirst for he had his knife
-and could chip off fragments of ice and let them melt in his mouth
-when he felt so inclined. Food, though, was another consideration.
-He resolutely set aside two sandwiches and half his wedge of pie for
-emergencies.
-
-It was still dark and misty and he could see little but the blackly
-heaving water at his feet and the towering white walls of the berg
-above him. Suddenly, however, he became aware of a sound, a strange
-sound to hear in his present position.
-
-It was the sound of a footfall, furtive and cautious!
-
-The blood flew poundingly to the boy’s pulses. He sprang erect,
-knife in hand. What he might be called upon to face he did not know.
-
-But he knew he was not alone on the iceberg.
-
-His heart beat thick and hot and then seemed to stop. Advancing
-onward, from round a shoulder of ice which reached down to the shelf
-on which he had found refuge, was a tall white form.
-
-It resembled nothing that the boy had ever seen. As if in a
-nightmare he stood there fixed as a graven image, staring at it with
-starting eyes as it slowly approached him.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V: IMPRISONED.
-
-
-Captain Briggs looked blankly at Jack as the frightened boy came
-forward by leaps and bounds to the bridge, shouting “Man overboard,”
-a cry which was speedily taken up and echoed from end to end of the
-ship.
-
-“Whasser marrer?” demanded the captain, seizing the excited boy’s
-shoulder.
-
-Jack pointed back into the obscurity. His voice was choked with
-emotion.
-
-“It’s Raynor,--Billy Raynor, second assistant engineer, sir. He fell
-overboard when we bumped that berg.”
-
-“He did, eh?” repeated the captain thickly, staring stupidly at
-Jack. “Well, he’s in Davy Jones locker by this time, you may depend
-upon that.”
-
-For a moment Jack stood stupefied. Then he broke out angrily,
-utterly forgetting all discipline.
-
-“Aren’t you lowering a boat? Why don’t you order one away? Raynor’s
-drowning back there.”
-
-“Look here, my lad, you’re excited,” said the captain in more
-collected, sober tones, “I’m not going to lay my ship to among these
-icebergs on the chance,--it’s one in ten thousand,--of saving him. A
-boat couldn’t live among that field ice. It would be crushed in a
-jiffy.”
-
-“Then you’re going to hold on your course without an effort to save
-him--? You’re going to abandon him like a coward?” shouted Jack,
-beside himself.
-
-“Nuzzing to be done,” mumbled the captain, relapsing again, “on your
-course, Mr. Mulliner.”
-
-But Jack was too far enraged to stand this. He sprang forward and
-grasped the first officer’s sleeve.
-
-“Mr. Mulliner, sir, you won’t see this cowardly thing done? You
-won’t leave that poor lad back there without a chance for his life?”
-
-“I can’t help it, my boy, captain’s orders, sorry,” and the officer
-stepped into the wheelhouse to give the steersman his orders.
-
-“It’s murder,” shouted Jack, “I’ll see that you suffer for it,
-Captain Briggs. It’s a black crime, it’s the work of a coward,
-it’s----”
-
-A heavy hand fell on his shoulder. It was Captain Briggs. His face
-was aflame with indignation.
-
-“Wadderyer mean, you young jackanapes,” he roared, beside himself
-with anger and the potations he had drunk, “Jenks, Andrews!”
-
-The seamen who had been heaving the bucket stepped up. They stood
-waiting.
-
-“Bind this young turkey cock hand and foot and lock him in his
-cabin,” thundered Captain Briggs, “he’s guilty of mutiny on the high
-seas, by Neptune. To-morrow I’ll see if there’s not a pair of irons
-on board that will fit him.”
-
-“Do you mean that I am under arrest, captain?” stammered Jack,
-completely taken aback.
-
-“I do, yes, sir, and it may go hard with you if I don’t change my
-mind,” yelled the captain furiously. “Take him away, you men, and
-I’ll hold you responsible for him.”
-
-Jack saw red for a minute. He made a leap for the captain but the
-two sailors caught him.
-
-“Easy there, young feller, easy,” one of them whispered, “we’ve no
-more use for him than you have, but going on this way ain’t goin’
-ter get yer anything. Better come quietly.”
-
-With a sigh that was half a sob Jack submitted to be bound and then
-half carried, half dragged, to his cabin. He heard the key turned in
-the lock. He was a prisoner. A wild idea crossed his mind of
-flashing out by wireless an account of his plight and the captain’s
-drunkenness.
-
-The next instant it dawned upon him that he was powerless. He was a
-prisoner, bound hand and foot like a criminal. And where was Raynor?
-Dead, beyond the possibility of a doubt. He could not have lived
-more than a few moments in that icy sea. Jack groaned aloud in
-anguish as he strained and writhed at his bonds. His plight was
-quite forgotten in his anxiety over Raynor’s fate.
-
-“Hist!”
-
-The sibilant sound of a man’s voice demanding attention broke in on
-Jack’s sad reverie at this juncture. It came from a circular
-grating, made for ventilation in the door of the cabin. Jack looked
-up and saw the face of one of the seamen looking in at him. The hard
-lines of the mariner’s countenance were illumined by the electric
-light within the cabin.
-
-“Well, what’s the matter?” demanded Jack, rather petulantly.
-
-The man, it was the one who had been addressed as Andrews by Captain
-Briggs, began speaking rapidly and cautiously.
-
-“This here Captain Briggs,” he began, “we don’t like him no more
-than you do. I’ve sailed with him before. There’s a plot on foot
-to----”
-
-The heavy footsteps of an officer approaching caused the face to
-vanish and the voice to cease. Outside, Jack recognized Mr.
-Mulliner’s voice giving an order.
-
-“Andrews, you can get forward, you too, Jenks. There’s no need to
-stand on guard here. Give me the key.”
-
-Jack listened and heard the men clump off in one direction. Then he
-heard the sound of Mr. Mulliner’s footsteps die out. He was left to
-his own reflections once more. His mind dwelt on the mysterious hint
-dropped by Andrews.
-
-“There’s a plot on foot----” the man had said.
-
-Jack wondered to himself if there was a mutiny brooding on board the
-_Cambodian_. There had been a seaman’s strike in New York when she
-sailed, and the crew was made up of all sorts of water-front
-riff-raff. Some of them were desperate-looking characters.
-
-The young captive struggled with his ropes as these thoughts ran
-through his mind, But the knots had been tied by seamen, and try as
-he would he could not loosen them. The bonds began to impede his
-circulation and grow painful in the extreme.
-
-“Well, I suppose I’ll have to reconcile myself to my fate till
-morning,” said Jack to himself resignedly. “Something tells me that
-this voyage is going to turn out to be not quite so tame as I
-thought. From what that fellow Andrews said, mutiny is afoot among
-the crew, and we are not yet forty-eight hours out of port.”
-
-His reflections were startlingly interrupted.
-
-The sharp crack of a revolver split the night from somewhere
-forward. Then came hoarse shouts and the sound of trampling feet.
-
-“The trouble has started already!” exclaimed Jack, rising in his
-bunk despite the cruel pain the sudden movement gave his bound
-limbs.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI: MAROONED ON AN ICEBERG.
-
-
-“Am I going crazy?”
-
-Raynor, marooned on the drifting berg, passed a hand across his
-eyes. The white form that had menaced him with he knew not what
-peril a minute before had vanished as suddenly as it had appeared.
-Badly overwrought, the lad stood staring at the place where he had
-seen it.
-
-“This won’t do,” he said to himself, “I mustn’t lose my nerve and
-get to seeing things.”
-
-With an effort he braced up his faculties. With infinite patience he
-waited for daylight. At last, after what seemed years, the east
-began to flush with the dawn. Soon a gray light was diffused over
-the sea, the fog had lifted and the horizon could be seen in every
-quarter.
-
-Raynor gave a groan, despite his determination not to give way, as
-he gazed about him. The sea was empty. The berg, surrounded by a
-small belt of floating ice, was the only object on the surface of
-the waters. Not even a streak of smoke on the sky showed the
-vicinity of steamers.
-
-“I must have drifted right off the ocean track in the night,”
-muttered Raynor. “It’s a million chances to one now if I ever get
-picked up.”
-
-The thought overwhelmed even his sturdy determination to bear up. He
-sank down on the berg utterly unnerved. How long he sat there with
-his head between his hands in an attitude of abject despair he did
-not know.
-
-But he was aroused by a sound of snuffling not far from him. He
-looked up and gave a shout of terror as he did so.
-
-Eyeing him from a slight acclivity of the berg not a hundred feet
-away, was an immense polar bear!
-
-Like a flash he realized that this was the mysterious visitant of
-the night, the other occupant of the drifting berg. The creature, as
-is not uncommonly the case, must have been trapped on the berg when
-it broke loose from the ice fields of the north.
-
-The bear stood perfectly still except for a wagging motion of its
-long, narrow, almost snake-like, head. Had the circumstances been
-different Raynor could have found it in his mind to admire the snow
-white king of the polar regions. But now his emotions were very
-different. The bear was no doubt famished, and he was unarmed,
-except for his knife, which would not be much more use than a
-darning needle against such an antagonist.
-
-Cold as it was the sweat broke out on the lad’s brow as he realized
-his position. He stood immovable, staring at the white bear. The
-great creature, too, appeared to be pondering its next move. Behind
-Raynor the berg rose to its summit in a series of ledges. Anxious to
-place as great a distance as possible between himself and the wild
-beast, the young engineer began to climb upward.
-
-The bear did not follow till he had clambered some distance up the
-icy walls.
-
-Then it extended its long neck, and opening its mouth emitted an
-appalling roar. Raynor’s blood ran cold as he saw it shuffle
-deliberately from the ledge where it had been eyeing him and begin
-to climb up after him.
-
-“I’ve not a chance on earth,” he groaned.
-
-He looked down at the white monster as it clumsily clambered up
-toward him. Its movements were quite deliberate, as though the
-creature knew that the lad could not escape by any possibility.
-Saliva dribbled from its red fangs as it mounted steadily and Raynor
-could glimpse its sharp white teeth.
-
-He felt his scalp tighten with fear and kept back a shout of terror
-only by a supreme effort of will power. The distance that had at
-first separated the lad and his savage foe was now diminished from
-feet to inches. In a few seconds more they would be face to face and
-then----?
-
-
-[Illustration: Raymond could almost feel its hot breath.]
-
-
-In a frenzy of alarm Raynor seized his tin lunch box from his pocket
-and hurled it with all his force in the face of the bear. One of the
-sharp corners struck it fairly on the nose and brought the blood.
-But it did not stop the creature’s progress.
-
-On the contrary, it enraged it. Shaking its head from the pain, the
-bear emitted a thunderous roar of rage and scrambled up faster than
-ever. The scrape of its claws, like steel chisels, against the ice,
-was horribly suggestive. Raynor could almost feel its hot breath,
-when something entirely unexpected happened.
-
-A sudden shift to get further away from the bear resulted in the lad
-losing his footing on the steep and slippery surface of the berg.
-
-Like a stone from a sling he shot down the glassy side with the
-speed of the wind. Ahead of him was green water but he was powerless
-to check himself.
-
-Splash! The lad slid into the water, which closed over him in a
-flash. But in a second he was on the surface again and striking out.
-Not far from him was a large floe, one of the numerous ones that
-belted the big berg. With some difficulty he clambered upon this. He
-had hardly gained its surface when a roar made him look round. The
-polar bear was not going to be cheated of its prey in that way.
-
-To his horror, Raynor saw the hunger-maddened creature leaping
-toward him across the ice floes. In a few minutes it would be upon
-him. Those cruel jaws would be crushing and tearing his flesh. The
-lad turned sick and faint and reeled as if about to fall. But he was
-brought sharply back to his senses.
-
-Bang!
-
-A rifle cracked and the bear, in a pool of crimson, sank on the floe
-it was about to leap from. The next instant the phenomenon was
-explained. Not far off lay a handsome, yacht-like looking schooner
-with her sails aback.
-
-The rifle shot that had saved Raynor’s life had been fired from her
-deck. He could see the marksman, a tall, bearded fellow, lowering
-his rifle on which the light glinted.
-
-Then Raynor saw a boat being lowered from the stern davits. Four
-oarsmen made the light craft fairly skim over the waves toward him.
-In the stern sheets of the boat the man who had fired the lucky shot
-stood up handling the tiller. The light gleamed in his great bronze
-beard and made it shine like copper. His huge build and his attitude
-at the helm made him look like a Viking of old.
-
-But of all this Raynor, for the time being, had only a hazy
-impression. Vague lights swam and danced before his eyes in a mad
-merry-go-round and a sound like the roar of a thousand waterfalls
-drilled in his ears. Then everything went out in a great wave of
-darkness.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII: JACK SAVES THE CAPTAIN.
-
-
-“Well, young man, I guess you won’t be sorry to get those ropes
-off.”
-
-Jack looked up from the uneasy slumber into which he had fallen to
-find Chief Officer Mulliner looking down rather quizzically at him.
-His ankles and wrists felt as if they had been seared by hot irons.
-With the tide of his returning memory he recalled dropping off to
-sleep soon after the mysterious shot had been fired. And now here
-was Mulliner, knife in hand, and looking quite amiable, ready to set
-him free.
-
-“You can cut the ropes as soon as you like Mr. Mulliner,” he said
-with alacrity, “but what has happened?”
-
-“The captain has come to his senses again,” was the rejoinder in a
-rather uneasy tone, as Mr. Mulliner cut at the ropes, keeping at the
-work till Jack was free.
-
-“I thought--that is I am sure I heard a shot in the night,” pursued
-Jack.
-
-The officer’s reticence increased.
-
-“That was nothing,” he said. “I wouldn’t be too curious. Just be
-glad that the captain has ordered you set at liberty.”
-
-“He had no right to ever order me confined,” cried Jack hotly.
-
-“That’s as it may be. On the high seas whatever he says goes.
-However, my advice is to keep quiet about this incident. I’m sure
-the skipper will.”
-
-“I’ll not keep quiet about it,” protested Jack vigorously, “it was
-an outrage. I shall report it to the owners.”
-
-“If you do you’ll only get a reputation as a trouble-maker, and that
-is a bad thing for a young man to have,” was the reply. “Captain
-Briggs is not regularly employed by the Jukes’ concern, and he would
-care little about anything you might say. He was just picked up, as
-you may say, to run the _Cambodian_ to Rotterdam and back till one
-of their own captains gets off the sick list.”
-
-This put things in a new light. Jack thought deeply as he sat on the
-edge of his bunk chafing his burning wrists to restore circulation.
-After delivering his advice, Mr. Mulliner had taken his departure.
-
-“This is surely a strange ship and a strange voyage,” thought the
-boy, “and I’ve got a notion that the end isn’t yet, by a long way.
-There’s some mystery about that shot in the night too. I mean to
-find out what it was. Anyhow, I’m at liberty again and I suppose
-that, as Mulliner said, my best plan is not to cross the captain
-more than I can help, and wait my opportunity to get back at him for
-all he has made me suffer.”
-
-Then came the thought of Raynor. Jack, although he was famished for
-food, sat down at the wireless key and sent out broadcast inquiries.
-But although he talked to a dozen ships, passenger vessels and
-freighters like the _Cambodian_, none reported picking up a
-castaway. It was with a heavy heart indeed that Jack turned away
-from his instruments.
-
-His appetite was gone, but he told himself that he must eat. He made
-his way below. Breakfast was over but the German steward made him
-some hot coffee and got some rolls. While Jack ate, the man, who was
-a garrulous fellow, talked.
-
-“Dot vos fine diddings vot vee haf py der nightdt ain’d idt?” he
-began.
-
-“How do you mean?” asked Jack.
-
-“Vot, you ain’t heard alretty. Vale der captain’s be py his bunk mit
-a bullet in his shoulder. He haf fights midt der man vot vos in der
-grows nest. Der captain say he haf him pudt in irons for not
-sighding der iceberg more quivicker. Der man get madt undt der
-captain try to shoodt him. In der struggle der pisdol goes off and
-hits der captain. Der man is a prisoner. He goes by chail ven ve
-gedt to Rotterdam.”
-
-“How do the crew take it?” asked Jack, recollecting what the man
-Andrews had said in the night.
-
-“Dey is very quiedt.”
-
-“Nobody saying anything?”
-
-“Nodt a vurd. Budt dey visper among demselves. Dot badt sign. Vunce
-pefore I vos on a ship vere der crew visper. Dere vos murder done
-pefore vee made port.”
-
-“Oh, well, there’s nothing like that here,” said Jack with a breezy
-confidence he was far from feeling. “It’s true our crew is a mixed
-lot, but I don’t think there’ll be any serious trouble.”
-
-He returned to the wireless room and spent the rest of the forenoon
-talking to various ships. The ice-patrol reports showed that the
-bergs had been left behind. The young operator carried his reports
-to Mr. Mulliner. Captain Briggs did not appear on the bridge till
-the next day. Then he carried his arm in a sling. From his friend,
-the steward, Jack learned that the wound was only a flesh one, the
-bullet having passed right through without lodging.
-
-The remainder of the voyage to Rotterdam was without incident. The
-crew went about their tasks dutifully but without a word. A sullen
-silence was over them. Jack felt that, despite the apparent air of
-peace, a volcano was smoldering under their feet that was ready to
-break at any moment. He was glad when they tied up at Rotterdam and
-he was free for a run ashore. But the sight of the country saddened
-him. It reminded him of the time he and Raynor had spent such a
-happy time sight-seeing when on his first voyage the _Ajax_ had
-docked at Antwerp.
-
-Where was Raynor now? Curiously enough Jack could not bring himself
-to the belief that his shipmate and chum was dead. But he thought of
-him almost constantly. He bought lots of postcards and mailed them
-home and received some mail, too. Among the latter, which had come
-by fast mail steamer and reached port three days ahead of the
-_Cambodian_, was a letter from Uncle Toby that puzzled Jack
-considerably.
-
-“Deer buoy”--it read,--“here’s hopping yew will sune be hoam.
-Strainge things have been hapning. Capun Walters has gone to glory
-but--lef me die-and-gram and much infumachun erbout sum berried
-trezer. Leastwayz itz not berried but hidun. If I kan find it we
-will be rich, so hurry back, your affeckshonite unkil Toby.”
-
-“Now, what wonderful scheme is this?” said Jack to himself, with a
-half smile, and speedily forgot the matter, for Uncle Toby was
-prolific of fortune making plans and usually had a fresh one to
-broach to Jack after every voyage. Jack would have liked to go to
-Antwerp to visit the good friends that he and Raynor had made there
-as a sequel to a surprising night adventure, the details of which
-were related in the first volume of this series. But he felt that he
-could not face them with the story of the young engineer’s loss; for
-even Jack was beginning to lose hope by this time.
-
-There was little to do while the ship was in port, and Jack devoted
-a good deal of time to putting the finishing touches on his portable
-wireless set. Captain Briggs was ashore most of the time, coming
-back to the ship usually late at night and walking none too
-steadily. His wound had long since healed and the man who had
-inflicted it had been tried. But owing to some peculiarity of
-foreign law, he was acquitted. Jack was not sorry when he heard
-this, for he had come to regard the captain as a coarse, brutal
-bully, whose excesses only made him the more truculent. As to Jack’s
-imprisonment, it had not been referred to by the captain and Jack
-felt inclined to take the chief officer’s advice when his wrath
-cooled and let “sleeping dogs lie.”
-
-Thus matters stood one evening when Jack, who had been into the town
-to a moving picture show, was making his way back to the ship. The
-docks were dark, forbidding places at night. Here and there a
-sputtering arc light hung from a gloomy warehouse. But these lights
-only made little islands of light, outside which the shadows lay
-blacker and thicker than ever.
-
-Brawls were of frequent occurrence among the foreign sailors, and
-altogether the place bore a bad reputation. As Jack came out of a
-narrow alley between two warehouses he became aware of a figure
-skulking along ahead of him.
-
-There was something indescribably furtive and suspicious in the way
-in which this man crept along, hugging the wall and gazing straight
-ahead of him. A filtering ray of light struck his head for an
-instant and Jack saw that in the man’s ears were earrings such as
-Spanish sailors wear.
-
-The next instant he saw another figure still further in advance. As
-it passed under a light he recognized the stocky form and unsteady
-gait of Captain Briggs. At the same instant it flashed across him
-that the man with the earrings was Baden Alvarez, the sailor who had
-had the tussle with the captain in which the latter was shot.
-
-“Is he after revenge or what?” Jack wondered as he drew into a
-slight recess in the wall as Alvarez turned a corner and still
-skulked on like some wild beast stalking its prey.
-
-“It sure looks as if there was going to be trouble,” the boy said to
-himself. “Guess I’ll just follow along and be handy in case of
-mischief. Confound it, I wish I’d brought a gun, as this Alvarez is
-said to be an ugly customer.”
-
-But, after all, like most healthy American boys, Jack had no love
-for firearms. He preferred to use his fists when the occasion arose
-and he knew that at the end of each of his stout arms he had a
-formidable weapon.
-
-Along the dark docks the strange trio strung their way. In the lead
-Captain Briggs rolled along, sometimes bawling out snatches of sea
-songs, behind him, and creeping closer all the time, came Alvarez
-and, last of all, Jack, his every muscle and sense tensed for the
-climax that he felt must come now at almost any instant.
-
-Suddenly, like a wild cat, the Spaniard darted forward. He flung his
-lithe form on the stout captain, taking him utterly by surprise.
-Jack, in the little light there was, caught the gleam of an upraised
-knife as he dashed toward the spot where Captain Briggs was
-struggling with his foe.
-
-“Help!” roared the captain, but the cry was choked back in his
-windpipe as the Spaniard’s long, muscular fingers closed on the
-seaman’s throat.
-
-“There ees no help for you,” snarled Alvarez, “for put me in preeson
-I keel you. I am Catalonian; we never for-geeve or forget.”
-
-He raised his knife high, but the next instant a violent blow caught
-him under the chin and gave him the impression he had been struck by
-a pile driver. The knife went whirling out of his hand and fell,
-with a metallic ring, on a cement string piece some distance away.
-
-“Caramba!” howled the Spaniard, holding his jaw.
-
-Captain Briggs still lay sprawling on the dock. He was still only
-half aware of what was going on.
-
-“Come, get up, captain,” said Jack, extending a hand. As he did so
-Alvarez made a rush for the young operator who had put his plans of
-revenge to rout. But again Jack was prepared for him. In his pocket
-he had a small nickel plated wrench. He held this like a pistol and
-pointed it straight at Alvarez, who had produced another knife.
-
-“Stand where you are!” exclaimed the boy, “or take the
-consequences.”
-
-The Spaniard stopped.
-
-“Now, then, hands up,” ordered Jack, and then turned to the captain.
-“Captain, I see some rope over there. Will you borrow it and tie
-that rascal up while I keep him covered.”
-
-The captain rose to his feet blinking, but he managed to get through
-his muddled intellect what Jack wanted him to do. In five minutes
-Alvarez was tied securely.
-
-“Now, then, quick march,” said Jack, getting behind him.
-
-“Where you teek me?” sputtered the Spaniard.
-
-“To the ship. In the morning you will be lodged in jail, I hope.”
-
-As they advanced to the ship, which lay two piers away, Jack
-explained to the captain the narrow escape he had had. The captain
-thanked him with maudlin tears, which rather disgusted Jack. When
-the ship was reached the captain reeled off to bed while Jack placed
-Alvarez forward under the guard of two men.
-
-“He’ll be all right till morning,” he said to himself, but when
-morning came, Alvarez was gone.
-
-The ropes that had bound him had been cut. They lay on the deck with
-cleanly severed ends.
-
-Jack cross-examined the two sailors, set to guard him, severely.
-Both protested vigorously they had not taken their eyes off him all
-night. But Jack, of course, knew better. He knew, too, that among
-the superstitious sailors Alvarez, on account of certain claims he
-made to being a wizard, had much influence. It was certain he had
-escaped with the connivance of the crew.
-
-“Well, good riddance of bad rubbish,” commented Jack to himself,
-little dreaming that he was destined to encounter Alvarez again.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII: ON BOARD THE “_POLLY ANN_”
-
-
-When Raynor opened his eyes again he found himself lying on a bunk
-in a small cabin. Across the single port-hole which lighted it was a
-red calico curtain. Rough beams crossed the ceiling, from which
-swung a ship’s lantern, unlighted, of course, at that time of day.
-
-He was on board a ship and a ship that was under way, for he could
-feel the rise and heave of her hull as she took the seas. With keen
-curiosity, he sat up. The furniture enumerated was all that he could
-see in the cabin. There was not even a strip of carpet on the floor,
-which was of well scrubbed planking.
-
-He looked out of the port. All about him were tumbling green waves
-through which the schooner,--for he had long since guessed he was on
-board the craft that rescued him,--was driving smartly. He felt
-slightly dizzy and sat down on the bunk for an instant before he
-rose to open the door and find his rescuers and thank them. When he
-did so he experienced a shock.
-
-The door was locked!
-
-The briefest of investigations proved that it was locked from the
-outside, showing that he had been deliberately shut in, though for
-what purpose he could not imagine. He knocked impatiently at the
-door, hoping to attract the attention of somebody who could explain
-the mystery but nobody came. Raynor sat down on the bunk, again
-listening for any sign of movement without.
-
-But none came for a long time. There was a great trampling to and
-fro of feet on deck and the timbers of the schooner complained as
-though she was being forced through the water, but this, and the
-constant rush of water along her sides, were the only sounds.
-
-“Bother it all,” muttered Raynor, “this is a fine way to treat a
-rescued castaway. Anyone would think I was a prisoner.”
-
-But at last there sounded steps outside and the rattling of a key in
-the lock and the door was flung open. The yellow-bearded man stood
-in the doorway, almost filling its frame with his huge bulk. He
-looked down at Raynor with a rather amused smile.
-
-“I suppose you have been thinking that we don’t treat our guests
-very well on the _Polly Ann_?” he said in a deep, gruff voice.
-
-“Well, I don’t see why I was locked in,” rejoined Raynor in a rather
-aggrieved tone.
-
-“Maybe it didn’t occur to you that we might have private matters on
-board that we don’t want strangers peering into,” was the calm
-reply. “You know you were not invited on board.”
-
-Raynor felt a sudden twinge of remorse. After all, he owed his life
-to this man. He began to thank him but the other silenced him with
-the wave of a hand.
-
-“That was nothing. Anyhow, I got a fine bear pelt out of it. One of
-the finest I ever saw. But to get down to business. Have you any
-idea where you are?”
-
-“On board the schooner _Polly Ann_,” rejoined Raynor, with an oddly
-uncomfortable feeling.
-
-“True enough, but do you know anything about her?”
-
-Raynor shook his head.
-
-“Well, she’s Terror Carson’s craft. I’m Terror Carson. If you’d ever
-been in the northern seas, where we are bound, you’d have heard of
-me.”
-
-The man uttered his sinister name with some pride. He squared his
-huge shoulders and stroked his glowing beard with evident
-satisfaction. Raynor felt his heart sink. There was something wrong
-about this schooner and this man.
-
-“You are going north trading?” he asked, intending to demand being
-put aboard the first steamer or other vessel bound for the states
-that they encountered.
-
-Terror Carson burst into a mighty laugh that seemed to shake the
-cabin timbers.
-
-“Yes, we’re going trading. Trading in our own line,” he said, and
-then he beckoned to Raynor to come out into the main cabin from
-which six smaller ones, similar to the one the young engineer had
-occupied, opened.
-
-“See those?” he asked, and pointed to three bright brass cannons
-that were ranged at the stern inside closed ports. “We use those in
-our trading. You see we are what the courts of law and the
-international boundary authorities call: ‘seal poachers.’”
-
-“Seal poachers!” Raynor shrank back. He had heard of these wild,
-lawless men of the north who defied the international boundary rules
-and even war-ships sent to enforce them. Not a few of them, as he
-knew, had been captured after hard chases and sentenced to long
-terms of imprisonment. He could hardly bring himself to speak his
-next words.
-
-“But of course you will put me on board the first vessel we sight,”
-he said, “you see, Captain Carson, I----”
-
-“Oh, no, we can’t lose you now,” chuckled the yellow-bearded man,
-“you know too much. We need an assistant cook and I think you are
-just the man for the job.”
-
-“Do you mean to say that, against my will, and against the law----”
-began Raynor, but Terror Carson checked him.
-
-“You forget we know no law,” he said.
-
-“Well, then, against my will you mean to enroll me as one of this
-lawless crew.”
-
-“That’s about the idea,” drawled Carson amiably.
-
-“But if we are caught by some British cruiser, I shall be imprisoned
-as one of you!” burst out Raynor frantically.
-
-“That’s something you will have to take your chances of. You
-shouldn’t have fallen overboard from the _Cambodian_ and then this
-wouldn’t have happened. You see I know some of your story and have
-guessed the rest.
-
-“While you were asleep I took the liberty of reading your papers.
-Here they are,” and with all the grace in the world, Terror Carson
-handed the bewildered young engineer a package and a wallet which
-had been abstracted from his inner pocket.
-
-“Now we will go on deck,” said Terror Carson, “and I’ll show you the
-scene of your future labors. You will berth and have your meals in
-the cabin and not with the men.”
-
-Raynor felt grateful for this at least, for he judged the crew of a
-craft like the _Polly Ann_ could be little better than a lot of
-desperadoes. But he was not prepared for the array of villainous,
-hard-bitten countenances he saw when they reached the deck. The
-schooner was under full sail and racing northward like a swift sea
-bird.
-
-Except for the man at the helm, and a short, stocky man who was
-standing by him and gazing up at the rigging, the men were all
-lounging about, some squatting under the weather bulwarks. The
-short, stocky man proved to be the mate, Mr. Wiggins, a real
-“down-east bucko,” Terror Carson described him as being. The midship
-decks were piled with lashed down dories and from the stern davits
-hung a smart whale boat.
-
-Aft of the foremast was a squat, white house with an iron pipe
-projecting from it. Terror Carson led the way there with Raynor at
-his heels. The men’s eyes followed them, some with scowls and some
-with curiosity.
-
-From the door of the galley, or ship’s kitchen, for that is what the
-white structure was, there issued a cloud of steam as they
-approached. Suddenly, in the midst of the volume of vapor, there
-appeared the round, good-natured, freckled face of a lad of about
-Raynor’s own age. His head, of bright red hair, was uncovered, and
-he wore a very dirty apron about his waist.
-
-“Noddy Nipper,” said Terror Carson, nodding toward Raynor, “here’s
-our assistant cook. Make him work, and if there’s any nonsense
-report him to me. That’s all.”
-
-With an upward look at the sails, he turned on the heel of his big
-sea-boots and strode off aft, leaving the half-stupefied Raynor
-staring at the red-headed youth.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX: A JOKE ON POMPEY.
-
-
-“So, youse is de guy what was floating about on a chunk uv ice
-tryin’ ter be pals wid a poley bear?” said Noddy, with an accent
-that betrayed him at once as being from the Bowery, or near it.
-
-Raynor smiled faintly.
-
-“Well, I got bounced off my ship on to that iceberg and came nearly
-being a meal for the bear if it hadn’t been for your captain, Terror
-Carson, as he calls himself.”
-
-“An’ he’s a Terror, all right, all right, take dat right frum yer
-Uncle Dudley,” said Noddy, sinking his voice mysteriously. “I feel
-kind er sorry fer youse, fer youse ain’t ther sort as belongs aboard
-this wind-jammer. But take it frum me, kid, if yer follers my advice
-you’ll git along all right. An’ now let’s put youse ter woik.
-
-“I see old Terror lookin’ this way. Jes’ trim them murphies uv their
-packets an’ then I’ll think up suthin’ else fer yer ter do. Gee! I’m
-reg’lar Fi’t Averner style all right, wid me valley an’ all.”
-
-Raynor determined to make the best of a bad job. At least Noddy, as
-he was called, seemed to be friendly and kind-hearted under his odd
-exterior. The young engineer turned up his sleeves and went
-valiantly to work. In a few moments Noddy, who had been busy over a
-big pan of “scouse,” came to inspect his handiwork.
-
-“Gee!” he exclaimed with scorn, “youse has got a lot ter learn
-erbout peelin’ spuds. Youse cut off more pertater than yer do skin.
-Do it dis way. Watch me.”
-
-Raynor did better after this lesson, and before long had a big
-bucket-full of peeled potatoes that passed even Noddy’s critical
-examination.
-
-“We’s ull put ’em on ter cook now,” said Noddy, “one bell has jus
-gone and ther old man wants the gang ter git their scoff by five er
-clock.”
-
-At this juncture an aged colored man entered the galley. He wore a
-white cook’s cap on his head, on which he had scrawled, with ink,
-Pompey James, Chief Cook of the _Polly Ann_. Noddy introduced him
-with a flourish.
-
-“Pompey, old top,” he exclaimed, “this is der new deputy assistant
-bottle washer.”
-
-“Ah’m glad ter meet yer,” said Pompey ceremoniously, “ah hopes yo
-all is mo’ circumambulatory in yo’ ways dan dis yar raid haided boy.
-Gollyumptions, he shuh do make dis chile’s life bud’ensome at
-times.”
-
-Noddy winked and grinned at Raynor. Then he turned suddenly and
-looked at Pompey with what appeared to be consternation.
-
-“Gee! what’s dat you got in yer wool, Jupe?” he exclaimed, for the
-cook had taken his white cap off so as not to get it dirty during
-his culinary operations.
-
-“In mah hair, Noddy?” asked Pompey.
-
-“Yes, sir, in your hair. It’s big and white and round.”
-
-Pompey investigated his wooly poll, scratching it carefully all
-over. Of course he found nothing.
-
-“Guess yo’ all am tryin’ ter fool dis chile,” he said, with a
-good-natured grin, which showed a double set of white teeth.
-
-“No, I ain’t. On the level, look!” The Bowery boy reached for the
-negro’s head and drew from it an egg. It was a simple sleight of
-hand trick.
-
-But Pompey stared in amazement at the egg as it lay in Noddy’s palm.
-
-“Land ob Goshen! How dat get dere?” he cried in great astonishment.
-
-“Blessed if I know. Maybe you’re turning into an incubator.”
-
-“Gollyumption!” gasped the negro, “I don’ want ter be no inky
-beater, whateber dat may be.”
-
-“Well, take this ege and make a pudding with it, see,” said the
-red-headed Bowery youth, holding out the egg in his closed fist. But
-when he opened his fingers the egg was gone. Instead there lay a
-bright dime on Noddy’s palm.
-
-“Gee whaitakers. Don’t dat beat de Dutch,” exclaimed Noddy, in
-apparent astonishment, “queer things seem to be going on here all
-the time.”
-
-“Good land ob Beulah! Dis yah galley am voodooed!” yelled Pompey.
-“No, sah, I don’ wan’ner touch dat money under no circumstantials.
-Dat am witch money, dat am.”
-
-“Oh, very well,” exclaimed Noddy, spinning the coin in the air and
-catching it, “I kin use it, Pompey. Gee, it’s great ter be pals wid
-de witches.”
-
-“Is yo’ all a witch docto’?” asked Pompey with great awe.
-
-“Sure I am. I’m a regular witch hazel from Witchville. Say,” he
-broke off suddenly, “what’s that growing out of this potato?”
-
-He picked up a rotten one that Raynor had cast aside.
-
-“Ain’t nuffin dat I kin see,” mumbled the colored man, much
-mystified but refusing to be trapped.
-
-“Well, what d’yer call dis?” and the Bowery lad pulled another dime
-out of the tuber. “My goodness, Pompey, youse have got money
-scattered everywhere. Here, take this dime. Youse’ll be a rich guy
-if youse keeps on.”
-
-Pompey took the dime. He turned it over thoughtfully, bit it and
-then said:
-
-“Dat am good money fo’ sho. But ah don’ know but what it’ll turn
-inter rats er mice befo’ long.”
-
-Just at that moment Pompey was summoned aft by the captain’s orders,
-who wanted to give some directions about his dinner. Noddy turned to
-Raynor with a grin.
-
-“I’ve got him fooled to the queen’s taste,” he chuckled. “After I’ve
-played a few more tricks on him I’ll have him eating out’n my hand.”
-
-“But what’s the use of scaring him that way?” asked Raynor.
-
-Noddy stared at him. Then he whistled as if in astonishment and
-executed a sort of double shuffle.
-
-“Say,” he said in low tone as he concluded, “don’t yer see my game?
-Dat old coon is the only friend we’ve got on this boat, and when the
-time comes for a getaway we’ll need him.”
-
-“A getaway?” echoed Raynor, “then you want to escape?”
-
-“Do I, say, kid, how’d you like to be tapped on the head in New York
-and shanghied on board a craft like dis?”
-
-“You mean you were kidnapped on board?” asked Raynor, staring at the
-red-headed youth with whom he now felt a bond of sympathy.
-
-“Surest t’ing you know. Write it in yo’ little book. But I mean ter
-get away first chance, you bet. Are you wid me?”
-
-“I certainly am. This schooner is little better than a floating
-inferno.”
-
-“All right. Tip us yer mitt. When de time comes dat smoke ull be de
-guy ter help us. He ain’t got no more use fer Terrer Carson dan I
-have, so fur as I’ve bin able to figger it out.”
-
-The two allies shook hands, but further conversation was barred just
-then for Pompey reentered the galley.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X: PLANS TO ESCAPE.
-
-
-Raynor found that his duties, besides his kitchen work, included
-waiting on the table in the cabin. He managed to acquit himself at
-this without getting into serious trouble, although Terror Carson
-gave him several gruff reproofs during the evening. When supper was
-over the duty of washing the dishes fell to the two boys. Pompey
-retired forward for a smoke and they had the galley to themselves.
-
-The breeze, which had been steady all the afternoon, was beginning
-to increase. The schooner began to leap and strain as the waves grew
-bigger. Raynor found some difficulty in keeping his feet.
-
-“Say, it’s coming on to blow,” observed Raynor.
-
-“Yes, and that’s too bad,” rejoined Noddy. “I’d got it framed up fer
-a getaway ter night.”
-
-“To-night?” gasped Raynor.
-
-“Yep, Pompey is to have the wheel to-night. He has that duty every
-two weeks. At midnight he’ll be alone on deck and if we fix up like
-ghosts it would be dead easy to scare him and get at the boat on the
-stern davits and make our fare-you-well.”
-
-The boldness of the plan almost overcame Raynor.
-
-“Here’s de proposition,” went on Noddy. “If we don’t do it to-night
-we won’t have a show ter take a crack at it fer annudder two
-weeks--see. By dat time de men say we’ll be up among der ice where
-der seals are, an’ it wouldn’t do us no good if we did escape, fer
-deres mighty few craft up dere.”
-
-“Well, I’m game,” said Raynor.
-
-“Good for you,” and Noddy dropped his voice and began whispering the
-details of his plan. By the time they had finished their work the
-schooner was pitching and tossing wildly and they knew that the
-storm was on the increase. “But dat don’t make no never mind,”
-declared the Bowery boy. “I’ve heard de men say dat de whale boat
-’ud live in seas dat would sink de schooner.”
-
-They parted, Noddy to go forward to his bunk in a storeroom, where
-sails, paint, etc., were stored, and Raynor to his cabin. Terror
-Carson and his mate sat at the table. They took no notice of the
-lad. In his cabin Raynor did not take his clothes off. He could not
-have slept. The excitement of the projected escape would have
-prohibited that. Midnight was the hour agreed upon, and he listened
-to the ship’s bell sounding the slowly passing hours, and half
-hours, with great impatience. At last the growl of voices in the
-cabin ceased and then two doors banged and Raynor knew the captain
-and mate had turned in. Just then the bell struck seven times. It
-was eleven-thirty.
-
-“This is a bad night to leave the ship,” mused Raynor, as he sat
-waiting for the chiming of eight bells.
-
-The schooner appeared to be under a press of canvas, for her hull
-was heeled over at a steep angle. At times she appeared to rush
-skyward and then hurtle down into a bottomless abyss. Raynor hoped
-the whaleboat was as seaworthy as such a type of boat is reputed to
-be. The thought of abandoning the enterprise, however, did not,
-enter his head. As Noddy had pointed out, it might be their only
-chance of escape, and Raynor longed for nothing more than to get
-free of the _Polly Ann_. It was his paramount ambition and it would
-have taken more than a stormy night to stop him.
-
-As eight bells struck, Raynor rose and cautiously opened the door of
-his cabin a crack.
-
-The swinging lamp outside was turned low and the main cabin empty.
-He stole cautiously out and then ascended the companionway to the
-deck.
-
-Luckily, the companionway entrance was below a break in the stern so
-that the man at the wheel--Pompey--could not see him as, crouched
-almost double, he crept forward to the small deck house where Noddy
-had his berth. It was a wild night. Big seas, their white tops
-luminous, raced by, towering above the schooner’s rail. The speedy
-little vessel was heeled over almost on her beam ends at times, but
-she appeared remarkably seaworthy.
-
-Not a soul could be seen on deck except Pompey’s dark form at the
-wheel, revealed by the faint glow-worm light of the binnacle lamp.
-At last Raynor, with infinite caution, reached Noddy’s sleeping
-place. He rapped three times, as they had agreed, and the door was
-opened.
-
-Raynor almost uttered a cry of alarm as the portal was pulled back
-by Noddy. He saw what appeared to be a human face enveloped in pale
-green fire, out of which shone two luminous eyes.
-
-“Swell ghost, eh?” chuckled Noddy, pulling him inside. “I made de
-stuff out’n match heads. Come on, here’s some fer you. Rub it on yer
-face an’ den I’ll give you yer shroud.”
-
-He held up a shapeless-looking garment of white sail cloth that he
-had made, and at the same time cautiously turned up the flame of a
-lantern that stood in a corner so that Raynor could see.
-
-“I don’t believe we can get away to-night in a small boat,” declared
-Raynor as he daubed on the phosphorescent solution under Noddy’s
-directions.
-
-“Why not?” asked the Bowery lad.
-
-“It’s too rough. Feel how the schooner is pitching. It’ll make the
-small boat dance about worse.”
-
-“Well, we gotter take our chances on dat,” decided Noddy, “we’ll
-take a look when we git outside.”
-
-At last the ghosts were ready. Raynor’s heart beat rather faster
-than was comfortable as they crept out upon the heaving, tossing
-decks. If their plan failed, and Terror Carson discovered it, a
-terrible fate might be in store for them. A strong wind whistled
-about them and a dash of rain beat in their faces.
-
-“Gee! It is pretty bad, fer a fact,” declared Noddy. “Well, let’s
-get along to the stern.” They proceeded cautiously, doubled up under
-the shadow of the bulwark till they reached the break in the stern.
-Then, with an appalling yell, Noddy dashed up the steps leading on
-to the raised poop where the helmsman stood. Raynor was close behind
-him. Noddy’s shriek was echoed by a shout of alarm from Pompey.
-
-“Gollyumptions! Ghostesses! De good lawd hab mussey on mah soul! Oh,
-Massa, ghostesses don’ hurt me! Wow!”
-
-A wild yell of fear came from the trembling Pompey as Noddy raised a
-flaming hand and pointed straight at him. Pompey dropped the spokes
-of the wheel and dashed forward, leaping the break of the poop in
-one jump. At the same instant the schooner “broached to” as her helm
-was deserted. The canvas flapped wildly and she rolled in the trough
-of the seas. A giant wave broke over her bow with a sound like
-thunder.
-
-At the same instant, from below, came a stentorian shout like the
-roar of an angry bull.
-
-“On deck, there! What in the name of Davy Jones is the matter?”
-
-“That’s Terror Carson!” cried Noddy. “Come on, let’s get forward. No
-escape for us to-night.”
-
-The two boys rushed toward the bow just in time to avoid Carson, who
-came rushing on deck followed by his mate. They bolted into Noddy’s
-sanctum in time to avoid the crew, who came tumbling up the
-fore-hatchway, and hastily removed their shrouds and washed off the
-phosphorus. Then they ran out and mingled with the crowd on deck as
-if they had just been aroused by the confusion.
-
-It was a wild scene on the deck of the _Polly Ann_. Carson himself
-had seized the tiller and was holding the craft on her course, but
-two sails had been ripped and a lot of water shipped over the bow.
-The boys came out just in time to see some sailors dragging Pompey
-aft from the galley, where he had taken refuge from what he thought
-were supernatural visitors.
-
-The black was beside himself with fear of Terror Carson and alarm at
-what he had seen. He stammered out incoherent explanations about
-being scared from the wheel by “ghostesses.” Carson roared savagely
-at him. He declared he had a good mind to have him flogged. But
-finally he commuted the sentence to two days in irons. The boys felt
-conscience-stricken at having involved poor Pompey in such a
-quandary, yet they could not have made explanations without making
-matters worse.
-
-Fortunately for them, the confusion and crowd on deck were so great
-that nobody noticed from what direction they came when they
-appeared, and it was taken for granted by all concerned that both
-had rushed from their bunks when the general alarm that followed the
-“broaching to” of the schooner took place.
-
-And so ended their first attempt to escape from the seal poacher
-_Polly Ann_. Both lads were bitterly disappointed at the way Fate
-had turned her face against them, but both determined to try again
-at the first opportunity. Meantime, the _Polly Ann_ forged
-northward, and destiny was weaving strange threads which were fated
-to form an important part in the fabrics of their lives.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI: A FIENDISH PLOT.
-
-
-Captain Briggs, in a sheepish sort of way, tried to make friends
-with Jack following the episode on the dock. But Jack had little use
-for the man and kept on with his own devices, paying little
-attention to Captain Briggs, except in the line of duty.
-
-On the night before which they were to sail for America again, Jack
-had been uptown to post some cards and letters and did not return to
-the ship till about nine o’clock at night. As he made his way to his
-cabin, he was startled to see what he thought was a human figure
-gliding among the boats and life-rafts on the deck outside, for the
-wireless-room of the _Cambodian_, like most such structures, was
-perched upon the boat deck.
-
-“Now, who could that be?” thought the boy. “Guess I’ll take a look
-around. These docks are infested with thieves, and although there’s
-a watchman on duty, somebody may have sneaked on board.”
-
-But although he made what was quite a thorough search, he could find
-no trace of the man he thought he had seen dodging among the boats
-as if seeking a hiding place. He was forced to conclude at length
-that, in the uncertain light, he must have mistaken the swaying
-shadow of a rope or part of the rigging, for a human form.
-
-“Well, I guess I’ll turn in,” decided Jack, as he opened his cabin
-door. “We sail early to-morrow and I’ll have to be on the job.”
-
-He undressed slowly, thinking of many things, among them of Raynor
-and his fate.
-
-“Somehow I cannot bring myself to believe that he is drowned,”
-reflected the boy. “I’m just as sure as I am that I am sitting here
-that he will turn up some day. And yet he should have been picked up
-by one of the ships I spoke with if he succeeded in keeping afloat.
-But maybe a sailing craft rescued him. In that case he might have to
-make a voyage to China before he could communicate with the outside
-world.”
-
-A slight noise outside made the boy sit up erect and listen
-intently. He went to the door and looked out. There was nothing out
-of the ordinary there.
-
-“I must be nervous to-night,” said Jack to himself, in tones of
-self-reproof. “What’s the matter with me? First I think I see a man
-and then I think I hear someone snooping about. Guess this climate
-doesn’t agree with me.”
-
-But Jack was not, as he indignantly assured himself, the victim of
-nerves. There was a man outside his cabin. A man who was watching
-him eagerly through a port-hole opening into the wireless room. The
-man had a yellow, evil face and two glittering black eyes like a
-snake’s. In his ears hung two hoops of gold. It was Alvarez, the
-Spanish sailor.
-
-He was there to witness the culmination of a plot he had formed that
-was to imperil Jack’s life.
-
-While Jack was in the town, the man had sneaked on board with the
-agility of a monkey, swarming up one of the mooring lines,
-unnoticed. He had made his way at once to the wireless room. Once
-inside, from his pocket he had produced wires and pliers.
-
-For half an hour or more he worked feverishly and with a skill in
-handling his tools that showed he was an expert mechanician. Indeed,
-the man had once been a skilled electrician, but a crime he had
-committed had forced him to flee his country and leave his
-employment and become a common sailor.
-
-Every now and then, as he worked, he would stop and tip-toe to the
-door of the wireless room. He had no wish to be caught napping for
-he knew the power of Jack’s fist and the heavy penalty that would be
-visited upon him were he caught in the fiendish work upon which he
-was engaged.
-
-Tirelessly he connected wires to terminals and finally he produced
-from his pocket an oblong black object formed, apparently, of metal.
-He connected wires to this and then, with a diabolical grin, planted
-it beneath the wireless table. He had completed his work just in
-time to dart from the cabin as Jack’s quick, firm step was heard
-ascending the companion ladder. So that the young wireless lad was
-not the victim of an illusion when he thought he saw a human figure.
-
-Alvarez slipped in under a canvas boat cover while Jack was making a
-search. In his place of concealment he chuckled evilly to himself:
-
-“Caramba! What a revenge is mine on this dog of a Yankee boy! Did he
-think that he could insult and beat a Spaniard without suffering?
-Todos los Santos, no! A few moments now and my revenge will be
-complete.”
-
-When Jack reéntered the cabin, the Spaniard had crawled from under
-the boat cover and taken up a place of vantage at a porthole where
-he could see into the cabin and watch Jack’s every movement.
-
-“Will he never go near the wireless key!” he exclaimed impatiently
-to himself as Jack, half-a-dozen times, appeared to be on the point
-of retiring. The young wireless operator felt strangely restless and
-disinclined to sleep. At last the wireless apparatus caught his eye.
-
-“Guess I’ll see if everything is in shape,” he murmured to himself.
-“I won’t have much time to effect repairs after we sail to-morrow.”
-
-Alvarez’s eyes glowed like live coals and his yellow fingers
-clinched as he watched the lad approach the key.
-
-He was like an evil serpent watching some victim nearing its fangs.
-
-Jack pressed down the key.
-
-There was a deafening explosion.
-
-Amidst a glare of red flame and lurid smoke, the young operator
-staggered backward and fell unconscious on the floor of the cabin.
-In his forehead was a jagged gash from which the blood streamed over
-his white, lifeless face.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII: UNCLE TOBY IS OFF FOR TREASURE.
-
-
-“What happened? Where am I?”
-
-Jack asked the questions in a bewildered voice the next morning. His
-head throbbed cruelly, and placing his hand to his forehead he found
-that it was enveloped in bandages. Then he looked about him. He lay
-in a neat white cot in a beautifully clean room.
-
-A young woman whom he knew was a nurse, by her uniform, bent over
-him.
-
-“Hush! Do not excite yourself. Here comes the doctor.”
-
-A tall man, with spectacles, entered the room. He regarded Jack with
-satisfaction.
-
-“Just as I said, only a flesh wound,” he said, after he had removed
-the bandages, “it is getting on nicely. In a few days you will be
-up.”
-
-“In a few days!” gasped Jack, “but my ship will have sailed by
-then.”
-
-“That is all right. Her owners have been communicated with and you
-will go home as a passenger on a liner owned by them. That will be
-after you have given your deposition against the man Alvarez, in a
-court of law. He is a prisoner and is also in the hospital. He was
-slightly hurt when the port was blown out by the force of the
-explosion and was found unconscious when rescuers reached the scene.
-He thought he was going to die and has made a full confession.”
-
-“I don’t understand,” said Jack, in a puzzled way, “Alvarez, that’s
-the sailor who was going to kill Captain Briggs. I punched him.”
-
-“Yes; and in revenge the man, with fiendish ingenuity, connected the
-current from your wireless key with a bomb that he placed under the
-wireless table. It was lucky he placed the infernal machine under
-the table, otherwise you might have been killed. As it is, you have
-got off with a flesh wound inflicted by a bit of flying metal.”
-
-Jack lay in the hospital three days more. Then he appeared in a
-Rotterdam court and gave his account of the affair. The confession
-of Alvarez clinched the matter and the murderous Spaniard received a
-heavy sentence. A week later Jack found himself a passenger, “an
-idler,” he called it, on board the United States liner _New
-Hampshire_, bound for New York.
-
-He struck up a friendship with the wireless man and spent most of
-the time in his cabin.
-
-But he was glad when at last the shores of Staten Island slipped by
-as the _New Hampshire_ came up the harbor of New York and the tall
-buildings and web-like fabric of the Brooklyn Bridge came into view.
-
-Jack was no sooner ashore than he started off for the Erie Basin,
-where lay the old _Venus_, Uncle Toby Ready’s floating home. The
-recollection of his uncle’s strange letter was still strong in his
-mind. He wanted to get to Uncle Toby at once and dissuade him from
-rushing into any rash scheme. All the way over in the trolley car he
-had an odd presentiment in his mind that all was not well.
-
-His uneasy feeling was increased when, having alighted from the car,
-he paced quickly along the docks. No smoke was curling from the
-stove pipe of the _Venus’s_ cabin as he neared that venerable
-derelict. This in itself was unusual, for Uncle Toby was almost
-always to be found brewing his strange concoctions of herbs and
-plants over the small ship’s stove.
-
-Jack hastened across the gang-plank leading on board the aged
-schooner that had sailed her last voyage many years before and now
-served as a floating home.
-
-“Uncle Toby!” he hailed, “Uncle Toby!”
-
-But no answer came to Jack’s loud hails. They only echoed among the
-other battered old derelicts lying at the rotting wharves in that
-part of the Erie Basin.
-
-A sickening fear suddenly overwhelmed him as he gazed along the
-silent decks and at the empty window boxes which usually, at this
-time of the year, were abloom with tulips of Uncle Toby’s planting.
-
-Could his uncle be dead?
-
-But just at that moment he noticed on the door of the companionway,
-which led below to the living quarters, a square bit of paper. It
-was nailed there with enormous nails as if whoever had put it up was
-determined that it shouldn’t come down in a hurry.
-
-In the hope that it might throw some light on the mystery, Jack
-hastened to scrutinize it. It was covered with writing in Uncle
-Toby’s rough and ready fist which looked as if an exploratory crab
-might have tumbled into some black mud and then performed various
-athletic feats on a sheet of paper.
-
-The notice,--for such it was plainly intended to be, read as
-follows:
-
-“To hoome it may consarn: Notice, Captain Toby Ready,--Doctor of
-Herbs,--has gone on a cruise fer plesure and proffit. Neffew Jack
-will please see Captain Dennis for partiklars.”
-
-At the bottom of this strange scrawl was the following verse, Cap’n
-Toby being ever fond of a bit of rhyme to adorn his conversation or
-his literary efforts.
-
- “My name is Toby Ready, as I sail;
- My name is Toby Ready, as I sail,
- I’ll get dollars manifold,
- And riches unkontrold;
- I’ll buy Brooklyn when it’s sold;
- As I sail.”
-
-“Great gracious,” gasped Jack, as he concluded this effort which he
-recognized as being Cap’n Toby’s version of the song of Captain
-Kidd, “my uncle must have gone crazy. Whoever heard of such a thing.
-Off on a treasure hunt at his age, and with a wooden leg. Well, I
-guess the only thing for me to do is to see Captain Dennis at once.
-It may not be too late to stop this insane trip, wherever it is to.”
-
-The young wireless man was given a warm greeting at Captain Dennis’s
-cozy home in Greenwich Village that evening by the captain’s pretty
-daughter, Helen. Jack found her just as charming as ever and was not
-sorry when she informed him that the captain would not be back from
-his work on the docks for an hour or more. Helen was all sympathy
-about Jack’s wound, the scar of which still showed. They had read
-all about it in the papers, she said, with a pretty blush. It only
-seemed a few minutes to Jack, instead of the hour and a half it
-actually was, before Captain Dennis came in. He greeted Jack
-heartily but would not hear of discussing Uncle Toby’s strange freak
-till after supper. Then, when he had lit his pipe, he told Jack what
-he knew of the matter.
-
-It appeared, according to what Captain Dennis knew, that soon after
-Jack had sailed on the _Cambodian_, a battered old mariner appeared
-at the _Venus_ and asked for Captain Toby. This was the Captain
-Walters referred to in the strange letter Jack had received in
-Rotterdam.
-
-Captain Walters, so it seemed, was an old whaling captain who had
-known Captain Toby many years before. He had been shipwrecked in the
-Arctic on his last voyage and after incredible hardships at last got
-back to America. But he was a mere shell of a man who sought out
-Captain Toby to see if that veteran had any remedies that would make
-him a well man and fit him to make up an expedition for some vague
-treasure he knew of in the land of ice.
-
-But all Captain Toby’s skill proved of no avail, and Captain Walters
-shortly set out on his last voyage. But before he died he confided
-to Uncle Toby full details of the location of the treasure and other
-important data. Armed with this, Captain Toby had succeeded in
-interesting a firm of capitalists in the venture, and a week before,
-on a trim schooner, with a picked crew, had sailed for the Arctic
-regions. That was all Captain Dennis knew, but that the ancient
-mariner appeared beside himself with dreams of wealth, and said that
-when he returned he would be a millionaire.
-
-“And there you have the story, my boy,” said Captain Dennis,
-knocking the ashes out of his pipe, “and a more crack-brained, crazy
-cruise I never heard tell of, asking your pardon, because he’s your
-uncle.”
-
-Jack engaged a cheap room for the remainder of his stay in New York,
-but he spent much of his time at the Dennis’s. One day on the street
-he encountered Travis, the operator on the ship on which he had
-voyaged home. Travis had much to tell him. The _Cambodian_ had
-arrived a week late, after a desperate mutiny, in which Captain
-Briggs was almost mortally wounded.
-
-Her entire crew was under arrest. But Travis had something else to
-say that interested Jack a great deal.
-
-“See here,” said Jack’s friend, “you haven’t got another berth yet.”
-
-Jack shock his head rather disconsolately.
-
-“No, Mr. Jukes is away on a cruise on his yacht,” he said, “and down
-at the offices of the company I’ve got no pull.”
-
-“Well, see here,” said Travis, slapping him on the back, “I know of
-a job that would just suit a fellow with your cut of jib. My brother
-is wireless man on the _Thespis_ revenue cutter. She’s just been
-assigned to the iceberg patrol. Jim is going to get married, though,
-and can get leave of absence if he can furnish a substitute of the
-right sort. You could make the cruise, it wouldn’t last long, and be
-back in time to meet old Jukes when he returns. What do you say?”
-
-“That it would be just the job for me--if I could land it!” cried
-Jack delightedly.
-
-“No trouble about that,” declared Travis breezily. And so it proved.
-Jack was placed under a rather severe examination by the commander
-of the _Thespis_. But he came through with flying colors.
-
-Another thing that gladdened him about his new job was that it would
-take him into the far regions of the north whither Uncle Toby, on
-his hare-brained treasure quest, had gone. Jack felt that he might
-get a chance to come in contact with his uncle. He had a vague
-feeling that all was not well. He had visited the offices of the
-firm that had financed Uncle Toby’s venture and did not much like
-what he saw there. He talked to a ferret faced man who told him that
-Mr. Rufus Terrill, a member of the firm, had gone along on the
-treasure hunting echoonet, as “our representative,” but from a
-passing glint in the man’s eyes Jack guessed that Mr. Rufus Terrill
-was on board to see that he and his partners got the lion’s share.
-
-“Still,” the boy had mused, as he left the offices in a shabby
-building off Wall Street, “Uncle Toby must have pretty good proofs
-that he was on a legitimate venture or he wouldn’t have interested
-such sharp folks as Terrill & Co. What a queer thing it would be if,
-after all, he did come back rich. Well, stranger things have
-happened.”
-
-A week after he “signed on” as wireless man, for the nonce, of the
-_Thespis_, the trig revenue cutter nosed out of New York harbor
-bound for the frozen north, there to patrol the margin of the giant
-wastes of ice till the danger of icebergs for the year was over.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII: POMPEY MYSTIFIED.
-
-
-As the days slipped by and they worked farther north, the _Polly
-Ann_ began to encounter nipping weather. Raynor, who had no thick
-clothes, suffered a good deal, but fortunately most of his work was
-in the galley where it was apt to be uncomfortably warm.
-
-Noddy continued to play his tricks on Pompey, much to the latter’s
-mystification. The darky had come to believe that the _Polly Ann_
-was haunted. In this way Noddy worked on his superstitious feelings
-till the black was quite as anxious as the boys to leave the
-schooner. But they did not deem the time yet ripe to broach their
-plans to him.
-
-One day a fine pudding, made especially as a surprise for Terror
-Carson, vanished from the galley almost under Pompey’s nose. The
-negro was sorely puzzled.
-
-“Dey suah am ghostesses in mah galley,” he confided to others of the
-crew, who only laughed.
-
-“Alright, yo’ may laff, but ah done see two ghostesses wid mah own
-eyes de night ah dropped dat wheel. As spec’s dere’s bin such a
-power ob wickedness done on dis hyah boat dat de hants jes natch’ly
-sticks round it. Yas sah.”
-
-But when Pompey got back to his galley he was destined to be more
-mystified than ever. Lying on the top of the shelf, where he had
-placed it before its disappearance, was the pudding.
-
-“Good land ob Beulah, de debbil is in dis galley fo’ sho’,”
-sputtered Pompey. “Hey, boys! Whar am dem boys?”
-
-In a few minutes the boys came to answer his repeated calls,
-retaining grave faces with great difficulty while Pompey explained
-to them the mystery of the vanishing pudding.
-
-“Ah lays it dar an’ it am gone,” he said in an awestruck whisper.
-“When ah come back dar it is agin. Now if ghostesses don’ do dat
-what does?”
-
-“I dunno. It’s sure mysterious,” said the Bowery boy, “but say,
-Pompey, what’s that bit of paper stuck on the pudding?”
-
-“Mah goodness, dat mus’ be some rheumaticacion frum der spirits,” he
-exclaimed.
-
-He gingerly took hold of a scrap of paper that lay on the top of the
-pudding. There was writing on it. Jupe looked at it in stupefaction.
-
-“De spirits, or debbils or ghostesses or whoeber do dis yer voo-doo
-work am writing letters now,” he exclaimed in a dumbfounded tone.
-
-“What do they say?” asked the boys in tones of deep interest.
-
-“Um-ah, les see. Why, dey says hyah, it’s all wrote lak print: Obey
-de boys an’ be dere fren’ or de torture ob de parrellel oblongata
-parabolensis will be yours. Mah goodness! what am dat torture?”
-
-“I’ve heard dat it’s a special kin’ de spirits has,” said the Bowery
-boy, “part of it is to pull off your skin with red hot pincers. I
-don’t know the rest, but it’s worse.”
-
-“Wusser ’en red hot pincers. Gollyumption! Say, boys, ole Pompey
-allers bin good to you alls, ain’t he?”
-
-“Sure you have,” said Noddy, “but we’re going to ask you a special
-favor sometime. Will you do it for us?”
-
-“I sho’ will. Anything at all. Mah goodness if ah didn’t wouldn’ ah
-get dat parrot yells and parasols torture. Red hot pincers--ugh!
-Reckon dem spirits ain’t got no hearts at all.”
-
-One morning when Raynor came on deck he saw, lying on the sea, not
-more than half a mile off, an immense iceberg. Its pinnacles
-glittered in the bright sunlight.
-
-Other bergs floated to the south and east. Ragged fields of ice
-stretched about them in long floes. The schooner was beating
-northward in short tacks but did not appear to be making much
-progress. Just then Terror Carson came on deck. He looked about him
-and then spoke sharply to the man at the wheel.
-
-“Are we making any northing?” he asked, “Hold her on her course, you
-lubber.”
-
-“Faith, yer honor,” rejoined the man at the wheel, a true son of
-Erin, “it sorra a bit will she walk at all, at all.”
-
-“What ails her?” demanded Carson, his brows gathering in a scowl.
-
-“It’s the southward set of the current, sor, I’m thinking,” was the
-reply. “Divil a bit more north have we made the last hour than I
-could swing me mother’s ould cat by her tail. It’s wearisome wurruk,
-sor,--an thirsty, too.”
-
-“Well, there’ll be no drinking on this ship,” said Carson sharply,
-and strode forward. He hung over the bulwarks amidships, watching
-the icebergs intently. Raynor, at his work in the galley, observed
-him covertly. He thought Carson appeared worried at the close
-proximity of the floating mountains of ice.
-
-Before long Raynor summoned him to breakfast. When he came on deck
-again the icebergs were closer. He turned on the steersman in a
-spasm of fury.
-
-“You bog trotting land-lubber,” he roared out with stentorian lungs,
-“where are your eyes?”
-
-“Sure aich side of my nose, like any dacent Christian’s,” rejoined
-the man.
-
-“Confound your impudence,” thundered Carson, “don’t you see the ice
-closing in on us.”
-
-“Shure, I couldn’t git overboard and shove it back.”
-
-“You ought to have let me know of this,” growled Carson angrily. He
-summoned his mate to his side. Raynor contrived an errand that
-should bring him near them.
-
-“The channel is getting narrower,” he heard the captain say. “I
-never saw the growlers so thick up here at this time of the year
-before.”
-
-“Better put about, sir, if we don’t want to get nipped,” advised the
-mate.
-
-“I guess that’s good advice,” muttered Carson, “but I hate to turn
-our nose south again. ’Bout ship!” he bawled.
-
-“’Bout ship!” roared the mate. “Lively, boys, be smart! Leggo all
-tackles! Hard a-lee on your wheel! Smartly, now.”
-
-The schooner’s sails shivered and flapped as she came up into the
-wind. The crew hauled on ropes and halyards. Then the smart little
-schooner paid off handsomely and filled away on another tack.
-
-It was none too soon. Ahead of them, drawn together by the ocean
-currents, two great bergs crashed together with the force of titanic
-steam hammers.
-
-“If we’d been caught there, we’d have been smashed like an
-egg-shell,” observed Terror Carson, to his mate, without any
-particular emotion now that the danger was over.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV: TERROR CARSON’S NERVE.
-
-
-Bang! Crash!
-
-Raynor was almost thrown out of his bunk by a terrific concussion.
-
-“Goodness! We’ve collided with Cape Race!” was his first
-exclamation.
-
-He scrambled hastily into some clothes and was soon on deck. “We are
-foul of the ice!” yelled the mate, rushing forward.
-
-“What’s that?” roared Terror Carson. “I’ll hang that rascally
-look-out to the yard-arm. Down helm there. Quick, now! The sea is
-full of loose ice.”
-
-It was about midnight and intensely dark to add to the confusion. A
-thin scud, borne of the cold air above the ice fields, obscured the
-stars and moon. It was almost impossible to see anything. Through
-the darkness orders were bawled in what appeared to be a hopeless
-tangle.
-
-Jack turned to find Noddy at his side.
-
-“Gee! Guess we’re in a tight place,” said the Bowery boy.
-
-“It looks that way. Did you feel that bump?”
-
-“Did I? Gee, I tort I wuz at Coney Island bumpin’ de bumps. But say,
-what’s de matter?”
-
-“We are in a field of loose ice. We struck a small growler, I heard
-the captain say.”
-
-“I didn’t hear nuffin growl but I guess it’s all right,” observed
-Noddy. “Say, do youse tink we’ll ever git out’n dis?”
-
-“Never say die, you know,” rejoined Raynor, “but look, what’s that on
-our bow?”
-
-“Looks like a big black tenement house wid no lights in der
-winders.”
-
-“It’s a berg.”
-
-“Holy Moses and we’re headed right bang fer um. Hold fast!”
-
-“Light a flare there,” shouted the captain suddenly. The next moment
-the ghastly blue glare of a Coston light sputtered up. The sight the
-blaze revealed was a terrifying one.
-
-There were two bergs. Both of them giants and both approaching each
-other. Between them was only a narrow passage. Waves dashed against
-their sides as the sea forced its way through the narrow channel.
-They were fairly caught in a trap. It was impossible to go about in
-that sea of ice.
-
-“Chee, we’re goners,” cried Noddy, “we’ll git squeezed in between
-’em like a lemon.”
-
-“It looks as if there was no hope,” admitted Raynor. Then he looked
-round at Terror Carson. Like a man of steel the skipper of the
-_Polly Ann_ stood poised on the bulwarks, steadying himself by a
-back stay. He seemed to be gauging the distance between the two
-converging bergs and the schooner. Raynor almost found it in his
-heart to admire his stoical calm in that supreme moment.
-
-“Can we make it, sir?”
-
-It was the mate speaking. He was ordinarily a calm, stolid man, but
-now his voice was hoarse with tension.
-
-“I don’t know. We must if we can. It’s the only way out,” was the
-calm reply, “order all hands to sheets and braces.”
-
-“Sheets and braces!” bawled out the mate.
-
-There was a scampering along the decks. Every man stood at his
-appointed place. Raynor and Noddy, as “idlers,” as cooks and so
-forth are classed, had nothing to do but watch.
-
-“Jove,” exclaimed Raynor, “Carson’s going to try to get us out of
-it.”
-
-“He don’t stan’ no more chance than a chicken at a nigger picnic,”
-opined Noddy dolefully.
-
-Terror Carson clambered down from his post on the bulwark. Quite
-slowly, as if there was no urgent hurry, he strode back toward the
-helm. Suddenly he gave a sharp order.
-
-“Break out your topsails and keep the lights burning.”
-
-There was a brisk breeze, and as the topsails were added to the
-schooner’s canvas, the masts bent like whips. The craft heeled,
-shook herself and then bounded forward like a race horse. With iron
-bound muscles Carson, his legs braced apart, stood at the wheel,
-gripping the spokes. His steady blue eyes gazed straight ahead. He
-seemed to steer by instinct.
-
-Raynor could almost have found it in his heart to admire him. Noddy
-was outspoken in his praise.
-
-“Gee, that guy kin sure handle a ship,” he exclaimed.
-
-The bows of the schooner were pointed straight for the narrow
-passage between the bergs, a channel which was closing in every
-minute. Her rigging screeched and her hull groaned under the press
-of canvas she was carrying. Raynor looked aloft anxiously. If
-anything carried away now, their doom was sealed.
-
-In the blue glare of the lights the bergs looked gigantic. Their
-summits were fretted into pinnacles and steeples like those of a
-cathedral. The ice shimmered and flashed as the lambent glare shone
-on it. But the boys only gazed at the black channel between the two
-glittering monoliths of ice.
-
-And now the mighty tops loomed right above them. A shout they could
-not repress broke from the sailors as the _Polly Ann_ darted
-forward. Right for the black passage she made. The salt spray from
-the waves that dashed on the icy cliffs showered the schooner’s
-deck. “Get ready to jump for the ice if we strike,” breathed Raynor,
-“it’s our only hope!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV: A WHALE IS ANNOYED.
-
-
-For an awful instant the wind dropped. Then came a mighty puff. The
-topsails filled. The _Polly Ann_ heeled over till it seemed she must
-capsize--and darted forward.
-
-The next instant they were between the bergs.
-
-“Lights!” roared Terror Carson. Immediately two flares showed they
-were in the ice chasm. Luckily one of the bergs was bisected by a
-sort of valley.
-
-This allowed the breeze to blow through and saved the _Polly Ann_.
-Gallantly she sped through the fearfully narrow passage and then,
-while the crew broke into a cheer, she sped into the open sea
-beyond.
-
-It was a masterly stroke of seamanship. But Terror Carson, as he
-relinquished the wheel, did not show in his manner that he deemed he
-had accomplished anything extraordinary.
-
-B-o-o-m!
-
-Behind them the mountains of ice crashed together.
-
-“Boys, but for Terror Carson we’d have been there,” bawled out a
-deep-sea voice from the darkness forward. “Three cheers for Terror.”
-
-They were given with hoarse, raucous enthusiasm. But Carson gave no
-sign that he heard. He folded his arms and went below. Great swells,
-generated by the impact of the two giant bergs, came racing after
-the _Polly Ann_ as if angry she had escaped the fate that had
-appeared certain.
-
-Behind them they could hear crash after crash, like the noise of
-heavy artillery, as ice pinnacles and towers were snapped off as the
-ice mountains scraped together. These rugged summits, falling into
-the sea, formed smaller bergs. The noise was appalling.
-
-But the danger was over!
-
-It was with a heart full of thankfulness that Raynor turned in that
-night. He awakened at his usual hour and made his way forward to the
-galley. Early as it was, Terror Carson was already on deck. He sat
-on the companionway fussing with some bits of mechanical apparatus.
-Raynor glanced at them carelessly as he passed and then thrilled
-with a sudden shock.
-
-Terror Carson was examining parts of a wireless apparatus!
-
-A means of communicating his plight to the outside world flashed
-into Raynor’s mind for, as we know, under Jack’s tutorship, he had
-become a fairly expert operator. Terror Carson looked up quickly as
-the boy half paused.
-
-“Do you understand wireless, younker?” he demanded bruskly.
-
-Raynor was about to reply in the affirmative when something checked
-him. He shook his head, guided by some intuition.
-
-“Too bad,” said Terror Carson, “I got this outfit, thinking it would
-be a good way to keep clear of government craft. But I left in too
-much ef a hurry to get an operator. I’ve been trying to master it
-but I guess I haven’t got the brains, and if I haven’t--nobody else
-on board has.”
-
-Nothing more was heard or seen of the wireless apparatus just then,
-and Raynor was glad he had denied knowledge of it, for otherwise he
-would have been compelled to work it to keep clear of any ships that
-might be cruising in the vicinity and offer a chance of escape. But
-it gave a queer sidelight into the cleverness of Terror Carson. Not
-many seal poachers would have thought of such a trick to dodge the
-cruisers sent after them.
-
-Still, he had nobody to work it, which certainly reduced its value
-to nil. How Raynor longed to get a chance to set the wireless up and
-operate the key! He felt sure that were he in a position to do so,
-he could soon have summoned help.
-
-But, as he was fain to admit to himself as he went about his kitchen
-tasks, he might just as well have wished for the moon. He did not
-even know where Carson had locked up the temporarily useless radio
-set.
-
-The next day a terrific Arctic storm descended on the _Polly Ann_.
-The wind blew with a velocity that threatened to tear the sails from
-the bolt ropes, and icy sleet and snow enveloped the craft as if in
-a white blanket.
-
-She scudded forward under almost bare poles. Raynor found cause
-during those hours to admire Terror Carson’s schooner, which was the
-staunchest, swiftest craft he had ever seen. It appeared marvelous
-that anything built by man’s hands could endure the merciless
-racking the _Polly Ann_ submitted to.
-
-Work in the galley was only carried on with the greatest difficulty
-during this period. The men forward lived on water and biscuit and
-hot meals were cooked only for the officers.
-
-And all this time Raynor was profoundly ignorant of the destination
-of the storm-driven schooner, or if she was nearing it. By the
-amount of northing that had been made, he knew that they were
-getting into the region of seals, but Terror Carson gave no sign
-that he intended to lie to.
-
-In the midst of the white storm an incident happened which, looked
-at afterward, was amusing, but at the time it occurred was actually
-alarming. Not long after the dinner hour, while the storm was at its
-height, the schooner struck some solid object with a dull thud that
-made her shake from head to stern.
-
-“Land ho! We’ve struck!” bawled some of the crew.
-
-But the _Polly Ann_ flew onward, and in a few seconds the cause of
-the bump was ascertained when, over the lee rail, was seen an
-immense “right” whale. The creature spouted in indignation as the
-schooner, her rail lined with men, shot by. The water fell in a
-shower on the decks, drenching them.
-
-“That’s the whale’s way of getting even fer dat uppercut we handed
-him,” grinned Noddy comprehendingly.
-
-The next day the gale had decreased in violence and the weather
-cleared. Raynor, on his way from the galley with the mid-day meal,
-looked up to windward and suddenly saw something that made his heart
-bound.
-
-It was another schooner, also flying north under a press of sail.
-Like a flash an idea came to him. In a stern locker, already bent to
-the hoisting halyards, was the schooner’s ensign,--one of many, for
-at different times it suited Terror Carson to belong to different
-nations. This flag was a United States ensign. Raynor’s daring plan
-was to reverse the flag in the universal language of distress and
-summon aid from the other schooner.
-
-He looked at the man at the wheel. The fellow was dozing apparently.
-Raynor set down the tin dishes he was carrying aft and cautiously
-approached the flag locker.
-
-It was the work of only a moment to reverse the ensign.
-
-“Now I’ll hoist it and then hide some place till that other craft
-sends a boat,” thought Raynor.
-
-With infinite caution he began to hoist the reversed flag. It
-fluttered out bravely in the brisk wind.
-
-Raynor’s heart beat high.
-
-“Jove, I believe it will be successful,” he exclaimed to himself.
-
-The flag reached the peak and streamed out in the wind.
-
-“Now if they only see it,” thought Raynor. He watched the schooner
-in an agony of apprehension. Then, with a cry of triumph that he
-could not suppress, he saw the canvas on the other craft flapping as
-she put about.
-
-So absorbed was he in the spectacle that he did not notice a quick,
-sharp tread behind him, did not see the uplifted sledge-hammer fist
-of Terror Carson.
-
-But the next moment a terrific blow felled him to the deck.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI: LOCKED IN THE CABIN.
-
-
-Half stunned, Raynor looked up in time to see Carson lowering the
-reversed ensign. He staggered painfully to his feet. He was in time
-to see the other schooner filling away again on her course as those
-on board her saw the signal of distress lowered to the deck.
-
-Carson paid no attention to Raynor till he had finished with the
-ensign. Then, in bitter tones, he told him to follow him. Raynor had
-no recourse but to obey.
-
-The captain took him aft and opened the door of a small cabin. It
-was not the one Raynor had been used to occupy.
-
-“I’m going to lock you up in here,” he said, “for the time being.
-I’ll decide what to do with you later.”
-
-“Why can’t you let me go?” demanded Raynor, “I’m no good to you in
-your poaching schemes and sooner or later you’ll have to free me.
-Why not now?”
-
-“Because you know too much,” was the answer. The captain turned on
-his heel and slammed the door. Raynor heard a wooden bar fall into
-sockets on the outside. He was a prisoner. No one came near him for
-the rest of that day.
-
-The room was lighted by a small port. By looking out of this Raynor
-was able to make out that he was confined in the extreme stern of
-the schooner. Right over the rudder, in fact.
-
-When darkness came he stretched himself out on the single bunk which
-ran along one side of the cabin. It boasted no bed clothes and he
-was very cold. But youth, and his exhausted condition after the
-excitements of the day, overcame him, and he was soon fast asleep.
-
-In the morning he was scarcely awake before Pompey appeared with
-some bread and a jug of water.
-
-“Is that all I get to eat?” demanded Raynor who, despite his plight,
-had his appetite.
-
-“Das all,” said Pompey commiseratingly, “dat cap’n he say yo’ blood
-need coolin’ wid light diet.”
-
-“Do you know if I’m to be let out, Pompey?” asked Raynor with some
-anxiety.
-
-“Dat am a subjec’ upon which ah am discommoded by de captain
-suppressed commands ter conversationalize,” rejoined Pompey. “I’se
-mighty sorry, but ah jes’ got to keep quiet while ah’s in hyah.”
-
-He shook his woolly head solemnly and then, having set down the
-breakfast, if such it could be called, took his departure. Raynor
-heard the confining bar fall as the door was locked. He groaned
-aloud.
-
-“Oh, what a fix,” he muttered, “out of the frying pan into the fire.
-If I ever get out of this, catch me ever sitting on a steamer’s rail
-with my legs swinging, for all my troubles come from that. Good old
-Jack, if only I had heeded his advice. I wonder what he is doing
-now?”
-
-He broke off his reflections with a heavy sigh, and tackled the
-uninviting-looking stale bread. First, however, he took a hearty
-draught from the water pitcher, for he was very thirsty.
-
-He was munching away at a dried crust when he suddenly saw some
-object dangling in front of the cabin port hole. At first he thought
-it was a sea bird. But the next instant he made it out as a parcel
-hanging on the end of a string.
-
-“Must be for me,” mused the lad, and reaching out an arm he drew in
-the package. The string came with it, as whoever had lowered the
-package from the stern deck above, released his grip.
-
-Raynor tore away the wrappings and revealed what was to him just
-then a banquet. There was a chicken wing, crisp fried potatoes,
-pickles and a wedge of pie. Scrawled on the paper which contained
-the meal was this message:
-
-“Ete harty.”
-
-“That’s good old Noddy,” cried Raynor to himself, his eyes growing
-misty. “He’s stolen part of that chicken that was killed yesterday
-for the captain’s dinner and risked punishment to help me out. What
-a fine fellow he is for all his odd ways!”
-
-With a good appetite Raynor fell to on the daintier fare that had
-come to him by “air route.” In a short time not a crumb was left.
-The day wore slowly away after that. At dusk Pompey appeared and
-thrust a lantern inside the cabin. But he did not speak. From this
-Raynor judged that Terror Carson was near at hand.
-
-His captivity was wearing on him, even in the short time that he had
-been confined. He had nothing to read, and had passed the long hours
-of daylight gazing out of the port hole and watching the waves and
-an occasional sea-bird that swooped in the schooner’s wake, alert
-for scraps from the galley.
-
-The lantern was a welcome companion at least. Raynor felt that he
-could not have passed an entire night in the dark with only his
-thoughts for company. He hung the lantern on a hook on the ceiling
-and cast himself on his back on the bunk.
-
-All at once he sat bolt upright with an exclamation.
-
-“I can’t stand this any longer. I’ve got to find some way of
-escape.”
-
-But a brief survey of the tiny cabin showed that this was a much
-easier thing to plan than to accomplish. The door was solid, so were
-the walls and the ceiling. At last there remained only the floor. A
-shabby worn strip of carpet was nailed on it.
-
-“I might as well be thorough about this,” mused Raynor and he ripped
-the flimsy fabric from the planks. Something met his eyes that made
-them shine with delight.
-
-“Eureka!” he cried, “I’ve found it.”
-
-Under the shabby carpet was an iron ring let into what appeared to
-be a small trap-door.
-
-“Here’s where I fool Terror Carson,” murmured Raynor, as he inserted
-his fingers in the ring and tugged with all his strength.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII: IN THE EYES OF THE SHIP.
-
-
-The square piece of flooring swung upward. It revealed a dark hole
-and the top rounds of a ladder.
-
-“Must go down into the hold,” decided Raynor.
-
-He held the lantern into the black rectangle left gaping by the
-opened trap-door. It did not reveal much, except beams and timbers
-and the rest of the ladder.
-
-A dank, musty smell came up from below. Then came a noise that so
-startled Raynor he almost dropped the lantern. It sounded like the
-rush of a gale of wind. But the next minute he knew what it was. The
-scampering of myriads of rats. He could hear their squeaks and
-gibbers as, alarmed by the light, they fled through the hold.
-
-“Well, I might as well risk it,” thought the boy. “If it doesn’t
-lead to anything I can always get back.”
-
-Taking the lantern, he cautiously descended the ladder. Soon he
-found himself on the floor of the hold. It reeked with a nauseating
-fishy smell which Raynor knew must have come from the numerous
-cargoes of seal oil and skins the _Polly Ann_ had carried in times
-past.
-
-The hold was rather unevenly floored and the pitching of the
-schooner made the lad’s advance somewhat difficult. But, holding his
-lantern aloft, he made his way forward. He had reached a point where
-the hold narrowed into a small triangle, the very “eyes” of the
-ship, as sailors call it, when he saw a ladder.
-
-“Guess, since I’m embarked on this enterprise, I might as well see
-it through,” thought the lad.
-
-He clambered up the ladder and found a closed hatchway at the top.
-Not without misgivings he shoved it upward, and found himself in a
-tiny triangular cubby hole full of odds and ends of chains and
-ropes.
-
-He knew at once where he was. In his ramblings about the ship he had
-noticed this little triangular space in the bows and thought of it
-in a casual way as a good hiding place, if the time ever came to use
-it. He blew out his lantern and cast himself down on a bale of
-oakum. But he was far from comfortable in his retreat.
-
-Every time a wave broke over the bow it drenched him. Soon he was
-soaked through and miserable. He had put some of the bread Pompey
-had brought him that morning in his pockets. From time to time he
-chewed a bit of it, more for the sake of doing something than with
-the idea of satisfying his appetite.
-
-At length he fell into an uneasy doze. He was awakened by hearing
-voices near him. It was daylight, as he could see by the light that
-filtered through cracks in his hiding place.
-
-“Be jabbers,” said the voice of the Irish helmsman, “the bye isn’t
-on board this hooker. It’s mesilf as has searched frum stem to starn
-entirely.”
-
-“Yo’ tak mah bible word fo’ it O’Brien,” responded Pompey’s voice,
-“dat ghostesses has taken dat lad. Dey took mah puddin’ one night,
-now dey take one ob mah deputised cooks.”
-
-“Great snakes, are there ghosts aboard this craft?” gasped O’Brien.
-
-“De surest ting dat yo’ know. Didn’ dep apparitionise demselves to
-me one night when I was steering dis wessel?”
-
-“Real ghosts?”
-
-“Yas, sah. Dey had green faces all flamin’ an’ red eyes an’--an’
-green hair an’ dey was mo’ dan nineteen feet tall.”
-
-“Ochone! This is no place for me,” declared O’Brien. “I guess I’ll
-go and report to the captain.”
-
-“Yo’ all better tell him dat ghostesses done it same as dey stole de
-puddin’,” said Pompey in parting.
-
-“Garn wid ye. D’ye think I want ter be hanging on the yard arrum
-like a string of onions on a beam?” flung back O’Brien, as he
-hurried off.
-
-“So they have discovered my disappearance,” thought Raynor, “and so
-far they have got no clew to my whereabouts. This is just the
-opportunity to escape I was looking for. I’ll sneak out of here
-to-night and get a boat and make off. Hold on though, would that be
-fair to Noddy?”
-
-After some cogitation the lad decided that it would not do to leave
-the good-hearted Bowery boy behind.
-
-“I’ll find some means of communicating with him,” he thought. “Maybe
-later in the day, when he comes forward to get potatoes, I can
-attract his attention. The potato bin is quite close at hand.”
-
-Not long before noon Noddy came forward with a basket to the storage
-bin, where vegetables, such as potatoes, onions and turnips, were
-kept.
-
-“H-i-s-t!” whispered Raynor through a crack.
-
-“Now what under the sun was dat?” exclaimed the Bowery boy, looking
-about him, “sounded like a cat. But dere ain’t no cats on dis craft.
-What was it?”
-
-“Noddy, it’s me--Raynor,” breathed the hidden lad eagerly.
-
-Noddy dropped his basket in his astonishment.
-
-“Well, what d’ye know about dat,” he exclaimed. “Pompey said dat de
-spooks had got cher.”
-
-“Not yet,” laughed Raynor, “but I have a fine plan for an escape.
-Meet me at the galley at midnight to-night and we’ll get away in one
-of the boats.”
-
-“Chee, youse don’ rush tings at all, at all, do youse?” cried Noddy
-admiringly. “But I’m wid yer. I’ll swipe some grub to-day and hide
-it.”
-
-“By-the-way, that reminds me,” exclaimed Raynor, “thanks for that
-chicken, but what about something to eat to-day?”
-
-“I’ll bring youse some grub. Don’t worry. I’ll make all excuse to
-git a bit of waste or rope out of that cubby hole. I got ter go now.
-De old man’s lookin’ forward. He mus’ tink I’ve gone nuts talkin’
-ter myself.”
-
-He hurried off but an hour later brought Raynor a good meal,
-consisting of what was left over from the cabin dinner. The hidden
-lad ate it with a relish which was sharpened by the thought that
-that night he might be able to make good his escape.
-
-That afternoon it began to grow rough, and Raynor’s retreat was
-anything but comfortable. Water poured in every time the _Polly Ann_
-breasted a big wave. The lad was soon cold and shivering. But the
-hours passed somehow and at last, by the chiming of the ship’s bell,
-Raynor knew that the time had come to put his plan of escape into
-operation.
-
-He crawled out upon the deck from his hiding place, feeling wet and
-stiff, and proceeded cautiously, for discovery was likely at any
-instant.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII: RAYNOR TO THE RESCUE.
-
-
-As he made his way toward the now dark and deserted galley, Raynor
-noted, with regret, that it was a rough night. The schooner appeared
-at one minute to rush at what seemed to be a towering black wall but
-which Raynor knew was a wave.
-
-It looked as if she must be submerged in the mass of water. But
-every time she rose gallantly and topped the crest of the giant
-combers. Storm sail was set, just sufficient to give the craft
-steerage way.
-
-“Bother it all,” muttered Raynor, “it seems that luck is always
-against us. Here I had everything planned for an ideal escape and
-now I doubt if it wouldn’t be suicidal to venture forth in such a
-sea.”
-
-The schooner rushed up a wall of water and then coasted hissingly
-down the other side. Her lights shone out bravely like red and green
-jewels on either side of her bow. But it seemed that momentarily
-they would be drowned out.
-
-Raynor clawed his way along the bucking, plunging deck, to the door
-of the galley. Here he gave three cautious knocks. The door opened
-and Noddy drew him in.
-
-“Chee!” exclaimed the Bowery youth, when they were both safe inside,
-“dis is de wurstest night I ever seen. I don’t see a ghost of a show
-of our escaping to-night. Why, de _Mauretania_ ’ud have a hard time
-in dese waves, let alone a small boat.”
-
-“Still I hate to give it up,” rejoined Raynor, “maybe the weather
-will moderate after awhile,” he added hopefully.
-
-“Don’t look much like it. I’m gloomed fer fair,” grumbled Noddy
-disconsolately.
-
-They peeped out of the galley through a square port cut in the stern
-wall.
-
-The decks were deserted but for the figure of the man at the wheel.
-He stood there in dripping yellow oilskins, gripping the helm and
-turning it this way or that as the great seas threatened the
-schooner. The binnacle light gleamed on his waterproof garments,
-making him look like a figure of bronze.
-
-“I wish this storm would let up,” observed Raynor at length.
-
-“Maybe it’ll get worser,” said the pessimistic Noddy.
-
-“I hope not. It’s quite bad enough now. Anyhow, it’s severe enough
-to make us call off all our plans.”
-
-“Yes, bad luck to it,” was the reply.
-
-There came, if possible, a louder shriek of the wind, and the
-schooner received a buffeting blow from a wave that made her
-stagger.
-
-“Jumping juniper! What’s up now?” cried Noddy in some alarm.
-
-“Don’t know. But something has happened,” replied Raynor.
-
-At the same moment came a shout from the helmsman. There was a rush
-of feet on deck. The boys could hear it plainly in one of those
-lulls that sometimes occur in the midst of even the fiercest storms.
-Lanterns flashed and questions and answers were bawled about the
-deck.
-
-They saw Terror Carson, followed by his mate, rush up on deck. Then
-came a loud shout.
-
-“All hands aft. The mainsail has gone!”
-
-Raynor flung the door open.
-
-“Come on,” he cried but Noddy hung back.
-
-“What fer? Dey might cotch yer,” he said.
-
-“I don’t care. Some bad accident has happened. The schooner may be
-going down.”
-
-Indeed, from the wild yawing and pitching the craft was doing, it
-did seem as if she was mortally injured in some way. Thus urged by
-Raynor, Noddy accompanied him toward the stern. There was a cluster
-of sailors about the after mast. It appeared, as well as Raynor
-could make out, that something had happened to the boom or the gaff.
-
-As the two lads rushed sternward, not caring in their excitement if
-Raynor was seen or not, they saw that the stout canvas of the storm
-mainsail had been ripped from leach to peak. The great sail was
-flapping and snapping in the wind. It made a noise like the reports
-of cannon.
-
-To make matters worse the great boom, unsupported, was sweeping back
-and forth across the decks with every roll of the disabled schooner,
-like a huge flail. It imperiled the lives of everybody who got in
-its pathway.
-
-“Cut away the halyards and get that canvas loose!” bawled the
-captain.
-
-Half a dozen sailors tried to, but the threshing boom drove them
-off.
-
-“Get a line on that boom,” bellowed the mate, “lash it back. Lively,
-now.”
-
-“It’ll tear out the mast in a minute,” shouted Carson.
-
-The men labored heroically. But it was almost beyond human power to
-do anything with the volleying mass of canvas and the great boom.
-The captain and the mate shouted encouragingly to them but it
-appeared to do little good. Once or twice a man was almost lost over
-the side in the struggle for mastery.
-
-The boys were now quite close to the whole wild scene. But nobody
-noticed them. Everyone was far too much engrossed in his own
-affairs. There was nothing they could do, but they stood by in
-readiness. To them it seemed as if every moment must be the
-schooner’s last.
-
-“Here, you,” shouted Carson, stepping suddenly forward and
-addressing one of the men, “what are you doing with those ropes?
-You’re cutting the wrong ones.”
-
-He hastened forward to show what he meant. For the nonce he had
-forgotten the terrible sweep of the menacing boom. An instant later
-the big spar, sweeping in a huge semi-circle, swung straight at him.
-
-“Look out!” roared the mate.
-
-But Carson did not appear to hear.
-
-“He’ll be killed dead!” shrilled Noddy, looking on with horror.
-
-“The boom!” shouted Raynor.
-
-Suddenly Carson saw his danger. But he stepped aside too late.
-Another instant and his brains would have been battered out. But
-Raynor, with a flash of inspiration, averted a tragedy. Stooping
-down he seized a stout rope attached to the boom. In another instant
-he had it wrapped round a stout timber “bitt.”
-
-The rope strained as the force of the threshing boom came on it. It
-drew taut as a violin string. But it held. The big swaying spar was
-checked within a foot of the captain’s head.
-
-Almost instantly a swarm of sailors swooped down on the boom and
-secured it strongly. It was then that Terror Carson stepped up to
-Raynor. His hand was held out.
-
-“I thought you had escaped, boy,” he said, “but it seems you were
-destined to save my life. I thank you.”
-
-The words were simple, but there was a curious break in the giant
-seal poacher’s voice as he uttered them.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX: SKULL ISLAND.
-
-
-The sailors did not take long in making good the damage done to the
-sail. A new one was bent and then the schooner’s action changed from
-a wallowing and rolling in the trough of the waves to a light
-skimming over them. The storm, now that the wind and waves appeared
-to have satisfied themselves by inflicting all the damage they
-could, seemed to die down.
-
-“You had better go below to your own cabin,” said the captain to
-Raynor when all had been made snug again. “You will hear no more of
-your attempt to get away.”
-
-Without waiting for a rejoinder, he was gone. Raynor turned dazedly
-to Noddy.
-
-“I guess I’m in his good books again,” he said.
-
-“Well, why wouldn’t yer be?” said the Bowery boy, “you saved his
-life.”
-
-At this juncture there was a shrill yell behind them. It was Pompey.
-
-“By de holy poker, de ghostesses done brung back young Massa Raynor,
-jes lak dey does mah puddin’,” he cried, feeling Raynor’s arm to
-make sure it was solid flesh and blood.
-
-“Gollyumption,” he exclaimed, “it’s Massa Raynor, all right. Whar
-dose ghostesses done tak you-all to? Ah ’specs dey rides yo on a
-broomstick an all.”
-
-“I haven’t been with any ghosts,” laughed Raynor.
-
-But Pompey put on a knowing look.
-
-“Yo’ kaint fool dis chile dat ’er way,” he said, “ah knows too much
-of der mysteriferiousness of der prognosticatius. Dats de science ob
-ghostesses. Yo’ all went to der same place as dat puddin’ done go
-when de spooks took it.”
-
-It was no use to try to argue with the old negro. Ever since the
-night the boys had tried to escape, Pompey’s naturally superstitious
-mind had conceived the idea that the _Polly Ann_ was “hanted.”
-Nothing would drive it out of his head.
-
-Terror Carson made no further advances to Raynor. In fact, the next
-day he hardly appeared to notice the boy who had saved his life by
-his quick wit and action. But Raynor did not worry about that. In
-fact, the less attention he received from the seal poacher, the
-better pleased he was.
-
-The next day they found themselves enveloped in floes of ice. The
-wind blew hard and cold too. Suddenly, while they were crunching
-through the floating floes, the look-out gave a loud hail.
-
-“Land ho!”
-
-The shout was echoed by a score of voices. It brought a thrill to
-Raynor, who ran to the galley door. Across the ice floes he could
-make out a rough, low-lying, rocky island. The waves dashed against
-some low cliffs in clouds of white spray. A few sea birds hovered,
-wheeling and screaming, above it.
-
-Terror Carson hurried forward. He gave the island one glance and
-then said: “That’s Skull Island. There used to be good sealing
-there. But that’s all done away with now. The beasts have gone to
-other places. There’s water there, though. A perennial spring. I’ve
-a good mind to land and replenish the kegs.”
-
-“Why is it called Skull Island?” inquired Raynor, feeling, that as
-Carson appeared in a good mood, he might venture the question.
-
-“On account of a fight that took place there some years ago,” said
-Carson. “Rival sealers battled on the island and the conquerors
-stuck up the skulls of their enemies on poles.”
-
-“It is a dismal-looking place,” said Raynor. “Does anybody live
-there?”
-
-“No, it is uninhabited. Nothing but a few sea-birds and, once in a
-while, some sealer, after water, goes there,” was the rejoinder.
-
-To the right, or western side of the island, there was a sort of
-lane or channel through the closely packed ice. It soon appeared
-that it was Terror Carson’s intention to guide his craft through
-this to a mooring ground. He took the wheel himself, as he usually
-did in emergencies. Soon, sharp orders to the sail-handlers came
-crackling from his lips in a continuous volley.
-
-“Easy on your main sheet.”
-
-“Aye, aye, sir.”
-
-“Blocks and tackles forward.”
-
-“All clear, sir.”
-
-It was ticklish work, for here and there the gnarled heads of black
-rocks showed above the surface of the water. If one had penetrated
-the _Polly Ann’s_ hull there would have been an end to her then and
-there. But Terror Carson steered her, with an expressionless face
-and consummate skill, past every peril. At last they lay off a rocky
-cove. The leadsman in the bow sang out that there was plenty of
-water.
-
-“Let go the anchor,” bellowed Carson.
-
-The cable roared out, and for the first time in many days, the
-_Polly Ann_ lay at rest.
-
-Raynor leaned over the rail, not having anything to do just then,
-and watched the island with a strange fascination. Even its sinister
-name did not detract from his desire to go ashore and give it a
-thorough exploration. In time to come Raynor was to grow to know
-that island well and regret the day he ever saw it.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX: JACK TRIES OUT HIS INVENTION.
-
-
-“Icebergs ahead.”
-
-The look-out in the crow’s nest of the _Thespis_ sang out the
-warning sharply. Officers and men of the smart revenue cutter were
-instantly on the alert.
-
-“Where away?” came from the bridge.
-
-“Two points off the starboard bow, sir,” was the response.
-
-The officer leveled his binoculars on a huge mass of ice about two
-miles off. It glittered like polished steel. It rose into two huge
-points like the steeples of a cathedral. Jack emerged from his
-wireless cabin and secured from the officer the latitude and
-longitude.
-
-Then he returned to his instruments, and within half an hour every
-ship within reaching distance on the Atlantic track knew of the
-great berg and its position, rate of progression and probable
-course. For some days this had been Jack’s daily work.
-
-He went forward to the bridge to make his report on the ships he had
-warned. Captain Simms was there eyeing the steely blue ice mountain.
-
-“I’d like to dynamite that fellow just as I would a derelict that
-imperiled navigation,” he said.
-
-“I’ve been thinking the same thing, sir,” said Jack respectfully,
-“and I’ve thought up a new method of doing it.”
-
-“What’s that, my lad?”
-
-“I could blow that berg up by wireless!”
-
-The commander looked at the boy as if he thought Jack had taken
-leave of his senses or had had the temerity to joke with his
-commanding officer. But Jack was never more serious in his life.
-
-“I mean it, sir,” he said steadily.
-
-“Explain yourself, Ready. I must confess that your statement set me
-aback.”
-
-“I’ve been figuring out a method,” rejoined the boy, “of firing
-torpedoes, guns and mines by wireless. I think I have it perfected,
-but if you would permit an experiment on that big iceberg yonder, it
-would be a magnificent opportunity to put my theories to the test.”
-
-“Jove, boy, I’ve half a mind to do it. To destroy that berg is
-certainly in the line of duty.”
-
-“Undoubtedly, sir. If you will allow me six men and a boat and the
-necessary explosives I think I can guarantee to blow that berg into
-smithereens within an hour by a simple pressure of the key in my
-wireless-room.”
-
-“It sounds incredible--yet, great guns and little fishes, lad,--I’m
-going to let you try. Harley!”
-
-The coxswain hailed, stepped up, and saluted smartly. “Aye, aye,
-sir.”
-
-“Is the Number Two cutter in good condition?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“Very well. You will take a crew of six and report to Mr. Ready,
-here, for his orders.”
-
-The man saluted and hurried off. Before long the crew and the cutter
-were ready. In the meantime the explosives Jack wanted were brought
-on deck and then loaded in the boat. This done, Jack vanished into
-his cabin and emerged before long carrying a coil of copper wire and
-several powerful batteries.
-
-“Now, if I could have two extra oars,” he said, briskly addressing
-Commander Simms, who had gazed on the preparations with interest but
-had asked no questions.
-
-“All right, my boy. I’ve no idea what you want them for but you
-shall have them. Coxswain, get two more oars.”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-At last all was ready, and the boat shot away from the side of the
-cutter. The six brawny jackies making up the crew pulled for the
-berg with quick, strong strokes. This trip was a welcome diversion
-from the monotony of the iceberg patrol duty. They made good time
-over the water, and soon the berg was reached.
-
-A close view showed that a sort of valley bisected it between the
-towering steeples of ice that rose at each end. It was an easy
-matter to scramble up on the low-lying ledges of the edge of the
-berg. Half the party landed, while those remaining in the boat
-handed up the explosives and other apparatus to them. At last
-everything was ready. Jack ordered the men still remaining in the
-boat on to the berg.
-
-They obeyed with alacrity, all eagerness to know what was coming
-next. Among the supplies brought were six crowbars, for the
-ice-patrol craft carried every kind of tool for dealing with ice.
-
-Jack set the men to work digging holes,--like post holes in the ice
-at regular intervals right across the valley. When this had been
-done an oar was set up at each end of the row of holes.
-
-“Now we’ll load ’em,” said Jack, and into each hole a “capped”
-charge of explosive was placed, being tamped down carefully.
-
-When this had been done the copper wire was stretched from one oar
-to the other like a telegraph wire. From this main wire branch,
-wires were led to each of the loaded holes and there carefully
-attached to the fulminate of mercury caps. When all this had been
-done to Jack’s satisfaction, he electrified the system with his
-batteries, attaching them to the main wire.
-
-“Now we’ll pull back to the ship,” he said.
-
-“Beg pardon, sir, but ain’t you going to touch off all that
-dynamite?” asked the coxswain.
-
-“And blow ourselves up as well as the berg? Not much,” laughed Jack,
-“come on, boys, give way lively now, and before long you’ll see
-fireworks.”
-
-In a short time they were back on the ship. Jack reported to Captain
-Simms that everything was in readiness for the long distance
-explosion. All eyes turned curiously on the lad as he walked aft to
-the wireless room, for word had spread through the ship of the
-experiment that was to be tried.
-
-Jack tested up his instruments carefully. Then he adjusted the
-dynamo for an extra heavy current of “juice.” When this had been
-done, he sat down coolly at the key.
-
-“Now watch the berg!” he shouted, and the cry was taken up and
-passed along the decks.
-
-He pressed down the key. There was a snap and a crackle as the live
-flame leaped between its points. Far above from the aërials, an
-invisible wave of electricity rolled.
-
-It struck the copper wire on the berg and rushed along it and down
-the wires leading to the capped explosives.
-
-Simultaneously there was a mighty roar.
-
-“There she goes,” yelled the sailors.
-
-The berg was seen to split in half and then dissolve as if it had
-been melted. Five minutes later nothing was to be seen where it had
-been but a cloud of yellowish smoke.
-
-The pressure of a finger on a wireless key two miles away had
-destroyed the titanic berg and left not a trace of its dangerous
-existence.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI: THE WRECK OF THE “_POLLY ANN_”
-
-
-To his disappointment, Raynor was not allowed on the boats that took
-the water party ashore on Skull Island. He and Noddy had to content
-themselves with watching the operations ashore.
-
-It was night when the work had been completed and the casks all
-filled. Terror Carson, therefore, decided to remain at anchor off
-the island all night. This was against the advice of his mate, who
-counseled making for the open sea.
-
-“I don’t like the look of the weather,” he said, regarding certain
-yellowish castellated clouds that hung on the northern horizon. But
-Terror Carson only laughed.
-
-“This is a snug enough berth,” he declared. “We’ll lie here till
-daylight. Then for a dash across the boundary and some fine Canadian
-seals.”
-
-But by midnight it was seen that the mate’s advice had been good.
-Without warning on the barometer, a furious storm swept down on the
-anchored schooner. She began to drag. Two more anchors were let go
-and she held securely. But now another peril appeared.
-
-Huge fields of drift ice and growlers, driven from the north by the
-storm, drove down on the _Polly Ann_. The ice crunched against her
-sides like rasping teeth. It seemed as if the forces of nature had
-combined to destroy her.
-
-The stout timbers of her hull cracked ominously under the terrific
-pressure. There was no sleep on board. All hands were on deck.
-Terror Carson, more perturbed than Raynor had ever seen him, strode
-the deck as if distracted.
-
-The schooner was the apple of his eye. But now it appeared that she
-was doomed, and through his fault.
-
-There was nothing to be done. A sickly gray dawn showed the schooner
-surrounded by ice for miles. Almost as far as the eye could reach,
-in fact.
-
-“We’ll never get out of here alive,” declared the sailors.
-
-“Nothing but bad luck has followed us on this trip,” was another
-remark heard among them.
-
-All that day the _Polly Ann_ held together. Terror Carson grew more
-confident.
-
-“The old hooker will weather it yet,” he declared. But the mate
-shook his head.
-
-“She’ll leave her bones here,” he said.
-
-Carson turned on him like an infuriated wild beast.
-
-“One more word like that and I’ll knock what serves you for brains
-out of your thick skull,” he snarled, and fell to pacing the poop.
-
-Completely tired out, Raynor sought his bunk that night and fell
-into a deep sleep of exhaustion. He had not closed his eyes the
-night before and even the perilous position of the ship could not
-have kept him on his feet.
-
-When he awakened, sunshine was streaming into the port of his cabin.
-
-“Gracious!” he gasped. “I must be late. Carson will half kill me.”
-
-He hustled into some clothes and emerged into the outer cabin.
-Almost instantly he stepped into water which the tilt of the ship
-had prevented penetrating into his cabin. The water almost covered
-the main cabin floor. The tilt of the ship made it deeper on the
-opposite side of the cabin.
-
-“The ice has crushed the _Polly Ann’s_ ribs,” exclaimed the boy.
-“She is doomed.”
-
-He rushed on deck. The next instant he stood still at the top of the
-companionway, stricken with stupefaction.
-
-The decks, usually at that hour alive with men, were deserted. Not a
-soul was to be seen either fore or aft.
-
-What had happened? Then Raynor’s eyes wandered to the davits where
-the big whale boats used in sealing, generally hung.
-
-They were empty!
-
-The boats were gone!
-
-In a flash he realized what had occurred. The crushing of the _Polly
-Ann_ had happened in the night. Knowing that she was doomed the crew
-had taken to the boats, which could push a way through the drift ice
-and left the ship.
-
-“Oh, the cowards! the cowards!” cried Raynor, in an agony of anger
-and apprehension.
-
-The schooner was sinking under his feet and he had no means of
-escape. He was doomed to go to the bottom of the Arctic Sea in her
-without the chance to make a struggle for his life. For a few
-minutes he almost went mad. He rushed up and down the decks shouting
-and raving like a lunatic. Then he suddenly came to his senses.
-
-He must be calm. There was nothing to be gained by losing his head.
-Never had he needed the cool use of all his faculties so urgently as
-he did now. He sat down on one of the knightheads forward and
-concentrated his mind on his situation.
-
-Suddenly he sprang to his feet with a shout.
-
-“What a blind idiot I’ve been!” he cried aloud, “the dories. I never
-thought of them.”
-
-It was curious but true, that in his excitement the lad had entirely
-forgotten, for the time being, the half dozen dories “nested” on the
-after deck. Now, however, the recollection of them affected him like
-a tonic. He began bustling about making his preparations to leave
-the _Polly Ann_ to her ocean grave.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII: FOOTPRINTS ON THE SAND.
-
-
-From the galley and store-rooms he collected a good stock of
-provisions and such utensils as he thought he was likely to need.
-For the boy had come to a hasty conclusion that he would take up
-quarters on Skull Island for the present, at any rate. He knew that
-whalers and sealers sometimes touched there, and he might stand a
-chance of being rescued if he remained there instead of venturing,
-in a flimsy dory, on unknown seas.
-
-But when he had the dory all loaded a difficulty he had not thought
-of in his haste presented itself.
-
-How was he to launch it?
-
-This problem bothered him not a little for some time. But at last he
-solved it. At each end of the dory was a “becket” or loop of rope.
-Raynor unfastened the throat halyards of the mainsail and hooked
-them into these loops. Then it was an easy matter to hoist the dory
-aloft by the aid of block and tackle. The _Polly Ann_ had heeled so
-far over by this time, that once the dory was in the air, it swung
-out over the water, to which Raynor quickly lowered it.
-
-Then he dropped over the side and on board his little craft.
-
-“Good-bye, old _Polly Ann_,” he exclaimed, as he took up the oars
-and began rowing through the drifting ice for the shore of Skull
-Island. “You saved my life, but even so I can’t say I’ve any
-particular love for you.”
-
-With this exordium he set to work at his rowing in earnest. It was
-hard work but at last he grounded his boat on a strip of sandy
-beach.
-
-“Welcome to Skull Island,” he said to himself, “Let’s hope our stay
-here will be a short one.”
-
-He dragged the boat up as far as he could on the beach, and then
-unloaded his various goods. They made quite a pile.
-
-“I’m a regular Arctic Robinson Crusoe,” he exclaimed, half aloud.
-
-He had hardly made the remark when he started violently. His
-resemblance to Robinson Crusoe was even closer than he had thought.
-
-On the close-packed sand of the beach were the footprints of a man!
-
-There was somebody else on the island then. For a minute he half
-suspected that one of the landing party, who had come ashore for
-water, might have made the tracks. But this solution of the matter
-was negatived by the fact that they had landed on the other side of
-the island, and had been too busy to roam about.
-
-Who could this man be? Captain Carson had told him the island was
-uninhabited. Certainly nobody with the landing party had noticed any
-human being on it or they would have been sure to have mentioned it.
-
-Raynor began to feel uncomfortable. He had no weapon, and the
-strange man might be hostile. Certainly he must be an out of the
-ordinary individual to live on such a forsaken island. And why had
-he not appeared when the schooner anchored?
-
-“Maybe he is some desperate criminal hiding here from the law,”
-mused Raynor. “In that case my life will be in danger.”
-
-He traced the footsteps till they became lost in loose sand. But as
-nearly as he could judge, the man had walked along the beach, and
-then turned inland.
-
-Raynor felt badly shaken by his discovery. It was not pleasant to
-contemplate sharing an island with a man who might prove a dangerous
-enemy. However, there was no help for it, The _Polly Ann_ was
-sinking and the island was his only refuge.
-
-He looked about him. Back of the beach the island shores sloped
-upward abruptly, shutting out any view of the interior. Gnarled
-shrubs and bushes grew among the rocks. They were twisted into all
-sorts of grotesque shapes by the rigors of the Arctic winds. From
-the beach he could see the hull of the ill-fated _Polly Ann_.
-
-The schooner had canted over more but did not appear to have sunk
-any lower in the water. “If only she’d keep afloat I’d go right back
-to her,” muttered Raynor.
-
-He fell to examining the footmarks again. They were very large and
-made with heavy, clumsy boots to judge by their appearance.
-
-“The man who made these tracks must be a big fellow, more than a
-match for me in physical strength,” reflected Raynor.
-
-He decided not to penetrate into the interior of the island but to
-set up a camp where he had landed, at all events, for the present.
-He had a half formed plan in his mind, too, of rowing out to the
-_Polly Ann_ and getting more provisions before she finally sank. He
-had brought some canvas along to make a tent and he constructed
-quite a snug shelter by turning the boat upside down and supporting
-it on stones. This made a water-tight roof over which he threw the
-canvas. Next he collected wood and built a fire. It was not till
-that moment that he recollected that he would have to go to the
-other side of the island for water.
-
-He did not much like the task. He might encounter the man of the
-island and be attacked by him. Still he thought an encounter was
-bound to occur before long, if he remained. So, cutting a stout club
-from the bushes, and taking up a bucket he had brought, he set out
-for the spring.
-
-By this time it was growing dusk, so much longer than he realized
-had his preparations taken him. He started off, walking briskly, and
-had almost reached the part of the island where he knew the spring
-was located, when he gave a violent start.
-
-Ahead of him, standing on a rock as if gazing at something, was the
-figure of a man!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII: AN UNEXPECTED MEETING.
-
-
-The man had his back turned to him. But at the sight of him, Raynor
-gave such a start that he dropped his bucket. It fell on the rocks
-with a loud clatter.
-
-At the sound the man on the rocks turned suddenly. Then he uttered a
-loud yell and leaped from the boulder. To Raynor’s amazement he
-began running at top speed away from him.
-
-“Hanged if he isn’t more scared of me than I am of him,” thought the
-boy in astonishment. All his fear of the unknown man vanished now.
-
-“Hey, there!” he shouted, “don’t run! Stop!”
-
-“Wow-ow!” yelled the fleeing man, and ran faster than ever.
-
-“I want to speak to you!” bawled Raynor, beginning to lose his
-temper.
-
-“He must be crazy,” he thought, “but I’ll catch him and find out
-what is the matter with him if I have to chase him all over this
-island.”
-
-He picked up his bucket and set off after the man. It was hard work
-over the rocks and uneven ground. But Raynor, who had won several
-cups as a “miler” at school, soon saw that he was gaining on the
-other. At length only a few feet separated them.
-
-Suddenly the man gave a yell of piercing quality and tripped over a
-stone. In a jiffy he was sprawling on the ground. Raynor grasped his
-club more tightly and rushed upon him.
-
-“What do you mean by running away from me like this?” he demanded,
-“what’s the matter with you, anyhow.”
-
-“Oh, oh, Mister Ghost, don’ hurt me. Ah didn’ mean no harm by coming
-on you-all’s island. No, indeed, sah, I didn’. Ah des----”
-
-“Pompey, by all that’s wonderful!” cried Raynor with a glad laugh.
-“Get up, you idiot. I’m no ghost.”
-
-Pompey, for it was the black cook of the _Polly Ann_, sat up with
-his eyes as big as saucers.
-
-“Gollyumption, if it ain’t Massa Raynor.”
-
-“Yes, and a fine chase you led me. What was the matter with you?”
-
-“Ah done thought Noddy an’ mahself was alone on dis island. Den ah
-see yo coming an’ ah thought it was a ghostess. Ah done heard the
-rattle of chains jes’ as plain!”
-
-“Those weren’t chains. That was my bucket that I dropped. I guess I
-was as scared as you for a minute because I, too, thought I was
-alone. But tell me, is Noddy really here?”
-
-“He sholly is.”
-
-“How did you come ashore?”
-
-“In one ob de dories. Dey done didn’ leave us nuffin’ else. I was
-awakened in de night by de awfullest shoutin’ an’ yellin’. Dey say
-de ship sinkin’--de ice done punched hole in her. But de boats was
-crowded an’ dey wouldn’ let me or Noddy on board. We got lef’ behin’
-an’ Noddy, he calkerlate that bin as you slep’ in de cabin yo’ mus’
-hab been one of the fustest in de boats.”
-
-“I guess I slept too soundly,” rejoined Raynor, “but where are you
-camped?”
-
-“Right ober de top ob dat l’il hill yander. We fin’ a hut dere built
-by some sealer, an it’s right handy to de spring, too.”
-
-“Come on, we’ll go right over there. By the way, Pompey, have you
-roamed around the island much?”
-
-“Why yais, dis mawning early I was ober to de udder side. Ah go to
-look at de _Polly Ann_ cos it wuz dark when we leabed her.”
-
-“Then it was the track of your foot I saw on the shore,” laughed
-Raynor, much relieved, and he explained to the mystified Pompey the
-“Robinson Crusoe” incident.
-
-As they neared the hut, Noddy came running to meet them. As he saw
-who was with Pompey, he broke into an exultant yell.
-
-“Whoopee! Gee, ain’t I glad! Bill, old socks, I thought you wus off
-in de boats wid Terror an’ dat crew. Come on in an’ tell us all
-about it.”
-
-Raynor found a cheery fire burning in an old iron stove inside the
-hut, which was lighted by a ship’s lantern Pompey had had the
-foresight to bring from the schooner. It looked quite cozy. Pompey
-soon cooked a good supper and made boiling hot tea, to which they
-all did ample justice.
-
-Then they all had to tell their stories over again, both the boys
-and Pompey, too, shouting with laughter over the wild chase the
-frightened colored man had led Raynor across the island.
-
-“Some day you’ll see a real blown-in-the-panel ghost,” chuckled
-Noddy, “and then you’ll jes’ naturally lie down and die of scare.”
-
-“Ah seen ghostesses, real ones afore now,” affirmed Pompey with
-dignity, “ah see two ob dem on board dat _Polly Ann_. Right den ah
-knowed dat dat l’il schooner wuz goin’ ter git busted. Yassah.”
-
-It was agreed that in the morning they should all go to Raynor’s
-camp by boat, and bring his provisions and so forth, round to Camp
-Hope, as they decided to christen the hut. After the exertions of
-the day, they were disinclined to sit up late, and having made up a
-roaring fire, they turned into their blankets, of which Pompey had
-brought a big supply, and were soon asleep.
-
-It must have been after midnight that the boys were awakened by an
-appalling yell from Pompey.
-
-“Help! Murder! Help!” shrieked the negro.
-
-“What’s the matter?” shouted the boys.
-
-“Oh, the hants! The hants wid de fiery eyes,” bawled the colored
-man, burying his head in his blankets and kicking up his heels in an
-agony of alarm.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV: A FRIGHT IN THE NIGHT.
-
-
-“For de love of Mike, what’s de matter?”
-
-Noddy yelled out the inquiry above the uproar.
-
-“Look! Noddy, look!” cried Raynor suddenly.
-
-Circling round the room, at about six feet above the ground, were
-two glowing fiery eyes.
-
-Even the boys were alarmed at this. Suddenly, too, their scalps
-tightened as a diabolical scream rang through the hut. It sounded
-like the wail of a lost soul.
-
-“Jiminy crickets!” cried Noddy, “I never believed in spooks before
-but I do now.” The circling eyes glared at them and then dashed on
-through the darkness. Again came that piercing scream.
-
-“I can’t stand this,” gasped Raynor, “light the lantern.”
-
-“I-I-fergit where I put de matches,” chattered Noddy.
-
-Luckily, Raynor had some in his pockets. In a moment he had the
-lantern lighted, and the place flooded with radiance. Then it was
-that both boys looked rather shamefaced. What had alarmed them so
-was nothing more than a big white arctic owl that had blundered into
-the hut through the unglazed window. As the light flared up, it
-uttered another wild shriek, and dashed out the same way it had
-entered.
-
-“Well, what d’ye know about that?” exclaimed Noddy. “I thought sure
-that fer once we had a real sure-enuff ghost on our hands. Get up
-there, Pompey, your ghost was only an owl.”
-
-Pompey, his black face still twitching with alarm, drew his head out
-of the blankets.
-
-“It weren’t no hant?” he asked tremulously.
-
-“No, only an old owl. Aren’t you ashamed of yourself?” said Raynor.
-
-“Well, sir, it peared, to me from what I could obfustacate dat I
-wasn’ de onlyest one in dis hut dat was scared inter an ager chill,
-no, sir.”
-
-“I guess he’s got it on us dere,” laughed Noddy. “You looked as
-white as a sheet of paper when you lighted that lamp, Raynor.”
-
-“I’ll admit I couldn’t account for those fiery eyes or that terrible
-scream,” rejoined Raynor with a grin.
-
-They hung a blanket across the window so as to guard against any
-more midnight intruders. Soon they were all asleep again. No more
-untoward incidents occurred, and at daybreak they were astir.
-
-After breakfast they took the dory, in which Pompey and Noddy had
-landed, and rowed round to Raynor’s camp, which they found
-undisturbed. Looking seaward, they met with a surprise. They had
-fully expected to see that the _Polly Ann_ had sunk. But she lay
-just as she had on the previous day. In fact, although the boys did
-not know it just then, the current had swung her hull upon a
-submerged reef which kept her from sinking any deeper.
-
-It was not a long task to dismantle Raynor’s camp and set his dory
-afloat. The load of provisions, etc., was divided between the two
-boats.
-
-“What’s the matter with paying a visit to the _Polly Ann_?”
-suggested Raynor when they had finished. “It’s odd that she’s still
-afloat.”
-
-“We might get a chance to get some more grub,” added Noddy. “We need
-all we can get with three mouths to feed and no knowing how long
-we’ll be stuck in dis place.”
-
-So it was arranged to row out to the stranded vessel. Once
-alongside, it did not take the boys long to discover the reason of
-the _Polly Ann’s_ still being on the top of the water.
-
-“If bad weather doesn’t come, she’ll stay here indefinitely,”
-declared Raynor. “We can visit her here every day and get what we
-want.”
-
-“Dat’s so,” agreed Noddy, “it’s a lucky ting, dat reef wuz dere.”
-
-They worked briskly and busily about the schooner and soon had the
-dories loaded as heavily as they dared. Another thing they noticed
-that pleased them. The drift ice was on the move.
-
-On every side came sharp reports like pistol shots as it broke up
-and drifted, or else crashed together. But it was moving southward
-with a vast concerted motion that meant that ships could approach
-the island, and was a welcome sign to the beleagured adventurers.
-
-By noon they were ready for the row back to Camp Hope, which was
-accomplished without incident. While Pompey cooked a bountiful
-dinner, the boys scrambled to a rocky peak near the hut.
-
-“We’ll put up a flag here,” declared Raynor, “that will be visible
-from all sides of the island.”
-
-This necessitated another trip to the schooner after the noon-day
-meal. The boys towed back an extra spar, which made a fine
-flagstaff. To it, before they set it up, they nailed the United
-States ensign upside down.
-
-“Anyone seeing that will know there are shipwrecked mariners here,”
-declared Raynor when the job was finished.
-
-“Well, dey kaint come too quick fo’ dis chile,” grinned Pompey.
-
-But the weary days went by and no sign of aid came. They spent the
-time transferring all they could from the _Polly Ann_ to the shore
-while the fine weather lasted, for the schooner was showing signs of
-breaking up, and the first gale would demolish her.
-
-“If only there was some way of communicating with the outside
-world,” sighed Raynor one evening after supper, when they had all
-sat silent for a time. There was no need for anyone to ask the other
-what he was thinking of.
-
-“Gee, yes,” exclaimed Noddy, “if only we had one of dem wireless
-chatter machines we--what’s de matter?” for Raynor had slapped his
-thigh loudly and sprung to his feet with a whoop.
-
-“What a chump I am,” he fairly shouted.
-
-“I know dat, but what’s de special occasion?” grinned Noddy.
-
-“Why, we have got one.”
-
-“One what--a fit?”
-
-“No a wireless outfit.”
-
-“Chee, you must have bats in your belfry. What are youse goin’ ter
-do, wireless wid yer fingers?”
-
-“No, with a proper apparatus.”
-
-Noddy rapped his head with his knuckles in a significant way. Then
-he sighed profoundly.
-
-“Too bad and him so young,” he said to Pompey.
-
-“I’m not crazy,” cried Raynor joyfully.
-
-“There’s a complete wireless set on the _Polly Ann_! I’d forgotten
-all about it up to now, and what’s more, I can use it.”
-
-“What’s dat?” cried Noddy, “say, pal, give us yer flipper. I see
-where we do a sneak from this island before we’re a week older. Me
-fer de wireless every time.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXV: POMPEY LEARNS ABOUT WIRELESS.
-
-
-Bright and early the next morning, you may depend upon it, the boys
-were at work. They experienced some little difficulty in locating
-where Terror Carson had kept the instruments. But they ultimately
-found them in his cabin which, luckily, was not on the submerged
-side of the tilted vessel.
-
-A long, slender spar was towed from the schooner to Camp Hope. This
-was to act as an aërial. Raynor experienced a good deal of
-difficulty in establishing his station. While he was a competent
-operator, thanks to Jack’s untiring instruction, he was unfamiliar
-with connecting the instrument. Luckily, however, an instruction
-book formed a part of the set and this aided him not a little in his
-task.
-
-Power for the current was supplied by a device especially made for
-sailing ships where electric or steam power is not available. It
-consisted of a dynamo and batteries run and charged by operating
-pedals very much as is done on a bicycle. Raynor found that he could
-get ample current with this device.
-
-It was a great day when all was ready for the test. The instruments
-had been installed inside the hut. Outside rose the tall, slender
-mast supporting the aërials. Raynor was not without a thrill as he
-took his place at the key. Noddy and Pompey stared at him as if he
-had been a wizard. He pressed down the key, and the great spark
-jumped with a hissing explosion between the points.
-
-“Wow!” yelled Pompey, in great alarm, “look at de green snake. Will
-him bite Massa Raynor?”
-
-“He would if you put your fingers on it,” laughed Raynor, “you’d get
-a shock that would lay you out for a week--so be warned and never
-monkey with the apparatus.”
-
-“No, sah, deed ah won’ do dat ting,” Pompey assured him with a
-positive shake of the head. “Dis chile ull certainly not trouble dat
-dere spatteratus no time.”
-
-“How’s she work?” asked Noddy.
-
-“Alright as far as I can make out. I’m sending out the S.O.S. call
-now with all the current I can get.”
-
-“The S.O.S., what’s that mean?”
-
-“Why, it’s a call for help.”
-
-“I see. Means Sunk or Sinkin’, eh?”
-
-“Something like that,” smiled Raynor.
-
-“Do dat lilly spark snake send out words jes’ like dat?” asked
-Pompey.
-
-“Yes; it transmits dots and dashes to the aërials and then they form
-electric waves which, in time, strike other aërials and give the
-message.”
-
-“All dat talk about overalls done mystify me,” muttered Pompey, “dat
-’lectricity go charging frum your overalls till it hits some other
-feller’s overalls, is dat it?”
-
-“Something like it,” rejoined Raynor, “but it’s aërials, not
-overalls.”
-
-“Oh, hair-oils,” said Pompey, “now ah understan’s puffickly. De
-’lectricity frum yo’ hair-oils hits de udder hair-oils an den de
-udder feller hears de same spots and splashes dat you’ve bin a
-sendin’ out.”
-
-“That’s it, but make it dots and dashes instead of spots and
-splashes.”
-
-Raynor had hardly expected an answer to his first call. But he was a
-little discouraged when night came and he had received no answer
-from space. He wondered if he had set the apparatus up correctly. He
-had followed closely the directions in the book. Still, he might
-have made a mistake, and a mistake would be fatal to the success of
-his wireless.
-
-He could see that Noddy and Pompey were skeptical about the wireless
-plant working at all. When no answer came their faith plainly began
-to waver. He spent the evening figuring out their exact latitude and
-longitude on the chart he had brought from Captain Carson’s cabin.
-It gave their position exactly and Raynor memorized it so as to be
-able to flash it out when the time came.
-
-“Well, all I’ve got to say is that if wese is dependin’ on dat mouse
-cage uv wire and dat lectric spark to git us offen de island, we got
-a mighty slim chance uv ever giving the good-bye,” said Noddy after
-supper.
-
-“Dat lilly snake seem pretty ter look at but dem hair-oils don’ seem
-ter be circumambulatin’ dose spots an’ splashes in jes’ de way dey
-ought to,” added Pompey.
-
-“Oh, have a little patience,” said Raynor, “we’ll attract attention
-in time. The atmospheric conditions may not have been just right.”
-
-“When you tink dem hysteric conditions will be salubrious fer dem
-hair-oils?” inquired Pompey.
-
-“Well, you noticed to-day that it was rather foggy. The Hertzian
-waves don’t travel as well in such weather.”
-
-“I ’spose dey calls ’em Hurtsome waves on account ob de way dat
-snaky spark ’ull hurt yo’ if yo’ grab it,” said Pompey.
-
-“The wireless transmission is usually better at night,” went on
-Raynor. “I mean to try again before we turn in.”
-
-But his efforts met with no better success than during the day.
-Tired out, and not a little disappointed, he went to bed where even
-his vexation over his failure failed to keep him awake.
-
-When he opened his eyes in the morning the first thing he saw was
-Pompey bending over the wireless table and looking with eyes that
-popped out of his head at the twin “telephone” receivers that lay
-there.
-
-“What’s the matter, Pompey?” asked the boy sleepily.
-
-“Ah dunno. Dere’s something mighty obstropulous about dis here
-contrivance. I tink dere’s a spook or a hoodoo in it.”
-
-“Don’t talk such nonsense. What’s the matter?”
-
-“Ah dunno. But ah’m plum scared.”
-
-“Don’t be absurd, Tell me what’s up?”
-
-“Whay dis yer telafoam looking ting am makin’ queer noises.”
-
-“WHAT!”
-
-“It jes keeps clicking and tapping lak dere was suthin’ alive in
-it.”
-
-Raynor was out of his blankets in a flash. His eyes blazed with
-excitement as he dashed across the room.
-
-“Why, you Senegambian chump,” he yelled, “that’s somebody trying to
-talk to us!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVI: A JOYOUS MESSAGE.
-
-
-Jack found the life on board the ice-patrol cutter much to his
-liking. There was almost constant work for him, for the southern
-drift of the ice was unusually heavy that year.
-
-Many a liner had reason to thank the constant vigilance of the
-ice-patrol craft. Across miles of ocean, through space, there would
-flash, from Jack’s key, the message that warned of the white terrors
-of the north. The knowledge thus gained enabled the ship receiving
-it either to alter her course so as to steer clear of danger, or to
-be on the lookout for bergs or drift ice.
-
-Nor was the work of the _Thespis_ limited to this. On her long
-“beat” she found occasion two or three times to render aid to the
-crews of ice-battered sailing vessels. Jack’s unique device for
-blowing up icebergs by wireless was tested many times and was never
-found wanting. That spring it did invaluable service, all of which
-was duly mentioned in Captain Simms’ report to Washington, when that
-came to be made.
-
-As the spring wore on and the latter part of May approached, the
-“patrol” of the _Thespis_ lay further and further north. One day
-Jack received a flash from Washington, relayed from northern
-stations. The message gave the _Thespis_ additional work to do.
-
-“Watch international sealing boundary closely,” it read, “apprehend
-all poachers. Learn Terror Carson on schooner _Polly Ann_ in your
-vicinity. Try all means to capture him.”
-
-But although a sharp lookout was kept, nothing was seen of the trig
-schooner, and little did Jack imagine what ties of friendship bound
-him to one of the _Polly Ann’s_ company. And so the days slipped by,
-with occasional excitement to vary the routine, and the time was not
-far off when danger of icebergs for that year would be passed and
-gone, and the _Thespis_ would put back to New York on regular duty.
-
-When that occurred, Jack’s days with the iceberg patrol would be
-numbered, and he had found the work so interesting that he rather
-regretted this. Yet he knew that he was far from the top of the
-ladder yet and that he had many a step to climb in the days to come.
-On his return he knew that Mr. Jukes would be back, and he was
-hoping for an appointment on one of the great new liners of the
-company.
-
-However, these were all day dreams, and Jack was a practical youth.
-Then, too, a good deal of spare time was occupied perfecting his
-portable wireless. He had given it several tests and reaped a
-satisfying reward for his months of labor over it when he discovered
-that it worked well up to a radius of 156 miles. The weakest point
-about it was the hand-driven dynamo. But just at present Jack saw no
-way to remedy this without increasing the weight of the contrivance
-so much as to impair its portability.
-
-On the night that young Raynor, far off on lonely Skull Island, sent
-out his calls after a day of vain efforts at communication, the
-_Thespis_ was further to the north than she had yet cruised. Jack
-was unusually tired after a day of hard work, for several icebergs
-and fields and not a few growlers had been sighted, and he had been
-kept very busy sending out warnings and answering questions flung at
-him from all along the Atlantic track.
-
-But at last the long day was over and his reports neatly written out
-and posted in the big “Berg Book” or log. He was at liberty to turn
-in, for if icebergs were sighted during the night by the watch, he
-knew that he would be at once notified so that he could spread the
-warning broadcast.
-
-As usual, he slept soundly, but he was troubled by dreams. They were
-of Raynor. With remarkable vividness he saw his chum adrift on a sea
-of ice surrounded by perils. Then the scene shifted, and Raynor was
-on a small vessel in a furious storm. Jack saw the little craft
-lifted on giant billows and harassed by pounding ice masses. Then
-came a terrific crash and the small vessel broke up. For a flash,
-Jack saw Raynor swimming heroically in the boiling waves and
-then--he awakened with a cry of alarm.
-
-“Gracious, what a dream,” he muttered. “I’m glad I don’t have a
-nightmare often.”
-
-He looked at the clock on the bulkhead. It was time to turn out. As
-was his custom, Jack inspected the “tell-tale” tape of the wireless
-before he did anything else. This tape is an automatic contrivance
-that works under a “tapper” connected with the receiving part of the
-wireless. An inked roller checks off on it any dots and dashes that
-may have come over the wire while the operator was otherwise
-engaged. To anyone who can read code, therefore, it forms a complete
-record.
-
-Jack picked up the tape in a rather perfunctory way. He expected to
-find nothing on it but the usual inquiries about bergs reported
-earlier and so forth.
-
-But hardly had he cast his eyes on it this morning than he almost
-dropped it again as, if it had been red-hot.
-
-Marked on it over and over again were these symbols:
-
- ... .. ...
- S O S
-
-His trained eye skimmed over other markings on the inked tape. To
-him the array of dots and dashes was as plain as print.
-
-“We are marooned on a small island. Skull Island. Send help.” Then
-followed the bearings of the island just as Raynor had taken them
-from the course pricked off on Terror Carson’s chart.
-
-Jack, without waiting even to transmit a report to Captain Simms,
-switched on the transmitting current. Then he began to make the
-wireless crack and whistle as flash after flash volleyed out at his
-crisp decisive handling of the key.
-
-“Skull Island! Skull Island! Skull Island!” he crackled out from the
-aërials of the _Thespis_.
-
-But what appeared to be an eternity passed and no answer came. Jack
-had some time since made his report to Captain Simms, who had
-informed him that Skull Island was a speck on the map some 250 miles
-to the north-west of their present position. The whole ship buzzed
-with excitement. Every now and then an officer’s head would be poked
-in the door of the wireless room to know if any answer had been
-received yet.
-
-“It is the most unique situation I ever heard of,” declared Captain
-Simms. “I am half inclined to believe it may be some trick. How
-could anyone, on such a forsaken spot as Skull Island, which is a
-mere mass of rocks and stunted shrubs, have a wireless station?”
-
-But Jack kept patiently at his task. His young assistant, Bill
-Higgins, helped him as much as he could. Higgins was a young sailor
-who had shown aptitude for wireless work and had been “broken in”
-under Jack’s predecessor.
-
-“Anything yet?” he asked as he reéntered the wireless room after
-scurrying forward with a message to Captain Simms that the air was
-still silent as the grave.
-
-Jack gave a negative sign.
-
-“I’m going to try more juice,” he said, “there’s a lot of
-interference this morning. I’ve got to tune it out. Fix up that
-weeding-out circuit like a good fellow.”
-
-“The tertiary one?” asked Higgins.
-
-“That’s the idea. If we can’t reach them with that we can’t get them
-at all.”
-
-Higgins took the necessary steps to bring into play an added circuit
-which would render the tuning of the transmitting instruments twice
-as sharp as with the ordinary loose-coupled transformer. The spark
-cracked and snapped like a whip lash.
-
-All at once Jack gave a shout.
-
-“Got ’em, by hookey! I got ’em!”
-
-There was a brief silence while his fingers dashed off the message
-that came from space in answer to his insistent demands.
-
-“We are marooned on Skull Island.”
-
-“Yes, yes, go on.”
-
-“There was a bad shipwreck. The schooner _Polly Ann_ was smashed by
-ice.”
-
-“The _Polly Ann_?” queried Jack, with a flash of recollection.
-“Terror Carson’s ship?”
-
-“That’s the one, but Terror Carson and all his crew got safe away in
-the boats. They left three of us here. We have plenty of food and
-there is water, but the island is uninhabited.”
-
-“Who are you, members of Terror Carson’s poaching crew? This is the
-ice patrol cutter _Thespis_.”
-
-“No; we were on board against our wills. We are Noddy Nipper,
-Pompey, a negro cook, and William Raynor, lately of the freighter
-Cambodian.”
-
-The next instant young Higgins had reason to exclaim as he stared in
-amazement at the usually self-contained Jack Ready.
-
-“He’s gone crazy!”
-
-For the young wireless man of the _Thespis_ was doing a war-dance
-and banging his key as if he would break it off at one and the same
-moment. The crackling, whanging spark made an accompaniment for his
-wild caperings.
-
-“What’s the matter? Can I do anything? Shall I go for the doctor?”
-inquired Higgins when he had recovered his breath.
-
-“Doctor nothing!” shouted Jack, and with his free hand he smote
-young Higgins a blow petween the shoulders that made that youth
-cough and his eyes water.
-
-“Old Billy Raynor’s come back! Come back from the grave via
-wireless, by all that’s wonderful!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVII: A CRASH IN THE FOG.
-
-
-Making northward was a smart gasolene craft motored with a powerful
-engine. She was the power tender of the _Thespis_, a taut, seaworthy
-craft, especially designed for the work of the revenue service, and
-she had taken part in many a chase after smugglers and other
-would-be evaders of Uncle Sam’s laws.
-
-But just now her errand was one of rescue and mercy. The machine gun
-at her bow was swathed in its waterproof covers and the bulletproof
-housing of the engine was not in place.
-
-She was making eighteen miles an hour on her way to Skull Island and
-her motors were turning as steadily and truly as if they knew that
-they were on a mission of deep importance.
-
-There were three persons on board. In the bow sat Jack Ready, his
-hand on the steering wheel and ever and anon taking a glance at the
-compass before him. Amidships, pipe in mouth, was Matt Sherry, the
-engineer, lovingly feeding his motors oil and “mothering” them with
-waste and fussing. Astern, preparing a meal on a gasolene stove was
-Hank Merryweather, a stalwart tar from the _Thespis_ detailed to
-accompany the relief expedition.
-
-When Jack had made known to Captain Simms the plight of Raynor and
-the others, the commander of the _Thespis_ had easily read in the
-boy’s excited words his intense desire to proceed to the aid of the
-castaways at once. But there was a difficulty in the way, as the
-captain explained. Duty held the _Thespis_ to the iceberg patrol.
-She could not wander from her post of duty.
-
-Captain Simms suggested sending out a message to other ships and
-also to the government stations ashore and having a rescue
-expedition despatched from the most convenient points. But Jack had
-already got a plan in his head, and at the risk of offending Captain
-Simms, he could not help but broach it.
-
-“It’s only 250 miles to the island, sir,” he said, “the gasolene
-tender could do it in little more than twelve hours and be back at
-the ship by to-morrow.”
-
-The captain smiled at his enthusiasm.
-
-“But who could take the wireless while you are gone? I appreciate
-your anxiety to be reunited to your chum,” for Captain Simms knew
-the story, “but it’s duty first, you know, Ready, all along the
-line. We are here to warn liners of icebergs. I really think that
-we’ll have to let others do the actual rescuing. It isn’t as if the
-castaways were in actual want. They say they have plenty of
-provisions and fresh water so that a brief stay on the island till
-relief can be sent from the mainland won’t be much of a hardship.”
-
-Jack’s face fell. He had set his heart on going. But it appeared
-from Captain Simms’ attitude that that would be impossible under the
-circumstances.
-
-But he did not mean to give up without a struggle to gain his point.
-
-“Young Higgins has developed into a very competent operator, sir,”
-he ventured. “I know that the wireless would be safe in his hands
-till I got back.”
-
-“You can guarantee that, Ready?” asked Captain Simms, giving the boy
-one of his quick glances.
-
-“Yes, sir. I’ll answer for him.”
-
-The captain tugged his gray mustaches, a way he had when considering
-a question. Jack watched him eagerly.
-
-“Well, then, I suppose I’ll have to give you my permission to go,
-Ready,” he said at length. “You can take your portable wireless with
-you and keep in constant communication with the _Thespis_. I will
-detail Sherry and Merryweather to go with you. The prospects are all
-for fine weather and I shall expect you back to-morrow.”
-
-“Aye, aye, sir,” choked out Jack, saluting respectfully and
-restraining himself with difficulty from uttering a shout of joy.
-And so it came about that we find the gasolene tender of the
-_Thespis_ racing northward.
-
-“Take the wheel, Merryweather, while I send a message,” said Jack
-presently, and as the seaman gripped the spokes of the wheel, the
-lad hoisted his aërials aloft on the tender’s single military mast.
-They were not long enough for sending messages a great distance. But
-for communication with the _Thespis_ they answered admirably. Jack
-reported “Progress and all O.K.”
-
-They took turns at eating supper and all devoured their food with
-ravenous appetites. By his portable wireless, Jack had instructed
-young Higgins to tell the castaways, to hang out a lantern that
-night so that if they approached the island in the darkness they
-could lie off till daybreak and not tempt fate by venturing among
-unknown waters, for the charts did not bother to give soundings
-round such a seldom visited speck of land as Skull Island.
-
-As it grew dusk and night began to close in, old Matt Sherry came
-forward and spoke to Jack.
-
-“I don’t like the look of the weather,” he said.
-
-“What do you mean? Are we in for a storm? This craft is staunch
-enough to ride out anything that is likely to hit us.”
-
-“It’s not that,”
-
-“Well, what then?”
-
-“Fog. Do you see that smoky looking line yonder to the north?”
-
-“Yes, it does look like smoke on the top of the water.”
-
-“That’s fog. It’s the warm air hitting the cold water. It’ll be all
-around us in a few hours.”
-
-“Humph! That is bad. Would you suggest lying to?”
-
-“No; for there ain’t likely to be any other craft but ourselves in
-this part of the ocean and we’ve got a clear run on the compass
-course to Skull Island. But we’d better keep taking the temperature
-of the water; there may be ice about and we don’t want to hit a
-berg.”
-
-“I should say not. Better put Merryweather to work with a bucket and
-a thermometer and tell him to make half-hourly reports. If the
-temperature drops, he is to report at once.”
-
-“Very well; that’s a wise plan,” agreed Sherry and went aft to give
-the seaman his instructions.
-
-As Matt Sherry had prophesied, within a few hours they were driving
-forward through a blinding white fog. But Jack easily kept the boat
-on her course by the compass bearings worked out before they left
-the _Thespis_. Merryweather reported regularly and so far no
-alarming drop in the temperature of the water, showing the near
-presence of ice, had occurred.
-
-“We’ll pull through after all,” said Jack to Sherry, who had come
-forward to see the result of Merryweather’s latest reading.
-
-“Hark! What was that?” cried Merryweather suddenly. He leaned
-forward listening.
-
-“Sounded like the creak of a ship’s block to me,” exclaimed Matt
-Sherry, “sound your siren quick, Jack.”
-
-Jack pulled a lever and the compressed air siren let out a long
-dismal screech. At the same instant, from the out of the white
-smother, came a shout. They could not determine its direction in the
-obscurity.
-
-“In the name of heaven, a boat!”
-
-“Where away?” came another voice gruffly out of the fog.
-
-“I dunno. Right under our bow it sounded like----”
-
-There was a sudden sharp shout from Sherry.
-
-“Save yourselves. They’re right on us!”
-
-Above the doomed launch, from out of the mist, a towering black mass
-obtruded.
-
-There was a splintering crash, a confusion of shouts and cries and
-then Jack felt the tender sinking under his feet while the water
-rushed up to his knees.
-
-More by instinct than reason he gave an upward leap into the fog.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVIII: UNCLE TOBY IS SURPRISED.
-
-
-“Matt, is that you?”
-
-Jack turned to a crouching form beside him.
-
-“Yes, and Merryweather’s here, too. Thank God we are all saved.”
-
-“I got an awful wallop on the head,” declared Jack. “I feel dazed,
-where are we?”
-
-“In the bowsprit rigging of some ship,” rejoined Matt Sherry.
-
-“We must have been born under a lucky star,” declared Merryweather.
-“I just jumped straight up and then suddenly found I’d grabbed a
-rope.”
-
-“Same here,” declared Jack, “I didn’t know what I was doing. I guess
-I was so scared of going down with the tender that I jumped for the
-first thing I saw.”
-
-
-[Illustration: “We saved ourselves,” bawled Matt. “We’re here in
-the bowsprit rigging.”]
-
-
-“That’s the instinct of self-preservation,” said Matt. “I’ve read
-that it works blindly. But we’d better give ’em a hail up above.
-Hark! They are laying the vessel to and lowering a boat. I reckon
-they are going to look for us.”
-
-“They must think that we are all in the water,” said Jack as there
-came a flapping of sails from out of the mist and then the creak of
-davit blocks and the splash of oars. The rush of water under the
-ship’s forefoot ceased and she came to a standstill.
-
-“Ahoy, on deck there!” hailed Matt with stentorian lungs.
-
-“Ahoy!” came from above, “where are you? We’ll save you. Keep up
-your courage.”
-
-“We saved ourselves,” bawled Matt, “we’re here in the bowsprit
-rigging. Heave us a rope, and we’ll come on deck.”
-
-“Are you all there?” came the voice incredulously.
-
-“Well, I can’t see anything missing about me,” declared Matt, “yes
-we were all saved. You can call back the boat.”
-
-A rope ladder was lowered to them and one by one they clambered on
-deck. Jack, as commander of the sunken tender, came last. He found
-an excited group clustered round his two shipmates asking a perfect
-tornado of questions. Lanterns gave light and revealed the faces of
-the group.
-
-Foremost among the questioners was a little old man, with a gnarled
-face, like those you sometimes see carved on pipes. His skin was
-burned a rich mahogany color and his eyes twinkled restlessly. He
-was dressed as if he were the captain of the ship, in a pilot coat
-with brass buttons and a seaman’s cap with crossed anchors. Beneath
-his coat could be seen the end of a wooden leg with which he stamped
-impatiently on the deck as he volleyed his questions. Just as Jack
-appeared he had drawn from his coat a big medicine bottle which he
-offered to Sherry.
-
-“Take a pull of this, mate,” he crief in gruff, sailor-like tones,
-“t’wont hurt yer.”
-
-“What is it?” demanded Sherry, “I’m no drinking man.”
-
-“It’s not liquor,” the other assured him volubly, “it’s Cap’n Toby
-Ready’s Universal Remedy and Banisher of Pain in Man and Beast. It’s
-made frum the best of yarbs and roots under my personal supervision
-and--great tom cats!”
-
-“Hullo, Uncle Toby,” said Jack, coming forward and causing this
-abrupt breaking off of Uncle Toby’s eulogy on his favorite
-concoction.
-
-“Jack! Sufferin’ humanity! It’s Jack!” cried the old man. “How under
-the almighty sun did you get here. Did I run you down? How did it
-happen? What were you doing?”
-
-“One question at a time, Uncle Toby,” laughed Jack. “Can’t we all go
-aft to your cabin and I’ll tell you everything leading up to this
-queer meeting.”
-
-“Queer you may well call it,” vociferated Uncle Toby, “broomsticks
-and bangaloons, if I ever heard the like, and me sailin’ the Seven
-Seas. But heave to there, Toby, you ain’t doing the polite. Jack, I
-want you ter meet my partner, Mr. Rufus Terrill, of Terrill & Co.”
-
-“How d’ye do, my dear young man, how d’ye do.”
-
-From the lantern-lit group a tall, cadaverous figure detached
-itself. Mr. Rufus Terrill was as angular as an old fashioned
-candlestick, and about as slender. His skin was yellow and his teeth
-long and sharp, projecting like tusks from under a scraggly
-mustache. His eyes were cold and watery, yet had a penetrating
-quality. He looked sharply at Jack. Perhaps he read a look of
-disapproval in the boy’s eyes, for he soon relaxed his clammy clasp
-on the lad’s hand.
-
-“Mr. Terrill is my partner, my business partner, Jack,” said Uncle
-Toby.
-
-“So I’ve heard,” said Jack shortly.
-
-“You have. How’d you find out that?” asked Mr. Terrill quickly,
-darting his head in and out of a collar several sizes too large for
-his scrawny neck, like a box-turtle looking out of his shell.
-
-“I visited your offices in New York,” rejoined Jack, “and now let’s
-go aft, Uncle Toby.”
-
-Sail was made again and the party, including Merryweather and
-Sherry, made their way toward the stern. Jack was not a little
-troubled. By an extraordinary coincidence he was reunited to his
-uncle. But he had yet to learn the details of the mad cruise, of
-which the note nailed up on the door of the _Venus_ had first
-apprised him. Of one thing, however, he was very sure. His first
-five minutes’ observation of Mr. Terrill had convinced him that that
-gentleman would bear watching.
-
-After he had told his story, Jack maneuvered things so that Mr.
-Terrill was told off to show Merryweather and Sherry their sleeping
-places.
-
-“Now, then, uncle,” said Jack, “what is all this?”
-
-Uncle Toby’s lined and seamed old face assumed a look of
-extraordinary cunning.
-
-“We’re on our way to get rich, lad,” he chuckled, “rich as that
-Greaser chap history tells about.”
-
-“Crœsus?” ventured Jack.
-
-“Aye, that’s the bully. We’re shaping a course fer Cedar Island and
-the stone chest Cap’n Walters hid from the white Esquimaux, you’ve
-heard of ’em.”
-
-“You mean the tribe Steffason discovered?”
-
-“That’s them. They’re all blondes, though rightly speaking they
-ought to be black. Well, to cut a long yarn short, Walters got lost
-in a whaling ship up here and hooked up with a tribe of ’em. He
-married one of their gals and she told him about the stone chest on
-Cedar Island. He didn’t dare try to get it alone but one night he
-sneaks out in a native canoe, an’ by good luck is picked up by a
-sealer bound fer the states. But when he got thar he was too sick
-fer even the Universal Remedy ter be of any good. Afore he died he
-give me the bearings and so on of Cedar Island, all ship-shape, an’
-I hunts up Terrill & Co. an’ they agrees to go inter it with me
-and--and here we are.
-
-“With my pockets full o’ gold. As I sailed,” croaked the old man in
-a harsh voice.
-
-“Here’s the map all drawed kerrect an’ ter scale,” added Uncle Toby,
-drawing a yellow, dirty bit of paper from his pocket and shoving it
-toward Jack. It was at this moment that Terrill reentered the cabin.
-
-“Ah! giving our young friend an idea of what we are after, eh?” he
-said, rubbing his thin hands till his knuckles cracked like
-firecrackers, “good, very good. But our young friend must be
-secretive about it. No loose talk, you know. This is a close
-corporation.”
-
-“Which you would like limited to Terrill & Co.,” thought Jack, aloud
-he contented himself by saying shortly:
-
-“I understand all that. Captain Ready is my uncle, you know.”
-
-“Quite so,” agreed Mr. Terrill, displaying all his teeth in a grin,
-“but he’s my partner, my dear young man.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIX: OFF FOR SKULL ISLAND.
-
-
-So far as Jack could judge, his uncle had fallen under the influence
-of the man, Terrill, to a considerable extent. This was shown when
-the boy broached the subject of making a stop at Skull Island to
-pick up the castaways.
-
-“I don’t see how we can do that,” declared Terrill, “we lost several
-weeks’ time since the start repairing our schooner, the _Morning
-Star_; she sprung a leak and we had to put into Portland, Maine, for
-repairs.”
-
-“Oh! I wondered why you were so long in getting this far north,”
-said Jack, “but, uncle, if you’ll give me the chart I’ll show you
-your direct course for Skull Island.”
-
-“Those persons can get off without our aid,” demurred Terrill. “They
-have plenty of food and water and the _Thespis_ knows of their
-plight. Depend upon it, they will be rescued without our making any
-more delays. My business suffers all the time I am away.”
-
-Jack ignored him and turned to his uncle.
-
-“Uncle Toby, you are the sailing master of the _Morning Star_?”
-
-“Yes--er--that is Mr. Terrill--yes, decidedly so, my lad. What’s in
-the wind?”
-
-“I want you to shape a course for Skull Island. It won’t delay you
-more than a few hours. It’s your bounden duty as a seaman to go to
-the aid of distressed mariners.”
-
-“Um--er--that’s so, Mr. Terrill, you know,” stuttered Uncle Toby
-with a look at the other, who as drumming his long, bony fingers on
-the table in a devil’s tattoo.
-
-“I know nothing about all that. I’m a business man. Time is money,”
-snapped Mr. Terrill.
-
-“I’d like to do it,” said Uncle Toby, “yes, sir, I’d like to do
-that--everything but----”
-
-“See here, Uncle Toby,” cut in Jack, “haven’t you often told me of
-your shipwrecks and how gallantly you have been rescued. Didn’t you
-say that no man worthy to tread the quarter deck of a ship would
-ever ignore a call for help?”
-
-“Humph!--yes, that’s so. And I think so, too,” rejoined Uncle Toby,
-with a flash of his old spirit, “set the chart, Jack.”
-
-Jack, seeing that he had touched the right chord and gained a
-momentary ascendency over Terrill, hastened to get the great paper
-roll from the rack where it was kept.
-
-“Here’s Skull Island,” he said. “If you follow a direct course you
-can be there by daylight.”
-
-“By chowder, that’s true enough, lad,” cried Uncle Toby. He brought
-his withered fist down on the table with a bang. “I’ll do it,
-Terrill. It won’t delay us much and, consarn it all, man, it’s
-nothing more than common humanity.”
-
-“That may be, but it’s not common sense,” grumbled Terrill, and
-retired to his cabin, leaving Jack with a victory on his hands.
-Before they turned in Jack and Uncle Toby went on deck and the
-latter gave orders for the course to be shaped for Skull Island.
-
-“Call me as soon as its sighted,” he said, “you should pick it up
-about daybreak.”
-
-“If only I had saved my wireless,” thought Jack, as he turned in
-that night. “As things are now I can’t let Captain Simms know of
-what has happened and he’ll think something has gone wrong, either
-through carelessness or some other cause. Oh, well, after all
-Raynor, by some wonderful means, has got a radio set, and I can use
-that. I wish it was morning, I can hardly wait till we sight Skull
-Island. Good old Raynor, something told me right along that he would
-turn up safe and sound, and he has.”
-
- * * * * *
-
-“I’m going up to the flagstaff to keep a lookout,” said Raynor as he
-shook himself out of his blankets the next morning. “Jack ought to
-be heaving in sight any time now.”
-
-“Dat’s so,” agreed Noddy, “an’ dat old canary cage of a wireless did
-de trick after all. Well, I take it all back. Frum now on I b’live
-all I hear.”
-
-The two lads dressed quickly and made their way to the flagstaff. In
-the meantime Pompey set to work to build a fire. He hacked
-vigorously at the tough wood which he had gathered from the
-wind-twisted brush patches that dotted the island.
-
-“Mah goodness alive,” he muttered to himself as he worked, “dis wood
-am as tuff as a thirty-year-ole rooster. Dere! Take dat yo’ ole
-stick. Gollyumption, ef I hit as hard as dat agin I’m li’bul ter
-chop a hole in de flo’ ob dis ole hut. But ah don’ care ef I do. We
-alls is gwine away froum hyah ter-day. Dat hair-oil machine done do
-de job.”
-
-The negro poised his axe to give a stick laid across two others a
-mighty blow which should break it in half.
-
-Smash! The axe fell with all the strength of the negro’s arms behind
-it. The next instant there was a crash and simultaneously a yell
-broke from Pompey. One fragment of the wood had flown up and hit him
-in the eye.
-
-The other had hurtled across the room and crashed against the
-delicate coherer of the wireless set, rendering it useless. Pompey
-forgot about his swelling eye as he saw this.
-
-“Mah goodness, dat stick done bust dat hair-oil machine!” he gasped.
-“Gollyumption, what’ll ah do? Gracious hyah comes de boys now too.
-Dey am running. Dey mus’ hab news. What am it?” he exclaimed as
-Raynor and Noddy burst into the hut.
-
-“It’s a schooner. A schooner making straight for the island!” panted
-Raynor.
-
-“But I thought yo’ frens was coming in a lilly gasolene boat?” said
-Pompey.
-
-“So did I. I can’t make it out. The schooner is coming for the
-island sure enough, though. She’ll be dropping anchor in half an
-hour. But where on earth can Jack be? Guess I’ll see if I can pick
-anything up by wireless.”
-
-“Uh-uh-uh, Massa Raynor,” sputtered Pompey, clutching his sleeve
-nervously, “ah-ah-ah----”
-
-“What’s the matter? Are you choking?”
-
-“Nun-nun-no, sah. But de fac’ is dat a bit ob wood jump up frum whar
-ah wuz chopping it an’----”
-
-“Great Scott, the detector’s broken and the wireless is out of
-commission. Confound you, Pompey, I’ve a great mind to----”
-
-“B-o-o-m!”
-
-The sound of a heavy report came from seaward.
-
-“Gee! a choint cracker!” exclaimed Noddy.
-
-“No, that was a gun. The schooner is firing to attract our
-attention,” cried Raynor, “come on, Noddy.”
-
-Both boys raced from the hut, their eyes aglow with excitement.
-Pompey stood still just as they had left him. He didn’t look
-comfortable. He began casting anxious glances about the hut as if
-looking for some place to hide.
-
-“Gollyumption, ah don’ see no place ob concealment in de occurrents
-dat dey is pirates or somethin’ like dat,” he muttered in an alarmed
-tone, “ah wish ah’d nebber shipped on dat _Polly Ann_, das what ah
-do.”
-
-The crashing sound of another gun made the negro jump almost out of
-his skin.
-
-“Mah goodness, ah’ll turn white if dey keeps up dat,” he sputtered,
-“dat ain’t de way no fren’ly party greets yo’. No, sah, dat firin’
-ob guns means, ‘Look out, dere. We alls got it in fo’ yoalls.’ Guess
-ah’ll hide under de blankets. Dere ain’t no udder place ter go.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXX: JACK AND BILL MEET ONCE MORE.
-
-
-From the eminence where the flagpole had been erected, the two young
-castaways of the island watched the schooner brought smartly to an
-anchorage. Then a second gun boomed.
-
-“Does dat mean dey are goin’ ter fight us?” asked Noddy
-apprehensively.
-
-“No,” returned Raynor, “look, can’t you see they are waving to us. I
-guess the gun was meant as a salute. And look, a boat is being
-lowered. I wish I had a pair of glasses.”
-
-Soon the boat came rapidly toward them. It was rowed by four sailors
-and in the stern sheets sat three figures. In a few seconds a joyous
-shout burst from Raynor’s lips as he recognized one of them.
-
-“It’s Jack--Jack Ready! Hurray!”
-
-He began waving frantically while Jack stood up and signaled as
-frantically back.
-
-“See, they are going to land in that cove by the hut, let’s hurry
-down there,” said Raynor. The two boys reached the beach just as the
-_Morning Star’s_ boat grated on the sand.
-
-“Jack!” cried Raynor, in a voice that shook a little as the young
-wireless lad leaped ashore.
-
-“Well, old fellow, if it isn’t good to see you again. What a time we
-shall have talking over our adventures!” cried Jack, as the two
-wrung each other’s hands as if they never would stop.
-
-But Uncle Toby interposed.
-
-“Avast that! Bill Raynor,” he cried, “give me a shake of your
-flipper, shipmate. It’s glad I am to see you all sound and afloat
-and A. Number One at Lloyds.”
-
-“Why, Uncle Toby!” exclaimed Raynor, who had met the old mariner
-many times on board the _Venus_, where he spent much time with Jack
-when ashore, “how are you? How did you get here? And Jack, what is
-he doing on board that schooner? I thought----”
-
-“It’s a long story, boy, and we can talk better over some grub, I’m
-thinking. Shall we go back to the ship?”
-
-“No; come up to the hut. I want to show you all how shipwrecked
-mariners live. Pompey will cook us up a fine breakfast. In the
-meantime, let me introduce Mr. Noddy Nipper, late of the _Polly
-Ann_.”
-
-“And recent of Skull Island,” added Noddy.
-
-“An’ this, gentleman all, is Mr. Terrill, my partner,” said Uncle
-Toby, waving toward that individual who, in the sunlight, looked
-yellower than ever.
-
-“Much obliged ter meet cher,” said Noddy, adding in an aside to
-Raynor. “He looks like one of dem wharf rats I used ter see aroun’
-de sugar docks on de East River.”
-
-With everybody talking at once, except Mr. Terrill, who lagged
-behind, seemingly busy with his thoughts, the group made for the
-hut. Mr. Terrill, with his eyes on the ground, was muttering to
-himself as he slowly paced after them.
-
-“That makes three more added to the forces of Captain Ready when the
-time comes,” he breathed. “Three last night and three this
-morning--six. It makes the situation more difficult when the hour
-comes to strike. I don’t like that youngster Jack Ready. He’s too
-smart by half. I believe I’ll have trouble with him before this
-thing is over.”
-
-“Well, where’s your cook?” inquired Uncle Toby, when they reached
-the hut, for no Pompey was visible.
-
-“I can’t think, unless he has gone to the spring,”
-
-“Avast, thar,” cried Uncle Toby suddenly, “thar’s something moving
-under that blanket. Look out, boys, it may be a snake.”
-
-He picked up a big stick of wood and smote the blankets lustily with
-it. The result was startling. An appalling yell came from the
-bedding.
-
-“Ow-ouch, Misto Pirate, don’ done hit me. Ah come out. Oh, Lawsy,
-mah bones am broken----”
-
-“Come out of that, Pompey,” exclaimed Raynor angrily. “What are you
-hiding for? What’s all that gibberish about pirates?”
-
-“Dey done fire guns. Ah think dey come to comblisterate de island,”
-moaned Pompey, getting out of his hiding place and rubbing himself
-where the stick had hit him, with a doleful expression, “mah
-goodness, ah think dat stick mustah bruk some ob mah bones.”
-
-“Nonsense, if it had hit your head it would have broken the stick.
-Get up and get breakfast,” said Raynor, who knew something of
-Pompey’s ways of gaining sympathy.
-
-“And here’s something to take the smart out,” said Uncle Toby,
-giving the negro a coin.
-
-“Thank you, gen’ellman,” said Pompey, with a broad grin, and all his
-troubles forgotten. “I perceed at oncet wid’ de prognostications fo’
-de mat’stushanal meal.”
-
-“Matutinal meal I suppose he means,” laughed Raynor to the rest.
-“Pompey has a language that’s all his own.”
-
-“He should be suppressed,” declared Mr. Terrill, “the idea of
-calling us pirates and then, as for giving him money--disgraceful.”
-
-“Cheer up, Terrill,” chuckled Uncle Toby, “you and me ’ull have so
-much money before long that we kin give the Rockybilts a stake ef
-they should happen ter need it.”
-
-In the general laugh that followed Jack noticed that Terrill’s
-expression was anything but amiable. In fact, he looked as if he
-wished the whole party anywhere but there. During breakfast
-everybody told their stories and Raynor apprised Jack of the injury
-to the wireless.
-
-The young operator examined it with a rueful look.
-
-“Out of business. Too bad,” he murmured. “I counted on it for
-notifying Captain Simms of what had happened. It may be weeks before
-I can rejoin the _Thespis_.”
-
-“Why, won’t your uncle sail us all back to her?” asked Raynor, who
-had regarded this part of the program as cut and dried.
-
-Jack looked serious. He looked hastily round to be sure no one
-overheard and then said in a low voice.
-
-“My uncle is on a crack-brained search for treasure which may or may
-not exist. This man Terrill has furnished the capital and so, in a
-way, dominates the expedition. He has a sinister influence over my
-uncle and won’t hear of losing any more time in locating the
-treasure, so we are all bound on a long trip.”
-
-“Well, are we all ready,” struck in Mr. Terrill’s rasping voice. He
-looked impatiently at his watch.
-
-“As ready as we’ll ever be, boss,” cried the Bowery boy, making an
-expressive face at Mr. Terrill behind his back.
-
-“Then let’s get back to the _Morning Star_, boys,” cried Uncle Toby.
-“I had treasures manifold, as I sailed,” he sang in his gruff old
-sea voice.
-
-As they were leaving the hut a sudden notion seized Jack. He turned
-to Raynor.
-
-“We’ll take that wireless set along,” he said. “I’ve a notion I
-might be able to repair it.”
-
-“I don’t see what good it will be,” objected Raynor, “anyhow, we
-can’t wait to get down the aërials.”
-
-“Never mind them. There’s copper wire on the _Morning Star_, it’s
-used to repair parts of the rigging.”
-
-“All right,” said Raynor, dismantling the parts of the set and
-calling to Noddy and Pompey to help in carrying them to the boat,
-“but as I said before, I think it’s a waste of labor. What do you
-want it for?”
-
-“I don’t just know myself,” admitted Jack, “but things are not going
-as smoothly on the _Morning Star_ as Uncle Toby thinks, and if ever
-we needed to signal for help, this wireless would be a mighty handy
-thing to have.”
-
-“Here comes a fresh breeze,” shouted Mr. Terrill from the distance,
-“hurry, boys, we must take advantage of it.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXI: IN A BOILING SEA.
-
-
-Two days later found the _Morning Star_, after much struggling
-against baffling winds, bowling along under a favoring breeze. Uncle
-Toby rubbed his hands as he looked aloft at the canvas, every foot
-of which was smartly drawing and urging the schooner forward.
-
-Even Mr. Terrill’s face had lost its customary sour look. He stood
-conversing amidships with the mate, whose name was Jarrow. Jarrow
-was squat and broad and had a squint in his bloodshot eyes that gave
-him an expression that was not prepossessing.
-
-“I wonder what those two are talking about,” remarked Jack to
-Raynor, as the two lads stood on the stern deck. “Somehow I’ve got
-it into my head that they and part of the crew are in a plot.”
-
-“What makes you think so?” asked Raynor, giving a glance round to
-see that Noddy, who was splicing a rope, was not listening. Up
-forward Pompey could be seen aiding the _Morning Star’s_ cook.
-
-“Just this, and nothing more than the fact that they are always
-consulting together, and I’ve noticed that Jarrow talks to the crew
-more than a mate should. I’ve told Noddy and Pompey to be on the
-lookout and see if they can find out what’s going on. I’m certain
-some dirty work is brewing.”
-
-Just then Jarrow looked round and caught Jack’s eye fixed on him. He
-nudged Mr. Terrill, and the two moved apart. Mr. Terrill favored
-Jack with a malevolent scowl as he passed him.
-
-“He certainly does love me,” laughed the boy, careless if Terrill
-overheard him or not.
-
-“We ought to be off Cedar Island to-morrow, lads,” said Uncle Toby,
-strolling up, “on Tom Tiddler’s ground picking up gold and silver.”
-
-“Haven’t you ever thought there might be a possibility of the stone
-chest being gone?” asked Jack, “that is, if it was ever there?”
-
-His uncle looked at him as if he had uttered some terrible heresy.
-
-“Why, of course it’s there,” he declared, stamping his wooden leg;
-“where else: would it be? Didn’t Cap’n Walters say----”
-
-“Deck ahoy!” came from the lookout forward.
-
-“Ahoy,” roared Uncle Toby, “what’s up?”
-
-“There is a mist right ahead and what looks like the top of a
-mountain,” came back the reply.
-
-“Can it be Cedar Island?” wondered Jack.
-
-“No, it’s not Cedar Island,” declared his uncle, “we couldn’t have
-made a landfall of that yet. Wait a brace of shakes and I’ll see
-what it is.”
-
-With extraordinary agility he clambered into the weather main
-shrouds, bracing himself by thrusting his wooden leg through the
-ratlines. Then he clapped his glasses to his eyes. A puzzled look
-came over his weather-beaten countenance.
-
-“Blessed if I know what it is,” he growled. “Looks more like a fire
-than anything else.”
-
-Just then the bell sounded for dinner, a summons to which the boys
-were never deaf. When they came on deck again after the meal, an
-extraordinary scene met their gaze. The schooner was going fast
-through moderately smooth water, but a quarter of a mile ahead the
-sea was covered with a milky white mist under which the waves boiled
-and tumbled in wild confusion. As they looked from the body of the
-mist, there was belched a dense cloud of black smoke.
-
-“Port! Hard aport!” bawled Cap’n Toby, and he himself sprang to the
-wheel and aided the helmsman in carrying out the maneuver, “flatten
-in those head sails! Look smart, now!”
-
-The _Morning Star_ shot off on a new tack just in time to avoid
-sailing right into the midst of the bubbling, boiling water, for the
-breeze had dropped and her progress was slower.
-
-“What on earth is it?” demanded Raynor of Captain Toby.
-
-“It’s a subterranean eruption!” shouted the captain. “I’ve heard of
-such in these parts. Sir John Franklin saw ’em. Look! Look yonder!”
-
-A cable’s length off, a great black patch of what glistened like
-mud, rose out of the sea. It bubbled and blistered like baking
-dough. Thick columns of smoke rose all round it, and jets of steam
-shot from holes in its surface.
-
-The breeze suddenly veered. A fierce gust, laden with steam and
-smoke, swept down on the _Morning Star_.
-
-The sailors shouted with alarm. Mr. Terrill turned the color of
-parchment.
-
-“Is-there-is--er-that is, are we in danger?” he stammered.
-
-“Dunno yet,” snapped Uncle Toby, “consarn that thar wind, it’s
-coming frum every which way at once. Reg’lar Irishman’s hurricane.”
-
-A fearful stench, sulphurous and choking, enveloped them with the
-cloud of noxious vapors. They coughed and choked as if they were
-being suffocated.
-
-“Oh-oh, this is terrible,” wheezed Mr. Terrill, “oh, dear! oh, dear,
-are we all going to die? Ugh! ugh! I wish I’d never come on this
-trip.”
-
-“Don’t talk so much and waste your breath, and you’ll feel better,”
-advised Jack.
-
-Even in his misery and fright, Terrill shot the boy a malevolent
-look, but he said nothing.
-
-A rushing, roaring sound was heard, as the _Morning Star_ suddenly
-rushed forward once more as the breeze chopped round, mercifully
-blowing the suffocating fumes the other way. But the spray that flew
-over her bows was boiling hot. The men forward were forced to
-retreat aft.
-
-For one terrible instant it looked as if the little craft must be
-driven into the midst of the inferno of smoke and steam and stench
-before she could be put on another tack, but in the next moment a
-cheer broke from all hands as she shot forward, and left the strange
-disturbance behind her.
-
-“Phew! I couldn’t have stood much more of that,” said Jack. “Are
-such things common in the northern seas, Uncle Toby?”
-
-“No, lad, they’re not. But once in a while a whaling master will
-report encountering one. They’re some of the queer things that them
-as goes down to the sea in ships, as the good book says, gets a
-chance to see. There, look!”
-
-He pointed behind them. The boys followed the direction of his gaze.
-They saw the boiling mass of mud subside as suddenly as it had come,
-making great swells that came chasing after the _Morning Star_,
-making her plunge and dance on their crests.
-
-The next morning the boys were up betimes. The crew were all on the
-alert too, for a bonus of ten dollars had been offered to the first
-man who should sight Cedar Island. Suddenly, from forward, from a
-man perched high in the crosstrees, came a shout.
-
-“Land ho!”
-
-“Where away?” bawled Uncle Toby.
-
-“To the northwest, sir. It’s an island. There’s something sticking
-up on it, sir.”
-
-Captain Toby swarmed into the rigging, using his wooden leg as if it
-were a good one. He held his glasses to his eyes for a spell, and
-then turned with an excited look on his storm-beaten face.
-
-“Cedar Island!” he shouted, and all along the decks the cry was
-taken up.
-
-The boys gave a loud cheer. The excitement of the treasure hunt,
-although Jack believed it was a wild goose chase, had entered into
-their blood. Just at this moment, while his eyes were riveted on the
-tiny, almost invisible blob of land to the northwest, something made
-Jack turn. He saw Mr. Terrill saying something in a quick, low tone
-to Jarrow, the mate. The boy’s quick ears caught a part of what was
-said, and it confirmed his worst suspicions.
-
-“Don’t forget our plan, Jarrow. How does the crew stand?”
-
-“Oh, I’ve fixed them O.K.,” was the rejoinder, and then the voices
-sunk so low that the lad could hear no more.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXII: CEDAR ISLAND AT LAST.
-
-
-But in the excitement of the approach to Cedar Island, which was
-every moment taking on clearer and clearer outlines as the schooner
-neared it, Jack forgot everything else. A smart “topsail” breeze was
-blowing, and under it the schooner swiftly bore down on the island.
-
-The boys saw rough, jagged cliffs shooting up from a sea of the
-deepest azure blue. The cliffs bunched as they rose, and the island
-appeared to rise in a sort of cone in the center. It looked gloomy
-and inhospitable. Even at a distance they could see the white spray
-as the waves broke against the steep cliffs.
-
-“Look,” cried Jack suddenly, “there’s what gives the island its
-name, I guess.”
-
-At the summit of the highest point of the island could now be seen a
-lone tree. It looked as if it were dead and stretched out its naked
-branches against the sky.
-
-Cap’n Toby was fairly dancing with excitement.
-
-“It’s the place, the place,” he kept shouting, “there’s the lone
-tree, there are the cliffs, everything is just as Cap’n Walters said
-it was.”
-
-“It’s a mournful-looking place,” commented Jack.
-
-“What difference, lad,” was Uncle Toby’s retort, “all we’ve got to
-do is to land, get the stone chest and then yo, ho! for home and
-riches.”
-
-“I hope your schemes won’t turn out to be false hopes,” said Jack.
-
-“Confound it, lad, you seem to think the stone chest isn’t there.”
-
-“I am pretty skeptical. Any one of a thousand things might have
-happened to it since Captain Walters left.”
-
-In an hour’s time the schooner had been brought as close in to the
-island as they dared, for those unknown waters might be filled with
-saw-toothed reefs and rocky shoals. Snow lay in the abysses between
-the steeply sloping rocky hills that made up the interior of the
-island. Scanty shrubs with dark foliage found a precarious growth in
-patches. Sea birds rose in clouds as the schooner’s anchor roared
-down, and flew screaming in anger or astonishment about the invader
-of their solitude.
-
-“Come on, boys,” cried Uncle Toby, “who’s for the honor of being the
-first ashore.”
-
-Of course there was a scramble. Raynor sought and obtained
-permission for Noddy Nipper to be one of the party. It would have
-broken the Bowery boy’s heart to have been left behind. Mr. Terrill,
-however, to their astonishment, did not appear inclined to go
-ashore. He said he had a bad headache and would lie down.
-
-“Very well, we’ll do the prospecting for you, eh, boys?” said Uncle
-Toby heartily; but Jack flashed a suspicious look at Terrill as he
-turned and went below. Then some instinct prompted him to whisper to
-Raynor. The boys also sought the cabin. When they came back, their
-arms were full of bundles.
-
-“What are those for,” inquired Cap’n Toby.
-
-“Oh, just by way of setting up housekeeping ashore,” returned Jack
-with a laugh.
-
-“I can’t spare any of my men right now to row you ashore,” said
-Jarrow, the squint-eyed mate, “but you can take along Merryweather
-and Sherry.”
-
-The two revenue cutter men, who had been doing odd jobs with the
-crew since their rescue, were only too glad to go along. Soon the
-boat was lowered and everything ready for the landing.
-
-“There’s something suspicious about all this to me,” whispered Jack
-to Raynor as they cast off.
-
-“What’s the trouble?”
-
-“Why, haven’t you noticed that there are none of the regular crew
-with us, and that Terrill made an excuse not to go ashore. There’s
-something queer at the bottom of it.”
-
-But no more was said just then, for Cap’n Toby, in high good humor,
-was pointing out the course they must lay to the oarsmen. His aged
-but keen eyes had spied a little cove that would make a good landing
-place. The boat was headed for this.
-
-Before long they were ashore. The cove ran up inland between
-frowning walls of black cliff. But there appeared to be an exit to
-the interior of the island at the other end of it.
-
-Pulling the boat up on the beach, the adventurers set off over the
-sand and were soon clambering among precipitous rocks, Jack and
-Raynor helping Uncle Toby over the worst places. The old captain’s
-map gave the hiding place of the stone chest as a cairn under the
-dead branches of the cedar.
-
-Soon they were in full view of the tree and the heights on which it
-stood when they emerged from the abyss, and found themselves on a
-rocky plateau. From this plateau there rose what may be compared to
-a mesa on the western plains. It was a miniature table mountain with
-a flat top. On the summit was the cedar tree and, if Uncle Toby’s
-hopes were not doomed to be dashed, the stone cairn and the treasure
-chest.
-
-“That cedar tree never grew there,” declared Jack, looking up the
-sheer cliffs at the mournful bare branches of the lone tree.
-
-“No, Cap’n Walters always reckoned it was set up there by the people
-who had the treasure. They said it was a guide, he figgered,” said
-Uncle Toby.
-
-“What is supposed to be the origin of the treasure?” asked Raynor.
-
-“Cap’n Walters allowed that hundreds of years ago the old Vikings
-from Norseland came over here and found some sort of gold diggings.
-At any rate, the treasure consists, in a large measure, of beaten
-gold bracelets and breastplates and so forth. You know scientists
-say that there wasn’t always as much ice up here as there is to-day.
-They say the world’s axis has shifted a bit.”
-
-“I’ve heard that,” said Jack, “but these blonde esquimaux, did the
-captain figure that they descended from the old Norsemen?”
-
-“He didn’t know nothing about that,” was Cap’n Toby’s reply, “but it
-sounds reasonable when you come ter think of it.”
-
-“What’s puzzling me is how we are to get to the top of that
-plateau,” said Jack, after a few minutes.
-
-Uncle Toby drew out his map. He studied it for a minute. Then his
-face cleared.
-
-“That stuck me, too, for a minute,” he said. “Nothing but a fly
-could scale those cliffs. But see here, the map shows that on the
-other side there is a sort of natural rock bridge connecting Cedar
-Mountain, as we might call it, with the rest of the island.”
-
-“That’s so,” said Jack, “well, let’s go round and take a look.”
-
-It was a tortuous path they had to follow, avoiding big boulders and
-huge rocks that were strewn about as though titans had been playing
-marbles with them. But at last they worked round to the other side
-of Cedar Mountain, as Uncle Toby had christened it.
-
-Then a simultaneous cry of dismay broke from the lips of the entire
-party.
-
-The rock bridge was gone!
-
-The jagged edges where it had once spanned a deep gulch could be
-seen, but either the disintegration of the rock or some convulsion
-of nature had destroyed it. Cedar Mountain, with its steeply
-sloping, unsurmountable sides, was cut off from the rest of the
-island. It was, in fact, an unattainable island within an island.
-
-“Stumped!” grunted Uncle Toby.
-
-In his bitter disappointment he could find no more to say. The rest
-of the party exchanged blank looks.
-
-“I guess the treasure is safe for all time from intruding hands,”
-said Jack softly. “I’m sorry, Uncle Toby.”
-
-But the old man now began to bemoan his fate. He stumped his wooden
-leg. He swore, something Jack had never heard him do before. He
-shook his fists at the sky. For the time being he was a madman.
-
-When he quieted down a little they began the wearisome trip back to
-the cove where they had left the boat. It seemed an endless trip,
-but at length they reached it.
-
-“Now to get back to the schooner and break the news,” said Jack.
-“Won’t Terrill be mad--Jee-hosh--a--phat, where is the schooner?”
-
-Where, indeed? The anchorage where she had lain when they last saw
-her was empty. No vessel was in sight. Suddenly Merryweather broke
-into a shout.
-
-“There! Look there yonder off that bight of land!” he cried.
-
-Their eyes followed the direction in which he pointed. Angry
-exclamations broke from them ally
-
-“The traitors! The sneaks!” exclaimed Jack chokingly.
-
-Off a rocky point the _Morning Star_ was tacking clearly with the
-intention of rounding it.
-
-“They are making for the other side of the island,” continued Jack.
-“Terrill’s plot to seize the treasure with the help of that rascal
-crew has come to a head. But he’ll be nicely fooled. No human being
-can ever scale Cedar Mountain.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIII: TERROR CARSON AGAIN.
-
-
-“Well, Jack, this is about the worst yet.”
-
-It was Raynor speaking. He and Jack were sitting on the sandy beach
-leaning against the boat. The others were scattered about with
-gloomy countenances. Cap’n Toby, utterly prostrated by this sudden
-dashing of his hopes, lay face downward on the beach in silence. He
-had not spoken a word since his outbreak and Jack feared for his
-reason.
-
-“It’s pretty bad. We’ve got no food and no prospect of getting any,
-not to mention water. That rat, Terrill! If I ever get my hands on
-him and that treacherous Jarrow. They fooled us nicely, getting
-everyone who was hostile to them off the schooner.”
-
-“Terrill certainly holds the whip hand over us,” agreed Raynor. “I
-suppose that he’ll make us come to some sort of agreement before
-he’ll let us have provisions or water.”
-
-“I don’t see what the agreement can be,” rejoined Jack gloomily. “We
-can’t come to any concerning the treasure, for that’s on the top of
-Cedar Mountain. It’s about as unattainable as the moon. If only we
-had that wireless rigged, there’s a bare chance that we might pick
-up help.”
-
-“What does it need to repair it?” inquired Raynor.
-
-“That unlucky stick of Pompey’s smashed the silicon of the detector,
-but I have noticed traces of what looks like pyron in these rocks,
-and if we could get some of that, I believe I could fix the
-apparatus up.”
-
-“But in the meantime we starve to death,” objected Raynor.
-
-Jack could not but agree. He looked gloomily out at the empty sea.
-Suddenly, there came a joyous shout from round one of the rocky
-points that shut in the cove. It was Noddy. The next moment the
-Bowery boy appeared. He was burdened down by the weight of three big
-cod fish.
-
-“Hurray, fellers, here’s our supper,” he panted as he staggered up
-to them with his burden.
-
-“Good for you, Noddy. Well, we shan’t go hungry, at any rate,” cried
-Jack, “but how did you get the tackle?”
-
-“Found it in de boat. I went nosin’ aroun’ while youse guys was all
-chewing der rag. I found something else in de boat too. A keg of
-water and anudder of biscuits, dose big roun’ fellers dey call
-sinkers.”
-
-“By hookey, now I come to think of it every boat on the schooner was
-stocked with biscuit and water,” cried Jack. “I remember hearing
-Uncle Toby talk about it. It’s a maritime law to keep boats
-provisioned, but I guess it’s more honored in the breach than in the
-observance.”
-
-The spirits of all rose greatly at the prospect of food. Even
-Captain Toby sat up and ate his share of broiled codfish and
-biscuit. But the old man gazed about him in a vacant way and kept
-mumbling to himself, and whimpering like a child over his
-misfortunes.
-
-“I’m afraid his mind is affected,” Jack breathed to Raynor. Indeed,
-it appeared so.
-
-Supper was over and darkness had set in. But they managed to keep
-warmth and light about the camping place by kindling a big fire of
-brushwood. They were thinking of turning in and trying to sleep,
-although it was bitter cold outside the immediate vicinity of the
-fire, and they had no blankets, when there came a sound from seaward
-that startled them all.
-
-“Ahoy! Who are you?”
-
-“It’s some of that rascally Jarrow crew up to some trick,” declared
-Sherry, “don’t answer them.”
-
-“It doesn’t sound like them,” said Jack hesitatingly.
-
-“Seems to me I know that voice,” said Raynor, “I’ve heard----”
-
-“Ahoy, ashore there.”
-
-The hail came again. This time it was accompanied by the splash of
-oars.
-
-“Boat ahoy! What do you want?” hailed Jack, cupping his hands.
-
-“Can we make a safe landing there?”
-
-“Yes, pull for the fire. But who are you?”
-
-“Shipwrecked sailors,” was the reply. Then there came the rapid dip
-of oars, and before many minutes a boat pulled into the glare of
-light cast by the fire. The boys ran forward as three men staggered
-out of the craft, showing signs of exhaustion. At sight of the first
-of the newcomers, Raynor uttered a shout of astonishment.
-
-It was Terror Carson. The men with him were O’Brien, the Irish
-helmsman and another named Tewson.
-
-“Captain Carson!” exclaimed Raynor. The other started back at the
-sound of his name. He stared as if he had beheld an apparition from
-the grave.
-
-“Great heavens! it’s young Raynor!” he gasped out.
-
-“Yes, Raynor, whom you left to die on the wreck of the _Polly Ann_,”
-said the boy sternly.
-
-“An’ here’s anudder of yer chickens come home ter roost,” exclaimed
-Noddy Nipper, stepping up, “you’re a nice one, you are. You look as
-if you’d bin havin’ a pretty tough time, an’ you deserve it, too.
-
-“Where are the rest of your crew? In other boats?” asked Raynor.
-
-“Gone, all gone,” moaned Carson weakly. “Lost in a storm which
-overwhelmed us. There were ten men in this boat, but they all died
-or went mad but myself and these two. We were just about giving up
-when we saw the light of this fire and made for it. It’s--it’s like
-a judgment upon me.”
-
-He sank down on the bench and covered his face with his hands.
-
-“Have you anything that would bring a dead man to life like a bite
-of biscuit or sup of water at all, at all?” asked O’Brien.
-
-“We are almost dead,” said Tewson huskily.
-
-The boys, scoundrel though they knew Carson to be, could not but
-furnish him with food and drink. The man’s physique was so superb
-that, despite his sufferings in the boat, after his refreshment he
-was able to sit up, and talk of his adventures. O’Brien and Tewson,
-however, sank into a deep sleep of exhaustion.
-
-“How did you come to this island?” asked Carson at length.
-
-Jack explained and added:
-
-“You see, your rescuers are almost as badly off as you are. The
-rascal Terrill----”
-
-“Hold on,” cried Carson, “that name again!”
-
-“Terrill--Rufus Terrill of Terrill & Co.,” said Jack. “Do you know
-him?”
-
-“Know him?” repeated Carson bitterly. “He was the cause of all my
-misfortunes. He made me what I am, an outlaw and a seal poacher. He
-is the biggest rascal unhung.”
-
-“Tell us about it,” urged Jack.
-
-Carson breathed hard as if laboring under some strong emotion.
-
-“So Rufus Terrill is here, here on this island, is he?” he muttered.
-“Strange that fate should bring us face to face in this place. I was
-an honest man when I met Terrill. I had been a sea captain in the
-West India trade. I owned my own ship and had a happy home and a
-pretty young wife. Terrill wanted me to do some dishonest work for
-him by wrecking a ship that was heavily insured. I refused. Then
-came a time when misfortune overwhelmed me. I lost my ship in a
-tropical hurricane. I returned home to find my wife had died of a
-fever. I was desperate and Terrill found me an easy tool, for I was
-half out of my mind.
-
-“Then came discovery of the insurance plot by the underwriters.
-Terrill got clever lawyers and they fixed the blame on me. In the
-meantime Terrill had given me money to keep out of the country. When
-I learned the trick he had played on me I didn’t care what became of
-me. I invested what money I had in a seal poaching venture with a
-bad character known as Olaf Larsen. Larsen was killed by a chance
-shot when a British cruiser chased us. I was captured but escaped,
-and then fitted out the _Polly Ann_. I have sailed her ever since,
-till--till for my sins she was lost. Oh! if only I could begin over
-again, but it is too late, too late.”
-
-“It is never too late to mend,” cited Jack, “perhaps, if ever we
-escape from this predicament, I can help you. I would be willing
-to.”
-
-“And I, too,” said Raynor, stretching out his hand.
-
-Tears filled Terror Carson’s eyes. His voice shook as he said:
-
-“I heard a preacher feller once talking about coals of fire. Now I
-know what he meant.”
-
-Soon after they all turned in. All, that is, but Carson. The last
-thing that Jack saw, as he dropped off into slumber, was the giant
-form of the seal poacher outlined blackly against the firelight. His
-head was sunk on his breast. His brawny arms folded. He stood
-motionless as a statue gazing into the embers as if he read his
-wild, rough past in the glowing coals.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIV: A PERILOUS ADVENTURE.
-
-
-Jack was astir betimes. The fire had died down and the chill
-awakened him. Carson lay asleep at last, curled up in the lee of his
-boat. Jack walked down to inspect the craft. It was a good-looking
-whale boat.
-
-“If only we had enough provisions,” he mused, “we might get away in
-her.”
-
-Apparently the boat had been used for whaling as well as sealing,
-for, neatly coiled in a tub, in the bow, was a coil of the finest
-and strongest manilla rope, the quality used for whaling, which is
-strong enough to stand almost any strain.
-
-Jack looked idly at the rope for some time, his thoughts far away.
-But suddenly, for no reason that he could fathom, a sudden
-inspiration struck him.
-
-“Hookey!” he exclaimed, “I know how I can get to the top of that
-plateau and fool Terrill and all that gang. If the food problem were
-settled I’d do it as soon as possible.”
-
-He looked seaward. To his surprise, within the few minutes that he
-had been staring at the whale boat, a new object had floated into
-view. It was a small boat bobbing up and down on the tiny waves, for
-the sea was very calm.
-
-“Well, that’s queer,” thought Jack, “looks like one of the _Morning
-Star’s_ boats, too. And she’s loaded with something. I guess I’ll
-row out and take a look at her.”
-
-He roused Raynor and soon the two boys, in the boat they had landed
-in the day before, were rowing off to the strange craft. In a short
-time they were alongside. Nailed to the bow was a scrap of paper. On
-it was writing. But it was a hard hand to decipher. Finally,
-however, Jack made it out.
-
-“It’s from Pompey, that good old black soul,” he cried. “He says he
-can’t bear to think of us starving, so he stole some food while the
-crew was carousing, and two kegs of water, and put them in this
-boat, which lay alongside. He says that he overheard the mate saying
-that there was a strong current all around the island so that he
-hopes the boat will drift round our way.”
-
-“Good for him,” cried Raynor. “He’s got a real white heart, if his
-skin is black. See here, Jack, hams, potatoes, onions, all kinds of
-canned stuff. Why, he must have made a terrible raid on the
-provisions.”
-
-“I hope he doesn’t get into trouble,” said Jack soberly, as he made
-fast a rope to the other boat and the boys towed it ashore. A hearty
-breakfast was enjoyed by all. The more so because it was unexpected.
-After the meal was over, Jack had an announcement to make.
-
-“Folks,” he said, “one of our problems is solved. But we have still
-another on our hands. We cannot leave the island until we regain
-possession of the schooner. Has anyone any suggestions to offer?”
-
-None had just then except Uncle Toby, whose lips moved and head
-wagged, but only inarticulate sounds came forth.
-
-“Then I declare this meeting adjourned,” said Jack. “Come on,” he
-added to Raynor, “we’ve got a lot of work on.”
-
-Jack chipped several specimens of what he believed to be pyron from
-the rocks. Pyron does not make as good a detector as silicon, still
-he believed it would serve to repair the apparatus. After some
-tinkering he said that he thought he had made the device efficient
-once more.
-
-Luckily, the boat from the _Morning Star_ had a saw, hammer and
-nails on board as part of the emergency kit. Jack got these out and
-then he and Raynor went into executive session with canvas, stripped
-from the locker covering, and long strips of wood pried from the
-gunwale of the boat. All morning they kept up a great sawing and
-hammering, and by noon had produced an odd-looking contrivance. It
-was a paralleloeram of thin strips of wood with a square box of
-canvas at each end.
-
-After a hasty bite, Jack announced that he and Raynor were going off
-for a tramp. First, however, Jack borrowed Noddy’s fishing line,
-which was about two hundred feet long. Leaving the camp much
-mystified as to their errand, they set off up the gulch, carrying
-with them the odd-looking object they had devoted the morning to
-constructing. To make no further mystery of it, the object was a box
-kite. It is true it was a clumsy one, but a brisk breeze was blowing
-and Jack believed it would fly.
-
-“And so you really think you are going to get to the top of Cedar
-Mountain?” asked Raynor dubiously, as they trudged along.
-
-“I know I am,” laughed Jack.
-
-“You are pretty confident. Of course, I don’t know half of your plan
-yet, though.”
-
-“Well, here’s the machinery,” said Jack, indicating the box kite.
-
-“It will never carry you up, even if the risk wasn’t too great to
-attempt it,” said Raynor, who believed that Jack meant to hang on to
-the kite and be borne to the top of Cedar Mountain that way.
-
-Jack chuckled.
-
-“There are more ways of killing a cat than choking it to death with
-cream,” replied he.
-
-At last they reached the foot of Cedar Mountain. Its walls rose
-steeply, almost menacingly, as if daring anyone to penetrate its
-secrets. Jack walked along till he found a point where the walls
-were lower than at other portions of the cliff face.
-
-“Now then,” said Jack, “let’s find out how the wind blows.”
-
-He moistened his hand and held it up.
-
-“Good! It’s out of just the right direction.”
-
-He proceeded to tie the string--the erstwhile fishing line--to the
-kite. Raynor watched him, and suddenly broke in.
-
-“Say, you’re putting a double string on. Scared one won’t hold it?”
-
-“That double string is the secret of the whole thing,” smiled Jack.
-“Now just try some watchful waiting and you’ll see--what you will
-see.”
-
-When the string was attached, Jack told Raynor to hold it up at a
-distance.
-
-“Go,” cried Jack; and ran back a bit. The clumsily made flyer began
-to mount in the air even better than he had hoped it would. The kite
-rose above the summit of the rocky wall, above the naked old cedar
-growing close to its edge. Jack began to maneuver the kite
-carefully. You are to remember that the double string hung down from
-it like an inverted V. At last, after much patient work, he managed
-to get the point of the V over the bare trunk of the cedar in such a
-way that an equal amount of string hung down on both sides.
-
-Then, very carefully, Jack started to haul the kite down while
-Raynor held one of the ends taut so that it would not slip back.
-Jack soon had the kite on the ground, and there was a loop round the
-tree on the summit of the Cedar Mountain, and two ends on the
-ground.
-
-“I see it now,” cried Raynor enthusiastically, “but you can’t haul
-yourself up on this string.”
-
-“I don’t mean to. I know where there is plenty of stout rope. Now
-we’ll go back to the cove and get the bunch, and before long we’ll
-know if the stone chest is a myth or a reality. I didn’t want to let
-them come along till I was sure my little device would work.”
-
-“Jack, you are a wonder!” exclaimed Raynor.
-
-Half an hour later an expectant group stood at the foot of the cliff
-under the bare old cedar on the summit. Even Uncle Toby was there,
-gazing with his lack-luster eyes at the proceedings. Jack tied one
-end of the strong, pliant whale rope to one of the pendant ends of
-string. Then he began pulling on the unattached end. Steadily the
-rope mounted as he reeled in the string hand over hand. Before very
-long a loop of stout harpoon rope, instead of string, was round the
-cedar trunk.
-
-“I knew Jack would do it!” exclaimed Raynor.
-
-“He’s de clear quill all right, all right!” ejaculated the Bowery
-boy with no less delight.
-
-“Now then, boys,” said Jack, making a big loop in one end of the
-rope and seating himself in it, “I’m going to get you to haul me up
-there.”
-
-“Great alligators, spos’in de tree pulls out,” gasped Noddy, his
-face white under its freckles.
-
-“I’m going to take a chance on that,” said Jack. “Lay hold
-everybody. Now then--pull--easy now!”
-
-Brawny arms laid hold of the rope and began to walk away with it.
-
-Jack began to mount slowly into the air, using his knees to keep
-from being dashed against the cliff face as the rope oscillated.
-
-It was a fearful trip. But the boy’s eyes shone with triumph as he
-slowly ascended.
-
-He had only one fear. Would the tree trunk hold fast? If it did
-not--Jack did not dare to look downward as this thought came into
-his mind.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXV: THE TREASURE.
-
-
-That was a dizzy and nerve-racking elevator. At the end of the
-rising rope Jack swung about like a pendulum. At last the edge of
-the summit was almost reached.
-
-“Steady on,” called down Jack, “I’ll climb the rest of the way,” for
-he had noticed that it was not a hard scramble, from the point he
-had reached, to the top.
-
-After a short struggle, he clambered and writhed himself to safety.
-Then he lay flat on his face for a moment on the flat top of the
-table mountain, regaining his breath and collecting his faculties.
-
-After a while he rose. He looked over the brink and waved his cap to
-those below. The sound of a faint cheer was wafted up to him. Jack
-shouted back.
-
-Then he turned his face upon the surface of the summit of Cedar
-Mountain. It was not perfectly flat as he had imagined from below.
-Rocky mounds covered it in every direction. Some struggling bushes
-and stunted trees also grew there.
-
-From his point of vantage, Jack had an excellent view of the island
-and the sea for miles.
-
-At almost his first glance about him, he detected the schooner lying
-in a small bay on the opposite side of the island to the cove. On
-the beach he spied what appeared to be a camp. A boat was plying
-between the schooner and the shore.
-
-“I wonder if they have found out yet that the treasure, if it’s here
-at all, is ungettable,” murmured Jack.
-
-He used caution in going about the top of the mountain after that,
-crouching behind rocky mounds to avoid being seen from the schooner
-or Terrill’s camp.
-
-The “island in the air,” as it might have been fittingly called, was
-filled with deep crannies, in some of which snow still lay. To have
-fallen down one of them would have meant a miserable, lingering
-death, without possibility of rescue.
-
-“Well, this is a unique adventure,” thought Jack. “Even if there is
-no stone chest, it will have been well worth the experience.”
-
-He made for the great dead cedar by a circuitous route. His heart
-beat a little faster as, at its foot, he saw there had been erected
-a rough stone cairn.
-
-“That makes part of the story true at any rate,” he reflected, “but
-I see no sign of the chest.”
-
-The boy did not feel much disappointment. He had distrusted the
-story right along. So that he was not downcast to find that he had
-drawn a blank. There was no trace of a stone chest, or anything even
-remotely resembling it anywhere.
-
-“Euchred!” murmured the boy, “poor Uncle Toby!”
-
-There came a sudden shout from below. The lad rushed to the edge of
-the cliff and looked over. What he saw gave him an unpleasant shock.
-Unperceived by him, three canoes had landed on the east end of the
-island.
-
-Their occupants, wild looking Esquimaux, had stolen up unobserved on
-the party below. From his post of vantage, Jack saw Carson snatch
-out a pistol and fire point-blank into the onrush of natives, who
-brandished spears and clubs. Sherry and Merryweather, too, covered
-the retreat of the rest with their service revolvers which they had
-brought from the revenue cutter.
-
-Three of the Esquimaux fell. The rest faltered. They had no
-firearms. Jack saw Carson, Sherry and Merryweather fire above the
-natives’ heads to scare them. The ruse succeeded. Picking up two of
-the wounded, they made a wild dash for the canoes. The white men
-picked up the third wounded man and Jack saw them giving him some
-sort of stimulants and examining his injury. It was not serious, for
-the man was soon on his feet and apparently imploring the white men
-not to kill him. The canoes of the others were already putting as
-great a distance between the island and themselves as possible.
-
-Jack hailed the party below and was soon lowered. His news was a
-distinct blow to them all. But Uncle Toby took it apathetically.
-Nothing appeared to disturb him now. Jack asked him for the map, and
-laid it out on a stone to examine it. It was crudely drawn with a
-rough picture of the stone chest in one corner.
-
-The Esquimaux, who, it appeared, had not been wounded at all but was
-merely scared into falling flat on the ground, began jabbering
-wildly as he saw it. Jack noted that the man’s complexion, though
-dirty, was fairer than he had imagined an Esquimaux’s skin would be
-and then, too, the man’s hair was distinctly yellowish in color. He
-was without doubt one of the famous blonde Esquimaux, the tribe of
-mystery.
-
-Carson, who could speak the dialect, began putting quick, sharp
-questions. The man answered, pointing upward at the cedar tree.
-Carson seemed strangely excited. He turned to Jack.
-
-“You and I and this Esquimaux are going up there to the top of Cedar
-Mountain,” he said.
-
-“Why, does he know anything about the stone chest?” asked Jack, his
-heart giving a bound.
-
-“He says he does, but he may be lying. We’ll give him a chance to
-prove what he says.”
-
-Carson was pulled up first, and then weighted the loop in the rope
-with a heavy rock and sent it down. Then came the Esquimaux’s turn.
-He was badly frightened but seemed to be under the impression that
-he would be killed if he didn’t go, so consented to be hauled up.
-Jack went last.
-
-At length they all stood on the summit. The Esquimaux began talking
-rapidly. He drew a stone hatchet from his skin-clad body and
-advanced swiftly to the tree. He inserted his hatchet in a crack in
-the thickest part of the trunk.
-
-
-[Illustration: Within the trunk Jack caught a glimpse of a large,
-square box.]
-
-
-A door was disclosed.
-
-“Great guns! The beggar wasn’t lying!” breathed Carson tensely.
-
-Jack peered into the hollow of the trunk. The Esquimaux gave a
-guttural grunt and pointed. Within the trunk Jack caught a glimpse
-of a large, square box of some sort. It had metal hinges. The
-Esquimaux pried it open with his hatchet.
-
-A dull gleam of gold shone from it.
-
-“Uncle Toby was right after all!” cried Jack.
-
- * * * * *
-
-It was the next morning. All the adventurers were bending over a
-great heap of golden cups, bowls, breastplates, and other articles,
-beaten by some unknown and long-vanished race from virgin gold. What
-the pile of precious metal was worth none of them could estimate,
-for besides the contents of the stone chest, many other valuable
-articles had been found in the trunk of the tree.
-
-But what gladdened Jack’s heart more than the finding of the
-treasure, was the fact that, Uncle Toby, with its discovery, had
-been restored to his senses. The golden articles were carefully
-counted and inventoried. Then the Esquimaux was given his liberty in
-one of the boats, a present which delighted him, and was also
-presented with a number of knick-knacks with which he told Carson he
-could buy the richest wife of his tribe.
-
-The pile of gold was carefully covered up with canvas and, curiously
-enough, it was not till that had been done and an inventory checked
-up that any of them thought of the momentous question of how they
-were going to get back to civilization. After a long discussion, it
-was decided that that night they would take the boat and reconnoiter
-the schooner. If it was possible to retake her they would, and thus
-be in a position to dictate terms to Terrill and Company.
-
-During the afternoon Jack set up the wireless apparatus, stringing
-his aërials from a stout bush far up the cliff side. Then he began
-to send messages. He was in the midst of this work when there was a
-sudden stir in the camp. Three newcomers were approaching down the
-gulch.
-
-They were Terrill, Jarrow and another of the crew. Terrill looked
-crestfallen. Jarrow carried a handkerchief tied to a stick as a
-token of truce.
-
-He noticed the hostile looks cast at him and held up one of his
-bony-fingered hands deprecatingly.
-
-“I have come in peace,” he said in a sanctimonious voice.
-
-“You precious rascal, I’d like to see you go away in pieces,” roared
-Uncle Toby, who was with difficulty restrained from rushing at the
-oily rascal.
-
-“We all of us make mistakes,” muttered Jarrow, rolling his squinting
-eye horribly. “I’m thinking we all made a big mistake in ever coming
-here.”
-
-“Yes, Captain Ready,” said Terrill, “there is no chance of ever
-reaching the top of that cedar plateau. The treasure is secure from
-us both. We will reach an amicable agreement. You give me notes to
-pay half the expenses of this cruise, and we will sail for home
-to-day.”
-
-Uncle Toby burst into a loud laugh.
-
-“Fer a slick feller, Terrill, you’ve got yourself inter as nice a
-corner as ever a man did,” he chuckled, “so now, after trying your
-best to cheat us and leaving us here to starve fer all you know, you
-try to get me to sign notes for half of a business venture that you
-went into with your foxy eyes wide open and intendin’ to swindle me?
-I’ll see you rot on this island first.”
-
-“Confound you!” shrieked Terrill, “it’s you that are the swindler.
-You landed me in this out of the way place. If the treasure is
-there, it’s impossible to get it without an aeroplane.”
-
-“You’ll go up in ther air yerself in a minute if yer don’t watch
-out,” grinned Noddy.
-
-There came a shout from Jack at the wireless.
-
-“I’ve got the _Thespis_. Hurray!” he cried.
-
-They all, even Terrill and his companions, gazed at the boy in
-silent concentration.
-
-“They found fragments of the tender and thought we were all lost,”
-he continued. “Captain Simms congratulates us all. He will make full
-speed for this island at once.”
-
-A deep-throated cheer greeted this announcement. All took part in it
-but Terrill and Carson. Terrill was staring at the seal poacher,
-whom he had just recognized, as if he had seen a ghost. Carson was
-the first to find his voice.
-
-“So you know me, Mr. Terrill, eh?” he grated out. “Well, when that
-United States vessel reaches here, I’m going to tell all I know
-about that insurance swindle of yours that drove me to be an
-outlaw.”
-
-“Don’t dare to threaten me,” shrieked Terrill, “you yourself are
-being sought for as a seal-poacher. The revenue men will be glad to
-get you.”
-
-Carson made a rush for Terrill, who shrank back terrified, but
-Sherry and Merryweather held back the maddened sailor with their
-stout arms.
-
-“I--er--that is, we must be going,” stammered Terrill. “Come,
-Jarrow. Captain Ready, since there is no treasure to be got and we
-are in the possession of the schooner with a much stronger force for
-me than you, I hope you will come to terms before to-night.”
-
-“Consarn you, I’d die on this desarted island afore I’d come to
-terms with a rascal of your stripe,” shouted Uncle Toby. “There’ll
-be some of Uncle Sam’s boys here afore long and they can deal with
-you.”
-
-Terrill turned fairly green at this. Without another word he walked
-off up the cove, followed by Jarrow and the other man. Three hours
-later our party of adventurers saw the schooner rounding the point
-and heading southward.
-
-Terrill had carried out his threat, which they were powerless to
-check, for they were much the smaller party and the schooner carried
-guns and rifles. But as the sailing craft wore toward the horizon, a
-sudden cloud of smoke appeared. Jack sprang to the wireless. In a
-few seconds he was able to tell them that the smoke heralded the
-approach of the _Thespis_.
-
-A moment later the _Thespis_ was in possession of the facts
-concerning the larceny of the schooner and was steaming to intercept
-her. Terrill, of course, did not dare to fight a revenue cutter, and
-the schooner was turned back to the island. Both craft anchored off
-the cove about sun down.
-
-There was a joyous reunion between Jack and his officers and the
-crew, with whom he was a general favorite; Sherry and Merryweather
-came in for their share of interest and commendation.
-
-They sat up late in Captain Simms’ cabin telling their stories, and
-the gold and plate were transferred to the specie room of the
-revenue craft.
-
-The news was broken to Terrill the next day by Uncle Toby. For a
-time it appeared as if the rapacious rascal would go mad. When he
-had quieted down, Uncle Toby agreed to pay him for the entire
-expenses of the expedition.
-
-“The rest of the debt I reckon you wiped out yerself,” chuckled the
-old mariner.
-
-“I’ll sue you,” shrieked Terrill.
-
-“Go ahead. I’ve got nothing to fear in a court of law. I guess your
-case is different,” replied Uncle Toby imperturbably.
-
-Escorted by the _Thespis_, which had been relieved from iceberg
-patrol duty for that year, the _Morning Star_, with Terrill a
-practical prisoner on board, made a quick run back to St. Johns, N.
-S., the nearest port. Both Terrill and Jarrow vanished soon after
-landing, and a few days later there was a vacant suite of offices in
-the building where Terrill & Co. had once hatched their shady
-schemes.
-
-The gold plate and relics turned out to be immensely valuable and
-all concerned in the expedition shared Uncle Toby’s generosity,
-including Noddy Nipper and Pompey. Noddy set up a news stand, which
-is making good money and Pompey started a colored restaurant where
-the chocolate-colored élite of New York gather. He never tires of
-telling them of his adventures, nor do they suffer in the telling.
-
-Captain Carson was “set on his feet” by Uncle Toby, having escaped
-punishment through the mercy of the authorities. He is now part
-owner of a fine schooner trading between Boston and the West Indies.
-Captain Toby was urged by his friends to purchase a conventional
-residence on his accession to fortune, but he still lives on board
-the old _Venus_. He says he would not feel at home anywhere else.
-
-As for Jack and Raynor, after a fine time ashore, with plenty of
-money to spend after their good luck in the Arctic, they soon began
-to pine again for active life. To Jack, existence ashore, even with
-the society of pretty Helen Dennis, began to pall, after the many
-adventures he had encountered.
-
-But how he gained another step upward toward his ambition in life,
-and what further experiences lay before him must be saved for the
-telling in another volume. And here let us leave them, satisfied
-that in the future all will be well with Uncle Toby’s companions in
-the search for the stone chest, and the hardy members of the Iceberg
-Patrol.
-
-THE END.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF THE
-ICEBERG PATROL ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/69517-0.zip b/old/69517-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 97a71ce..0000000
--- a/old/69517-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69517-h.zip b/old/69517-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 51eef03..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69517-h/69517-h.htm b/old/69517-h/69517-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f1ed5d..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h/69517-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7134 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html>
-<html lang="en">
-<head>
- <meta charset="utf-8">
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Ocean Wireless Boys of the Iceberg Patrol, by Wilbur Lawton
- </title>
- <style>
- body {
- margin-left: 4%; margin-right: 6%;
- background: #fff; color: black; font-size: medium;
- font-family: "Times New Roman", serif;
- }
- h1 {
- margin-top: 5%; text-align: center;
- clear: both; font-weight: normal;
- font-size:140%;
- }
- h2 {
- margin-top: 4%; margin-bottom: 2%;
- text-align: center; clear: both;
- font-size: 100%; font-weight: normal;
- }
- hr {
- width: 90%; margin: 2em auto 2em auto;
- clear: both; color: black
- }
- p {
- margin-top: 0.2em; text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-indent: 4%
- }
-
- .page {
- margin-top:2em;
- margin-bottom:2em;
- }
-
- .pba {
- page-break-after:always;
- }
-
- .pbb {
- page-break-before:always;
- }
-
- /* illustrations */
-
- .caption {
- text-indent:0; padding:0.5em 0;
- text-align:center; font-size:smaller;
- }
-
- .ifpc { margin-left:17%; width:65% }
- .x-ebookmaker .ifpc { margin-left:12%; width:75% }
- .i002 { margin-left:17%; width:65% }
- .x-ebookmaker .i002 { margin-left:12%; width:75% }
- .i003 { margin-left:17%; width:65% }
- .x-ebookmaker .i003 { margin-left:12%; width:75% }
- .i004 { margin-left:17%; width:65% }
- .x-ebookmaker .i004 { margin-left:12%; width:75% }
-
- /* table of contents */
-
- table.toc {}
- table { page-break-inside: avoid; width:100%; }
- table.tcenter { border-collapse:collapse; padding:3px;
- margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;
- margin-left:2em; }
- td { vertical-align:top; }
- td.c1 { text-align:right; padding-right:0.7em; font-size:0.9em; }
- td.c2 { font-variant:small-caps; font-size:0.9em; }
-
- </style>
-</head>
-
-<body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The ocean wireless boys of the iceberg patrol, by Wilbur Lawton</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The ocean wireless boys of the iceberg patrol</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Wilbur Lawton</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: Charles L. Wrenn</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: December 10, 2022 [eBook #69517]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Roger Frank and Sue Clark</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF THE ICEBERG PATROL ***</div>
-
-<div class='page'>
- <h1>THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF THE ICEBERG PATROL</h1>
- <div class='ifpc'>
- <img src='images/illus-fpc.jpg' alt='image' style='width:100%'>
- <p class='caption'>
- Amidst a glare of red flame and lurid smoke, the young operator staggered backward.
- </p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='page pbb'>
- <div style='text-align:center'>
- <div style='font-size:1.4em;'>THE<br>OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS</div>
- <div style='font-size:0.9em;'>OF THE</div>
- <div style='font-size:1.4em;'>ICEBERG PATROL</div>
- <div style='margin-top:2em; font-size:smaller;'>BY</div>
- <div style='font-size:1.1em;'>CAPTAIN WILBUR LAWTON</div>
- <div style='font-size:smaller'>
- <div style='margin-top:1em;'>AUTHOR OF “THE BOY AVIATORS’ SERIES,”</div>
- <div>“THE DREADNOUGHT BOYS’ SERIES,”</div>
- <div>“THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS ON THE ATLANTIC,”</div>
- <div>“THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS AND THE LOST LINER”</div>
- </div>
- <div style='font-style:italic; font-size:0.9em; margin-top:2em;'>
- WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY<br>CHARLES L. WRENN
- </div>
- <div style='margin-top:2em; font-size:smaller;'>NEW YORK</div>
- <div>HURST &amp; COMPANY</div>
- <div style='font-size:smaller'>PUBLISHERS</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='page pbb'>
- <div style='text-align:center; font-size:smaller;'>
- <div>Copyright, 1915,</div>
- <div style='font-size:smaller;'>BY</div>
- <div>HURST &amp; COMPANY</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='page pbb'>
- <div style='display: flex; justify-content: center; text-align:center;'>
- <div style='text-align:left;'>
- <table class='toc tcenter' style='margin-bottom:3em;'>
- <thead>
- <tr><td style='text-align: center; margin-bottom:0.6em;' colspan='2'>CONTENTS</td></tr>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <tr><td class='c1'>I.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chI'>ON THE OCEAN TRAIL</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>II.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chII'>ON THE LOOKOUT FOR ICE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>III.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chIII'>A NARROW ESCAPE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>IV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chIV'>MAN OVERBOARD!</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>V.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chV'>IMPRISONED</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>VI.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chVI'>MAROONED ON AN ICEBERG</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>VII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chVII'>JACK SAVES THE CAPTAIN</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>VIII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chVIII'>ON BOARD THE “<i>POLLY ANN</i>”</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>IX.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chIX'>A JOKE ON POMPEY</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>X.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chX'>PLANS TO ESCAPE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XI.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXI'>A FIENDISH PLOT</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXII'>UNCLE TOBY IS OFF FOR TREASURE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XIII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXIII'>POMPEY MYSTIFIED</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XIV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXIV'>TERROR CARSON’S NERVE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXV'>A WHALE IS ANNOYED</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XVI.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXVI'>LOCKED IN THE CABIN</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XVII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXVII'>IN THE EYES OF THE SHIP</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XVIII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXVIII'>RAYNOR TO THE RESCUE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XIX.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXIX'>SKULL ISLAND</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XX.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXX'>JACK TRIES OUT HIS INVENTION</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXI.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXI'>THE WRECK OF THE “<i>POLLY ANN</i>”</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXII'>FOOTPRINTS ON THE SAND</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXIII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXIII'>AN UNEXPECTED MEETING</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXIV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXIV'>A FRIGHT IN THE NIGHT</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXV'>POMPEY LEARNS ABOUT WIRELESS</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXVI.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXVI'>A JOYOUS MESSAGE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXVII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXVII'>A CRASH IN THE FOG</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXVIII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXVIII'>UNCLE TOBY IS SURPRISED</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXIX.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXIX'>OFF FOR SKULL ISLAND</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXX.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXX'>JACK AND BILL MEET ONCE MORE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXXI.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXXI'>IN A BOILING SEA</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXXII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXXII'>CEDAR ISLAND AT LAST</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXXIII.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXXIII'>TERROR CARSON AGAIN</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXXIV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXXIV'>A PERILOUS ADVENTURE</a></td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c1'>XXXV.</td><td class='c2'><a href='#chXXXV'>THE TREASURE</a></td></tr>
- </tbody>
- </table>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-
-<section>
-
-<div class='pbb' style='font-size:1.4em; text-align:center'>
-The Ocean Wireless Boys of the Iceberg Patrol
-</div>
-
-
-<h2 id='chI'>CHAPTER I: ON THE OCEAN TRAIL.</h2>
-
-
-<p>The big, high-sided <i>Cambodian</i>, in ballast, that is,
-carrying no cargo, and outward bound from New York for
-Rotterdam, was shouldering through the green seas that came
-racing to meet her. The <i>Cambodian</i> was a brand new
-freighter of the big shipping combine controlled by Jacob
-Jukes, and as just then no better berth had been offered, Jack
-Ready found himself occupying her wireless room getting the
-newly installed radio apparatus in shape and tuned up for
-effective service.</p>
-
-<p>As he worked over a refractory detector Jack, although
-normally of a cheerful disposition, felt a strong inclination
-to grumble at his present berth. He had been hoping for a
-chance at the wireless operator job on board the <i>Empire
-State</i>, the newest and greatest of the Jukes trans-Atlantic
-liners. But at the last moment he had been passed over and
-another operator appointed on the ground of seniority.</p>
-
-<p>But Jack’s gloomy mood did not last long. As usual, the
-stimulus of work soon caused the clouds to dissolve, and by the
-time he had the detector adjusted, he was humming cheerfully.
-As he looked up from his completed job, a ruddy-faced,
-cheery-looking lad about two years older than Jack, who was
-eighteen, stuck his head in at the door of the wireless-room
-which, besides the apparatus, contained Jack’s bunk, a picture
-of the boy’s dead mother hanging at its head, and the desk at
-which he made out his reports.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello there,” hailed Jack, as Billy Raynor appeared, “going
-off watch?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, don’t I look it, with this fine old coat of grime on
-my hide?” laughed Jack’s chum, now promoted to the post of
-second engineer on the new freighter.</p>
-
-<p>“Thought when you got to be second you were just going to
-loll around with your hands in your pockets and give orders,”
-commented Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Um, so did I,” rejoined Raynor with a rather wry grin,
-“but, as you see, it didn’t just work out that way. By-the-way,
-I thought you were going to be the dandy, brass-buttoned
-wireless hero on a passenger packet this trip.”</p>
-
-<p>It was Jack’s turn to give a rueful smile and he rejoined,
-“So did I.”</p>
-
-<p>“Old Jukes was mighty nice about it though,” he explained.
-“I’m getting the same pay as I would on a liner and then, too,
-that check for that South American business came in mighty
-handy, so that, financially, I’m not kicking. But I do want to
-get ahead in my work.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, old Jukes ought to shove you right along,” declared
-Raynor, coming in and planting his overalled form in a chair by
-the desk. “You’ve sure done a lot for him, starting in by
-saving his daughter, and&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, shut up, will you!” sputtered Jack, turning red. “I
-don’t want any favoritism for anything I may or may not have
-done. That isn’t it. I just want to get right ahead in the
-wireless game.”</p>
-
-<p>“And so you are, so far as I can see,” replied Raynor.
-“Incidentally, how’s the portable set coming along?”</p>
-
-<p>He referred to Jack’s pet hobby, an invention over which he
-had worked during all his spare time, afloat and ashore, for
-months. It was a portable wireless set in which weight and
-complexity had been cut to the bone. Jack had managed to reduce
-the weight by degrees till at last he had produced what he
-believed would prove a practicable device for use in the field,
-which weighed a trifle under fifty pounds, and could be carried
-over the operator’s shoulder in a satchel.</p>
-
-<p>In reply to young Raynor’s question, Jack opened a closet
-and produced a set of instruments of exquisite finish. Attached
-to them was a neat coil of copper wire and, strapped to the
-base that supported the whole, was a flat package of cloth and
-bamboo sticks.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that jigger underneath?” asked Raynor, referring to
-the latter bit of apparatus.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s a box kite,” explained Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“A box kite? What in the world do you want with that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you can’t send out or receive messages without
-aërials, can you?” parried Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“No, but you could hitch your aërial wires to a tree
-or&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, Mr. Smarty, but just suppose that you are in a
-country where there are no trees.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I see,” exclaimed Raynor, “in that case you’d do a
-little kite flying.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the idea exactly,” responded Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Have you tested it yet?” inquired Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Up to 150 miles. It works splendidly. I’m going to gear up
-my hand-generator higher so as to produce a stronger
-alternating current, however. Then I think I’ll get better
-results.”</p>
-
-<p>Clang-g-g-g-g-g-g-g!</p>
-
-<p>A gong above Jack’s head sounded clamorously. This gong was
-another of the boy’s inventions. By means of a silicon detector
-ingeniously connected, a wireless wave striking the antenna of
-the <i>Cambodian’s</i> apparatus instantly sounded the gong. In
-this way Jack had done with a lot of tiresome waiting for calls
-with his receivers clamped to his head.</p>
-
-<p>“Something doing?” asked Raynor, as Jack sprang from the
-chair he had been sitting on and seated himself in front of the
-wireless key.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess it’s nothing much,” was the reply,
-“<i>Siasconset</i> maybe, or <i>Race</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>But a moment later the expression of the young operator’s
-face grew concentrated. His hand reached out for a pencil and
-he began to scribble on his transcription pad the words that
-came pulsing against his ears like waves out of a vast sea of
-space.</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p style='text-indent:0'>“Steamer <i>Athenia</i> (Br.) reports,”&mdash;thus Jack
-wrote&mdash;“Along parallel of 45.06 saw ice as follows:&mdash;Grindstone,
-one mile of ice inshore. Scatari, close-packed ice inshore.
-Cape Ray, loose strings distant. Money Point, heavy
-close-packed ice inshore. Cape Race, several small strings
-loose ice drifting S. W.”</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p>Raynor had been peering oyer Jack’s shoulder as the boy
-wrote. When he ceased, the young engineer was full of eager
-questions. Jack flashed out an answer to the <i>Athenia</i> and
-then “grounded” his instrument.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, that’s to be expected in April,” was his comment. “I
-guess we’ll get a lot more of such reports before long.”</p>
-
-<p>“Think we’ll run into any bergs?” asked Raynor rather
-anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t get nervous,” laughed Jack, “the iceberg patrol is on
-the lookout for those. I’m surprised they haven’t ‘tapped-in’
-yet with some information. That’s the service for you, old man,
-the iceberg patrol. Think of the lives you have a chance to
-save and&mdash;and&mdash;but I’ve got to be off with this message to the
-old man.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack hurried from the cabin, and forwarded his message to
-Captain Briggs on the bridge. Raynor followed with more
-deliberation and made for his own cabin and soap and water. As
-he removed the grime of the engine-room, he mused on the
-subject of icebergs. Not many weeks before a big liner had
-blundered at night into a huge floating continent of ice and
-had sunk, with a terrible toll of lives and suffering.</p>
-
-<p>“If a big old liner like that couldn’t stand one wallop from
-an iceberg what chance would the <i>Cambodian</i> stand?” he
-wondered. “Still, as Jack said, since the accident they’ve had
-a regular iceberg patrol to send out warnings by wireless of
-any bergs that happen to be in the vicinity. I wouldn’t mind
-seeing a berg though, if it wasn’t at too close range. Wonder
-if I ever will?”</p>
-
-<p>Had the young engineer possessed the gift of second sight,
-he would have been able to foresee that in the immediate future
-he was destined to come into closer contact with icebergs than
-he would have dreamed possible, and also that the entire
-current of his life was to be changed by a series of unlooked
-for and astonishing happenings.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chII'>CHAPTER II: ON THE LOOKOUT FOR ICE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>With the dropping of the sun it fell bitter cold. The sea
-heaved in a leaden, lightless swell which the forefoot of the
-<i>Cambodian</i>, as she drove along, broke into spuming spray.
-The officers donned their heavy bridge coats. The crew, or that
-portion of it which had the watch on deck, wrapped up as warmly
-as they could in the scanty garments they possessed.</p>
-
-<p>When Jack opened his cabin to go below to his evening meal,
-a slight flurry of snow struck him in the face.</p>
-
-<p>“Goodness!” thought the boy, “here’s a change, and when we
-left New York folks were thinking about Coney Island and
-putting their winter coats in moth-balls.”</p>
-
-<p>The captain was the only other occupant of the dining-room,
-from which opened the officer’s cabins, when Jack went below.
-The boy noticed that Captain Briggs’ face was rather flushed,
-and his eyes were very bright as he took his seat. The captain
-had finished eating but before he left the room he came to
-Jack’s side and, leaning over him, asked in a rather thick
-voice, if there had been any more reports on icebergs. Jack
-replied in the negative.</p>
-
-<p>“Tha’s aw’ ri’ then,” said the captain in a loud, boastful
-voice, whose tones were thick. “Donner be ’fraid icebergs with
-Cap’n Briggs on board. I’m an old sea-going walrus, I am. I jes
-go ri’ through ’em, yes, sir, jes like knife goin’ thro’
-cheese. Thas me.”</p>
-
-<p>He swaggered out of the cabin with his scarlet face
-grinning. Jack’s eyes followed him as the captain rather
-staggeringly ascended the companionway.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know much about such things,” thought the boy,
-while a serious look came over his face, “but it seems to me
-that Captain Briggs is under the influence of liquor. That’s a
-bad thing. Liquor is bad at all times but it’s more dangerous
-at sea than anywhere else.”</p>
-
-<p>He finished his meal hastily and returned to his cabin to
-find his “wireless bell” ringing furiously. Jack lost no time
-in getting to work. He found that the U. S. revenue cutter
-<i>Seneca</i>, one of the craft detailed by Uncle Sam to the
-iceberg patrol, was flashing out signals of warning. Jack got
-the operator to repeat them when half a dozen or more other
-steamers had picked them up.</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Seneca’s</i> operator was in a bad mood at this.</p>
-
-<p>“Confound you fellows,” he flashed through space, “why don’t
-you pay attention and get the message from the jump?”</p>
-
-<p>“I was eating supper,” Jack replied contritely.</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t had a chance to eat yet, and I’m so hungry I
-could gobble a boiler-plate pie,” growled the government man.
-“This is a dog’s life.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d trade you jobs,” flashed Jack, but the other ignored
-this and began thundering out his message concerning the white
-terrors of the north.</p>
-
-<p>“Ready?” he flashed.</p>
-
-<p>“Fire away!” sparked crackingly from Jack’s key. Far above
-him, in the night, the aërials flashed and snapped.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Seneca</i>, U.S. Iceberg Patrol. Str. Montrose reports
-from 50:47 on parallel 42, sighted three bergs, two growlers,
-April 6th, moving S.W. Barometer 30. Temperature 36. Overcast.
-Wind N.W. About 18 miles per hour.</p>
-
-<p>“April 7th, 2:00 a. m., big berg, lat. 42.34, long. 48.15.
-Growler four miles north-west. Both moving south.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s all. Now I’ll get a chance to stow some grub&mdash;maybe,”
-grumpily concluded the report. Jack did not jot down these
-latter words.</p>
-
-<p>As he made his way forward with his report, the young
-wireless man noticed that the fog was beginning to rise from
-the sea in long, wavering wreaths. They looked ghostlike under
-the stars. In the light breeze they danced a sort of witches’
-dance. It looked as if the sea was a boiling expanse with
-whirling banners of steam rising from it. Even as Jack hurried
-forward he saw that the banners were closing in to form a solid
-web of mist.</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Cambodian</i> was ploughing steadily forward. From
-her single big funnel, black with a broad white band, inky
-smoke was pouring out a volume that showed there was to be no
-niggardly saving of coal on the present voyage. In fact, before
-sailing, Jack had heard that she represented a new type of fast
-freighter, and that her maiden voyage would be utilized as an
-opportunity of trying her out thoroughly.</p>
-
-<p>Above the young operator hung the spiderweb strands of the
-antenne. Practiced operator as he was, Jack had never quite
-lost his wonder at the often recurring thought that from those
-slender copper cables, seemingly inert, he could, by the
-pressure and release of a key, send out a message, in time of
-danger, that would bring a score of ships hastening to the
-stricken one. It was characteristic of the boy that close
-acquaintance with the wireless had not in the least dimmed his
-enthusiasm and reverence for its marvels.</p>
-
-<p>On the bridge were three figures, shrouded in heavy coats.
-They were the captain, chief officer, and second officer. From
-one end of the bridge a seaman was constantly casting overboard
-a canvas bucket attached to a rope and hauling it in board
-again. Each time he brought the bucket to the group of
-officers, one of whom thrust a thermometer into it and then
-read off the temperature of the water.</p>
-
-<p>“Dropped ten degrees, by Neptune!” Captain Briggs exclaimed
-thickly as Jack came up. He had just finished scrutinizing the
-thermometer under the light of a hooded lantern.</p>
-
-<p>“Ten degrees, sir!” cried Mr. Mulliner, the first
-officer.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what. We ought to smell ice before long,” was the
-reply, with a loud, hilarious laugh.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chIII'>CHAPTER III: A NARROW ESCAPE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“It’s too bad. The captain has certainly been drinking,”
-mused Jack to himself as he stood at attention and presented
-the dispatch he had just copied.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s this?” demanded the captain, regarding him with
-bloodshot eyes that blinked suspiciously.</p>
-
-<p>“Report from the <i>Seneca</i>, sir. Bergs in the vicinity,”
-spoke up Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Report from the <i>Seneca</i>, eh?” muttered Captain Briggs
-muzzily. “Well I know as well as they do there are bergs ahead.
-Let’s see what it’s all about.”</p>
-
-<p>He took the message and scanned it under the light of the
-lantern by which he had been taking thermometer readings. His
-hand shook and he called first officer Mulliner to read the
-message to him. Mulliner repeated it in a grave voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Hadn’t we better slow down, sir?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Slow down? What for?” blustered the flushed captain.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, sir, the temperature of the water and then this
-dispatch all go to show that we are nearing ice-fields, maybe
-growlers and bergs. We are making fully eighteen knots now
-and&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll continue to do so,” exclaimed the captain. “I’ve
-sailed these seas for a good many more years than you’ve been
-on earth, Mr. Mulliner.”</p>
-
-<p>“That may all be, sir,” rejoined the young officer
-anxiously, “but at this speed&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“At this speed we’ll head ’em off according to my
-calculations,” declared the captain. “If we slowed down we’d
-land in the middle of ’em. If we keep full speed ahead, we’ll
-pass to the south of ’em.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you mean to race them, sir?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what. If that’s what you want to call it. Now get to
-your duty, Mr. Mulliner,” added the captain in sharp tones, as
-if he felt he had been too lenient even to argue with his
-subordinate. Mr. Mulliner, muttering something about
-“suicidal,” turned away.</p>
-
-<p>“Any orders, sir?” asked Jack, when he was alone with the
-captain.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Briggs shook his head. He was a seaman of the old
-school and did not place much faith in wireless.</p>
-
-<p>“Just stick at your instruments,” he said, “but if there’s
-bergs about the look-out, bet my nose ull pick ’em up ahead of
-any fool wireless contraption.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack made his way aft, burning with indignation. Here was a
-fine, new ship, being driven at top speed toward the greatest
-peril a seaman can encounter, at the whim of a man who had been
-drinking. But there was nothing to be done, as Jack
-reflected with a sense of speechless anger. Aboard ship the
-captain, no matter how insane his orders may appear, is
-absolute czar of the situation. His word is law. He can hang or
-imprison, for mutiny, anyone who dares to question his
-orders.</p>
-
-<p>The young wireless operator paused, before he reentered his
-snug cabin with its shining instruments, to lean over the rail
-and gaze out into the night. The mist had thickened now. It
-struck at his face like clammy fingers. The night was quite
-silent but for the vague hum of the engines far below him, and
-the hiss and roar of the sea as the hulk of the
-<i>Cambodian</i> was driven through it.</p>
-
-<p>Ahead it was almost impossible to see anything but a dense,
-black pall that might hide anything. Dimly through the mist
-curtains, Jack could make out the figure of the look-out in the
-crow’s nest. Occasionally he could catch his hoarse shout of
-“All’s well” and an answer, booming through the smother, from
-the bridge.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly the whistle began sounding. At regular half minute
-intervals it shrieked hoarsely.</p>
-
-<p>Jack knew what they were doing. If bergs were in the
-vicinity, in the intervals of silence between blasts, an echo
-would be flung back.</p>
-
-<p>“Pshaw, that’s a haphazard way of detecting bergs at best,”
-muttered Jack to himself.</p>
-
-<p>But he found himself listening with strained ears to catch
-the slightest sound of an echo after each clamorous yammer of
-the big siren. He fell to musing of the night on the
-<i>Ajax</i> when the big berg had loomed up before them.</p>
-
-<p>Details of that night were told in the first volume of the
-Ocean Wireless Series, which was called “The Ocean Wireless
-Boys on the Atlantic.” This volume introduced Jack, his strange
-dwelling place, and his odd relative, Cap’n Toby Ready, to our
-readers. We found Jack, pretty well disheartened in his
-ambition to become a wireless operator, on his way home among
-the shipping to the queer old derelict craft where he lived
-with his uncle Toby, the latter a purveyor of vegetable drugs
-and medicine, to old and superannuated skippers.</p>
-
-<p>Seeing a crowd on a dock, Jack went to find out what was the
-matter. He soon discovered that the young daughter of Jacob
-Jukes, the millionaire head of the great shipping combine, had
-strayed from her father, who was visiting a great “oil-tanker”
-moored there, and had tumbled overboard.</p>
-
-<p>Jack leaped from the dock, while the others stood paralyzed
-with helplessness, and saved the child in the nick of time.
-This won him Mr. Jukes’ extravagant gratitude. He wanted to
-give Jack money. But all Jack wanted was a job as wireless
-operator on the big “oil-tanker,” the <i>Ajax</i>. He got it.
-Mr. Jukes would have given him the ship had he asked for it.
-But the millionaire was autocratic. After Jack’s first voyage
-he wanted the lad to give up the sea and, at a big salary,
-become the friend and companion of the millionaire’s son, Tom,
-a sickly lad. This by no means suited Jack and he and the
-millionaire quarreled.</p>
-
-<p>But Jack forged steadily ahead in his chosen profession. On
-his first voyage, by a clever wireless trick, he brought
-confusion on a gang of tobacco smugglers and set all their
-plans at naught. For this brave act he almost paid with his
-life. But all came out well, and on a homeward voyage from
-Antwerp he was able, once more with the aid of the wireless, to
-unite Mr. Jukes and his son, Tom, who had become separated when
-the millionaire’s yacht caught fire and burned to the
-water-line at sea.</p>
-
-<p>In the next volume, which was called “The Ocean Wireless
-Boys and the Lost Liner,” Jack found himself the natty chief
-wireless man of the crack West Indian liner, <i>Tropic
-Queen</i>, one of the finest passenger craft plying those
-waters.</p>
-
-<p>Jack and his assistant, a youth named Sam Smalley,
-found themselves involved in an intrigue almost at
-once. A mysterious wireless code and a plot to steal papers
-involving the Panama Canal formed its chief features.</p>
-
-<p>In trying to fight the ring of rascals, against whom he
-found himself pitted, Jack was drugged in the Island of Jamaica
-and cast into an inaccessible dungeon&mdash;part of an old Spanish
-castle called The Lion’s Mouth. By wonderful ingenuity and
-pluck he escaped from the fate planned for him.</p>
-
-<p>Later a safe was blown open on the <i>Tropic Queen</i> and
-the Panama papers were stolen.</p>
-
-<p>But Jack’s quick work at the wireless key soon summoned
-Uncle Sam’s speediest battleships and cruisers to an ocean wide
-search for the yacht, on board which was the gang that had
-stolen the papers. They were recovered eventually by Jack and
-handed over to the rightful owner. But not long after the
-Tropic Queen was caught in a hurricane and cast on an
-island.</p>
-
-<p>All seemed lost, for a huge tidal wave overwhelmed the wreck
-to which Jack and Sam had swum out, leaving the others ashore.
-But eventually the two boys reached land and rejoined the other
-castaways. The message that Jack had sent out before the
-convulsion of nature ended, the lost liner had reached other
-crafts, however, and all were rescued safely. Jack and Sam each
-received substantial rewards for their services.</p>
-
-<p>Jack was turning out of the night to reënter his cabin when
-Raynor came along. He was going on watch again.</p>
-
-<p>“What news?” he asked, as he paused near Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing much, except that there is ice ahead.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bergs?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and growlers too, and field ice maybe. The
-<i>Seneca</i> reports it.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor looked about him in a puzzled way.</p>
-
-<p>“But we haven’t slowed down,” he said at length.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s just it. Captain Briggs is a drinking man. He is
-drinking to-night and reckless. He means to keep right on this
-way.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, that’s madness. At any minute&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s just what Mr. Mulliner says. But what are we going
-to do? You know as well as I do that the skipper’s word is law
-at sea.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor perched himself on the rail, balancing there high
-above the water, a favorite position with him.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish you’d brace your legs when you do that,” remarked
-Jack. “If there was a sudden lurch or anything you’d go right
-overboard, and nothing could save you. I’ve spoken to you a
-dozen times about it and&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“I know you have, you croaking old land-lubber,” laughed
-Raynor, “it’s alright. As for danger, if you could see me lying
-in the crank-pit, with the big steel throws smashing round
-within half an inch of my nose I guess you’d be worried
-then.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I wouldn’t, because that’s your business and you know
-what you’re doing,” responded Jack, “but balancing like that’s
-just pure foolhardiness.”</p>
-
-<p>“So there’s ice ahead?” said Raynor, ignoring Jack’s
-protest.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the report. They’re testing the temperature of the
-water on the bridge. It’s falling all the time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what does that amiable maniac Briggs think he’s going
-to do, knock a berg out of his way if he hits it?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; he figures in his muddled brain that by keeping up full
-speed he can pass to the south of the path of the bergs. In
-other words, he’s racing them.”</p>
-
-<p>“And if he loses the race there’ll be a most almighty
-smash-up.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s it. I&mdash;&mdash;&nbsp;What in the name of time is that?”</p>
-
-<p>Jack broke off in an alarmed voice. Hoarsely, through the
-night, had come the frightened cry of the man in the crow’s
-nest.</p>
-
-<p>“For the Lord’s sake back her!”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s up?” was shouted from the bridge.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s ice. Ice dead ahead! To the port to starboard!”</p>
-
-<p>With startled eyes and drumming pulses Jack stared
-forward.</p>
-
-<p>Ghostlike, gigantic and looming white in the darkness a
-monolithic tower overhung, as it seemed, the <i>Cambodian’s</i>
-bow.</p>
-
-<p>“Full speed astern!” came the voice of Mulliner, shrill with
-alarm, and then the hoarse shout of Captain Briggs.</p>
-
-<p>“No, confound you. Ahead! D’ye hear me&mdash;ahead!”</p>
-
-<p>And then came a shout to the wheelman.</p>
-
-<p>“Hard over! Hard over for your life!”</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Cambodian</i>, at unreduced speed, swung off her
-course. A shivering shock ran through her steel frame as she
-grazed the giant berg and then&mdash;swung off, hardly scratched.
-Jack felt a quick bound of his heart. In spite of his
-dissipation, Captain Briggs had shown he knew how to handle the
-emergency. That quick order of full speed ahead, and the swift
-shifting of the wheel had enabled the <i>Cambodian</i> to save
-her life.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Raynor, old man!” cried the boy enthusiastically,
-while the shouldering form of the berg grew dim, a passed
-menace, and the raucous shouts of the crew rose up to him, “say
-Raynor, I’ll take back what I said about Captain Briggs. I&mdash;&mdash;why
-don’t you answer?”</p>
-
-<p>Jack turned swiftly. Then he stiffened with alarm. The place
-where his chum had been perched upon the rail was vacant.
-Raynor was gone. For a brief instant Jack was silent from the
-shock. Then his voice rang out in tones of vibrant fear.</p>
-
-<p>“Man overboard!” he cried, running forward stumblingly, “man
-overboard!”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chIV'>CHAPTER IV: MAN OVERBOARD!</h2>
-
-
-<p>Simultaneously with the shivering shock of the impact with
-the iceberg, Billy Raynor felt himself lose his balance.</p>
-
-<p>He grasped frantically at the air as he fell backward. But
-the next moment, too alarmed to cry out, he was himself
-tumbling through space. Then came the sharp shock and the icy
-sensation of his immersion as he struck the water.</p>
-
-<p>He came to the surface, his lungs full of brine and his ears
-roaring as if an express train had been rushing past them. He
-gasped for breath and spat the salt water out. Far above him he
-saw for a flash the black, high hull of the <i>Cambodian</i>.
-He saw her lights. For a brief instant he could hear
-shouts.</p>
-
-<p>And then the ship had passed by. An instant later she had
-vanished from the castaway lad’s sight.</p>
-
-<p>“Help!” yelled Raynor, finding his voice at last. He sent
-the cry echoing and volleying across the dark water again and
-again. But there was no response.</p>
-
-<p>A chill of deadly fear, not altogether born of the icy
-water, struck in at his heart. He was alone on the Atlantic.
-Nothing but his own efforts would keep him above the water very
-long. And weighted as he was by his water-soaked clothes, he
-felt his strength ebbing every moment.</p>
-
-<p>“Great heavens,” he moaned to himself, “is this to be the
-end? Am I doomed to end my life here in the ocean with nobody
-to know of my fate?”</p>
-
-<p>He cast his eyes upward. Then he almost gave a shout of
-relief. Towering above him was a mighty white wall.</p>
-
-<p>It was the iceberg to which he owed his predicament.</p>
-
-<p>It has been said that drowning men will clutch at straws.
-This may, or may not, be true, but certain it is that to Billy
-Raynor, almost exhausted by his long fight in the chilly water,
-the iceberg appeared a haven of refuge. Like most of such huge
-ice structures it was very irregular in shape.</p>
-
-<p>Near him was a spot at which a narrow shelf stretched out
-close to the water’s edge. Raynor struck out for it and drew
-himself upon the ledge of ice. Then, for a time, he lay there
-supine, too weak to even move.</p>
-
-<p>He was fearfully cold. His teeth chattered and he felt as if
-his flesh must be blue. But at least he had saved his life for
-the time being. He knew that ten minutes more in the water
-would have finished him. Raynor sat up and took stock of the
-situation.</p>
-
-<p>He was afloat on an iceberg, a precarious enough situation
-surely. His momentary feeling of exultation at having found a
-safe refuge began to fade. He felt a wave of fear pass over
-him. He shouted with all his might, cupping his hands and
-casting his voice in the direction he thought the
-<i>Cambodian</i> had vanished. But had he known it he was
-sending his appeals in altogether the wrong quarter, for the
-iceberg was slowly revolving as it lumbered its way south.</p>
-
-<p>“This won’t do. I mustn’t give way,” thought the lad,
-pluckily striving to overcome his depressing fears.</p>
-
-<p>He felt in his pockets. The tin box in which he was carrying
-down his midnight lunch for consumption in the
-<i>Cambodian’s</i> engine room was still there.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s lucky,” thought Raynor, and was still more pleased
-when he found that its contents, sandwiches and a piece of pie,
-were not much damaged by water. He began to eat ravenously, in
-the meantime turning his dilemma over and over in his mind.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m in the steamer track anyhow,” he thought. “I’m bound to
-be sighted and picked up before long, even if the
-<i>Cambodian</i> isn’t standing by and waiting for
-morning.”</p>
-
-<p>But then came the disquieting thought that the iceberg was
-drifting. He had no means of knowing how fast. But by daylight
-it might be far south of the steamer track, which is as well
-marked as any land road, and rarely deviated from by any
-vessels except sailing craft.</p>
-
-<p>“And just think how little things can grow into big ones,”
-mused the lad, as he munched his scanty store. “Jack told me
-not to balance on the rail. If I’d taken his advice instead of
-laughing at it I wouldn’t be here. I’d be on board the
-<i>Cambodian</i>. Jove though&mdash;” he broke off suddenly, as a new
-thought struck him,&mdash;“maybe the <i>Cambodian</i> was badly
-ripped by the collision. She may have sunk&mdash;and Jack&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>He buried his face in his hands, too much unnerved by all
-that he had gone through to think any longer. By degrees he
-regained possession of his faculties, however. He fell once
-more to revolving his plight. He need not fear death from
-thirst for he had his knife and could chip off fragments of ice
-and let them melt in his mouth when he felt so inclined. Food,
-though, was another consideration. He resolutely set aside two
-sandwiches and half his wedge of pie for emergencies.</p>
-
-<p>It was still dark and misty and he could see little but the
-blackly heaving water at his feet and the towering white walls
-of the berg above him. Suddenly, however, he became aware of a
-sound, a strange sound to hear in his present position.</p>
-
-<p>It was the sound of a footfall, furtive and cautious!</p>
-
-<p>The blood flew poundingly to the boy’s pulses. He sprang
-erect, knife in hand. What he might be called upon to face he
-did not know.</p>
-
-<p>But he knew he was not alone on the iceberg.</p>
-
-<p>His heart beat thick and hot and then seemed to stop.
-Advancing onward, from round a shoulder of ice which reached
-down to the shelf on which he had found refuge, was a tall
-white form.</p>
-
-<p>It resembled nothing that the boy had ever seen. As if in a
-nightmare he stood there fixed as a graven image, staring at it
-with starting eyes as it slowly approached him.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chV'>CHAPTER V: IMPRISONED.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Captain Briggs looked blankly at Jack as the frightened boy
-came forward by leaps and bounds to the bridge, shouting “Man
-overboard,” a cry which was speedily taken up and echoed from
-end to end of the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“Whasser marrer?” demanded the captain, seizing the excited
-boy’s shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>Jack pointed back into the obscurity. His voice was choked
-with emotion.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s Raynor,&mdash;Billy Raynor, second assistant engineer, sir.
-He fell overboard when we bumped that berg.”</p>
-
-<p>“He did, eh?” repeated the captain thickly, staring stupidly
-at Jack. “Well, he’s in Davy Jones locker by this time, you may
-depend upon that.”</p>
-
-<p>For a moment Jack stood stupefied. Then he broke out
-angrily, utterly forgetting all discipline.</p>
-
-<p>“Aren’t you lowering a boat? Why don’t you order one away?
-Raynor’s drowning back there.”</p>
-
-<p>“Look here, my lad, you’re excited,” said the captain in
-more collected, sober tones, “I’m not going to lay my ship to
-among these icebergs on the chance,&mdash;it’s one in ten
-thousand,&mdash;of saving him. A boat couldn’t live among that field
-ice. It would be crushed in a jiffy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you’re going to hold on your course without an effort
-to save him&mdash;? You’re going to abandon him like a coward?”
-shouted Jack, beside himself.</p>
-
-<p>“Nuzzing to be done,” mumbled the captain, relapsing again,
-“on your course, Mr. Mulliner.”</p>
-
-<p>But Jack was too far enraged to stand this. He sprang
-forward and grasped the first officer’s sleeve.</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Mulliner, sir, you won’t see this cowardly thing done?
-You won’t leave that poor lad back there without a chance for
-his life?”</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t help it, my boy, captain’s orders, sorry,” and the
-officer stepped into the wheelhouse to give the steersman his
-orders.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s murder,” shouted Jack, “I’ll see that you suffer for
-it, Captain Briggs. It’s a black crime, it’s the work of a
-coward, it’s&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>A heavy hand fell on his shoulder. It was Captain Briggs.
-His face was aflame with indignation.</p>
-
-<p>“Wadderyer mean, you young jackanapes,” he roared, beside
-himself with anger and the potations he had drunk, “Jenks,
-Andrews!”</p>
-
-<p>The seamen who had been heaving the bucket stepped up. They
-stood waiting.</p>
-
-<p>“Bind this young turkey cock hand and foot and lock him in
-his cabin,” thundered Captain Briggs, “he’s guilty of mutiny on
-the high seas, by Neptune. To-morrow I’ll see if there’s not a
-pair of irons on board that will fit him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you mean that I am under arrest, captain?” stammered
-Jack, completely taken aback.</p>
-
-<p>“I do, yes, sir, and it may go hard with you if I don’t
-change my mind,” yelled the captain furiously. “Take him away,
-you men, and I’ll hold you responsible for him.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack saw red for a minute. He made a leap for the captain
-but the two sailors caught him.</p>
-
-<p>“Easy there, young feller, easy,” one of them whispered,
-“we’ve no more use for him than you have, but going on this way
-ain’t goin’ ter get yer anything. Better come quietly.”</p>
-
-<p>With a sigh that was half a sob Jack submitted to be bound
-and then half carried, half dragged, to his cabin. He heard the
-key turned in the lock. He was a prisoner. A wild idea crossed
-his mind of flashing out by wireless an account of his plight
-and the captain’s drunkenness.</p>
-
-<p>The next instant it dawned upon him that he was powerless.
-He was a prisoner, bound hand and foot like a criminal. And
-where was Raynor? Dead, beyond the possibility of a doubt. He
-could not have lived more than a few moments in that icy sea.
-Jack groaned aloud in anguish as he strained and writhed at his
-bonds. His plight was quite forgotten in his anxiety over
-Raynor’s fate.</p>
-
-<p>“Hist!”</p>
-
-<p>The sibilant sound of a man’s voice demanding attention
-broke in on Jack’s sad reverie at this juncture. It came from a
-circular grating, made for ventilation in the door of the
-cabin. Jack looked up and saw the face of one of the seamen
-looking in at him. The hard lines of the mariner’s countenance
-were illumined by the electric light within the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what’s the matter?” demanded Jack, rather
-petulantly.</p>
-
-<p>The man, it was the one who had been addressed as Andrews by
-Captain Briggs, began speaking rapidly and cautiously.</p>
-
-<p>“This here Captain Briggs,” he began, “we don’t like him no
-more than you do. I’ve sailed with him before. There’s a plot
-on foot to&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>The heavy footsteps of an officer approaching caused the
-face to vanish and the voice to cease. Outside, Jack recognized
-Mr. Mulliner’s voice giving an order.</p>
-
-<p>“Andrews, you can get forward, you too, Jenks. There’s no
-need to stand on guard here. Give me the key.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack listened and heard the men clump off in one direction.
-Then he heard the sound of Mr. Mulliner’s footsteps die out. He
-was left to his own reflections once more. His mind dwelt on
-the mysterious hint dropped by Andrews.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a plot on foot&mdash;&mdash;” the man had said.</p>
-
-<p>Jack wondered to himself if there was a mutiny brooding on
-board the <i>Cambodian</i>. There had been a seaman’s strike in
-New York when she sailed, and the crew was made up of all sorts
-of water-front riff-raff. Some of them were desperate-looking
-characters.</p>
-
-<p>The young captive struggled with his ropes as these thoughts
-ran through his mind, But the knots had been tied by seamen,
-and try as he would he could not loosen them. The bonds began
-to impede his circulation and grow painful in the extreme.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I suppose I’ll have to reconcile myself to my fate
-till morning,” said Jack to himself resignedly. “Something
-tells me that this voyage is going to turn out to be not quite
-so tame as I thought. From what that fellow Andrews said,
-mutiny is afoot among the crew, and we are not yet forty-eight
-hours out of port.”</p>
-
-<p>His reflections were startlingly interrupted.</p>
-
-<p>The sharp crack of a revolver split the night from somewhere
-forward. Then came hoarse shouts and the sound of trampling
-feet.</p>
-
-<p>“The trouble has started already!” exclaimed Jack, rising in
-his bunk despite the cruel pain the sudden movement gave his
-bound limbs.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chVI'>CHAPTER VI: MAROONED ON AN ICEBERG.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“Am I going crazy?”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor, marooned on the drifting berg, passed a hand across
-his eyes. The white form that had menaced him with he knew not
-what peril a minute before had vanished as suddenly as it had
-appeared. Badly overwrought, the lad stood staring at the place
-where he had seen it.</p>
-
-<p>“This won’t do,” he said to himself, “I mustn’t lose my
-nerve and get to seeing things.”</p>
-
-<p>With an effort he braced up his faculties. With infinite
-patience he waited for daylight. At last, after what seemed
-years, the east began to flush with the dawn. Soon a gray light
-was diffused over the sea, the fog had lifted and the horizon
-could be seen in every quarter.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor gave a groan, despite his determination not to give
-way, as he gazed about him. The sea was empty. The berg,
-surrounded by a small belt of floating ice, was the only object
-on the surface of the waters. Not even a streak of smoke on the
-sky showed the vicinity of steamers.</p>
-
-<p>“I must have drifted right off the ocean track in the
-night,” muttered Raynor. “It’s a million chances to one now if
-I ever get picked up.”</p>
-
-<p>The thought overwhelmed even his sturdy determination to
-bear up. He sank down on the berg utterly unnerved. How long he
-sat there with his head between his hands in an attitude of
-abject despair he did not know.</p>
-
-<p>But he was aroused by a sound of snuffling not far from him.
-He looked up and gave a shout of terror as he did so.</p>
-
-<p>Eyeing him from a slight acclivity of the berg not a hundred
-feet away, was an immense polar bear!</p>
-
-<p>Like a flash he realized that this was the mysterious
-visitant of the night, the other occupant of the drifting berg.
-The creature, as is not uncommonly the case, must have been
-trapped on the berg when it broke loose from the ice fields of
-the north.</p>
-
-<p>The bear stood perfectly still except for a wagging motion
-of its long, narrow, almost snake-like, head. Had the
-circumstances been different Raynor could have found it in his
-mind to admire the snow white king of the polar regions. But
-now his emotions were very different. The bear was no doubt
-famished, and he was unarmed, except for his knife, which would
-not be much more use than a darning needle against such an
-antagonist.</p>
-
-<p>Cold as it was the sweat broke out on the lad’s brow as he
-realized his position. He stood immovable, staring at the white
-bear. The great creature, too, appeared to be pondering its
-next move. Behind Raynor the berg rose to its summit in a
-series of ledges. Anxious to place as great a distance as
-possible between himself and the wild beast, the young engineer
-began to climb upward.</p>
-
-<p>The bear did not follow till he had clambered some distance
-up the icy walls.</p>
-
-<p>Then it extended its long neck, and opening its mouth
-emitted an appalling roar. Raynor’s blood ran cold as he saw it
-shuffle deliberately from the ledge where it had been eyeing
-him and begin to climb up after him.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve not a chance on earth,” he groaned.</p>
-
-<p>He looked down at the white monster as it clumsily clambered
-up toward him. Its movements were quite deliberate, as though
-the creature knew that the lad could not escape by any
-possibility. Saliva dribbled from its red fangs as it mounted
-steadily and Raynor could glimpse its sharp white teeth.</p>
-
-<p>He felt his scalp tighten with fear and kept back a shout of
-terror only by a supreme effort of will power. The distance
-that had at first separated the lad and his savage foe was now
-diminished from feet to inches. In a few seconds more they
-would be face to face and then&mdash;&mdash;?</p>
-
-<div class='i002'>
- <img src='images/illus-002.jpg' alt='image' style='width:100%'>
- <p class='caption'>
- Raymond could almost feel its hot breath.
- </p>
-</div>
-
-<p>In a frenzy of alarm Raynor seized his tin lunch box from
-his pocket and hurled it with all his force in the face of the
-bear. One of the sharp corners struck it fairly on the nose and
-brought the blood. But it did not stop the creature’s
-progress.</p>
-
-<p>On the contrary, it enraged it. Shaking its head from the
-pain, the bear emitted a thunderous roar of rage and scrambled
-up faster than ever. The scrape of its claws, like steel
-chisels, against the ice, was horribly suggestive. Raynor could
-almost feel its hot breath, when something entirely unexpected
-happened.</p>
-
-<p>A sudden shift to get further away from the bear resulted in
-the lad losing his footing on the steep and slippery surface of
-the berg.</p>
-
-<p>Like a stone from a sling he shot down the glassy side with
-the speed of the wind. Ahead of him was green water but he was
-powerless to check himself.</p>
-
-<p>Splash! The lad slid into the water, which closed over him
-in a flash. But in a second he was on the surface again and
-striking out. Not far from him was a large floe, one of the
-numerous ones that belted the big berg. With some difficulty he
-clambered upon this. He had hardly gained its surface when a
-roar made him look round. The polar bear was not going to be
-cheated of its prey in that way.</p>
-
-<p>To his horror, Raynor saw the hunger-maddened creature
-leaping toward him across the ice floes. In a few minutes it
-would be upon him. Those cruel jaws would be crushing and
-tearing his flesh. The lad turned sick and faint and reeled as
-if about to fall. But he was brought sharply back to his
-senses.</p>
-
-<p>Bang!</p>
-
-<p>A rifle cracked and the bear, in a pool of crimson, sank on
-the floe it was about to leap from. The next instant the
-phenomenon was explained. Not far off lay a handsome,
-yacht-like looking schooner with her sails aback.</p>
-
-<p>The rifle shot that had saved Raynor’s life had been fired
-from her deck. He could see the marksman, a tall, bearded
-fellow, lowering his rifle on which the light glinted.</p>
-
-<p>Then Raynor saw a boat being lowered from the stern davits.
-Four oarsmen made the light craft fairly skim over the waves
-toward him. In the stern sheets of the boat the man who had
-fired the lucky shot stood up handling the tiller. The light
-gleamed in his great bronze beard and made it shine like
-copper. His huge build and his attitude at the helm made him
-look like a Viking of old.</p>
-
-<p>But of all this Raynor, for the time being, had only a hazy
-impression. Vague lights swam and danced before his eyes in a
-mad merry-go-round and a sound like the roar of a thousand
-waterfalls drilled in his ears. Then everything went out in a
-great wave of darkness.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chVII'>CHAPTER VII: JACK SAVES THE CAPTAIN.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“Well, young man, I guess you won’t be sorry to get those
-ropes off.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack looked up from the uneasy slumber into which he had
-fallen to find Chief Officer Mulliner looking down rather
-quizzically at him. His ankles and wrists felt as if they had
-been seared by hot irons. With the tide of his returning memory
-he recalled dropping off to sleep soon after the mysterious
-shot had been fired. And now here was Mulliner, knife in hand,
-and looking quite amiable, ready to set him free.</p>
-
-<p>“You can cut the ropes as soon as you like Mr. Mulliner,” he
-said with alacrity, “but what has happened?”</p>
-
-<p>“The captain has come to his senses again,” was the
-rejoinder in a rather uneasy tone, as Mr. Mulliner cut at the
-ropes, keeping at the work till Jack was free.</p>
-
-<p>“I thought&mdash;that is I am sure I heard a shot in the night,”
-pursued Jack.</p>
-
-<p>The officer’s reticence increased.</p>
-
-<p>“That was nothing,” he said. “I wouldn’t be too curious.
-Just be glad that the captain has ordered you set at
-liberty.”</p>
-
-<p>“He had no right to ever order me confined,” cried Jack
-hotly.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s as it may be. On the high seas whatever he says
-goes. However, my advice is to keep quiet about this incident.
-I’m sure the skipper will.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll not keep quiet about it,” protested Jack vigorously,
-“it was an outrage. I shall report it to the owners.”</p>
-
-<p>“If you do you’ll only get a reputation as a trouble-maker,
-and that is a bad thing for a young man to have,” was the
-reply. “Captain Briggs is not regularly employed by the Jukes’
-concern, and he would care little about anything you might say.
-He was just picked up, as you may say, to run the
-<i>Cambodian</i> to Rotterdam and back till one of their own
-captains gets off the sick list.”</p>
-
-<p>This put things in a new light. Jack thought deeply as he
-sat on the edge of his bunk chafing his burning wrists to
-restore circulation. After delivering his advice, Mr. Mulliner
-had taken his departure.</p>
-
-<p>“This is surely a strange ship and a strange voyage,”
-thought the boy, “and I’ve got a notion that the end isn’t yet,
-by a long way. There’s some mystery about that shot in the
-night too. I mean to find out what it was. Anyhow, I’m at
-liberty again and I suppose that, as Mulliner said, my best
-plan is not to cross the captain more than I can help, and wait
-my opportunity to get back at him for all he has made me
-suffer.”</p>
-
-<p>Then came the thought of Raynor. Jack, although he was
-famished for food, sat down at the wireless key and sent out
-broadcast inquiries. But although he talked to a dozen ships,
-passenger vessels and freighters like the <i>Cambodian</i>,
-none reported picking up a castaway. It was with a heavy heart
-indeed that Jack turned away from his instruments.</p>
-
-<p>His appetite was gone, but he told himself that he must eat.
-He made his way below. Breakfast was over but the German
-steward made him some hot coffee and got some rolls. While Jack
-ate, the man, who was a garrulous fellow, talked.</p>
-
-<p>“Dot vos fine diddings vot vee haf py der nightdt ain’d
-idt?” he began.</p>
-
-<p>“How do you mean?” asked Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Vot, you ain’t heard alretty. Vale der captain’s be py his
-bunk mit a bullet in his shoulder. He haf fights midt der man
-vot vos in der grows nest. Der captain say he haf him pudt in
-irons for not sighding der iceberg more quivicker. Der man get
-madt undt der captain try to shoodt him. In der struggle der
-pisdol goes off and hits der captain. Der man is a prisoner. He
-goes by chail ven ve gedt to Rotterdam.”</p>
-
-<p>“How do the crew take it?” asked Jack, recollecting what the
-man Andrews had said in the night.</p>
-
-<p>“Dey is very quiedt.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nobody saying anything?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nodt a vurd. Budt dey visper among demselves. Dot badt
-sign. Vunce pefore I vos on a ship vere der crew visper. Dere
-vos murder done pefore vee made port.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, well, there’s nothing like that here,” said Jack with a
-breezy confidence he was far from feeling. “It’s true our crew
-is a mixed lot, but I don’t think there’ll be any serious
-trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>He returned to the wireless room and spent the rest of the
-forenoon talking to various ships. The ice-patrol reports
-showed that the bergs had been left behind. The young operator
-carried his reports to Mr. Mulliner. Captain Briggs did not
-appear on the bridge till the next day. Then he carried his arm
-in a sling. From his friend, the steward, Jack learned that the
-wound was only a flesh one, the bullet having passed right
-through without lodging.</p>
-
-<p>The remainder of the voyage to Rotterdam was without
-incident. The crew went about their tasks dutifully but without
-a word. A sullen silence was over them. Jack felt that, despite
-the apparent air of peace, a volcano was smoldering under their
-feet that was ready to break at any moment. He was glad when
-they tied up at Rotterdam and he was free for a run ashore. But
-the sight of the country saddened him. It reminded him of the
-time he and Raynor had spent such a happy time sight-seeing
-when on his first voyage the <i>Ajax</i> had docked at
-Antwerp.</p>
-
-<p>Where was Raynor now? Curiously enough Jack could not bring
-himself to the belief that his shipmate and chum was dead. But
-he thought of him almost constantly. He bought lots of
-postcards and mailed them home and received some mail, too.
-Among the latter, which had come by fast mail steamer and
-reached port three days ahead of the <i>Cambodian</i>, was a
-letter from Uncle Toby that puzzled Jack considerably.</p>
-
-<p>“Deer buoy”&mdash;it read,&mdash;“here’s hopping yew will sune be hoam.
-Strainge things have been hapning. Capun Walters has gone to
-glory but&mdash;lef me die-and-gram and much infumachun erbout sum
-berried trezer. Leastwayz itz not berried but hidun. If I kan
-find it we will be rich, so hurry back, your affeckshonite
-unkil Toby.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now, what wonderful scheme is this?” said Jack to himself,
-with a half smile, and speedily forgot the matter, for Uncle
-Toby was prolific of fortune making plans and usually had a
-fresh one to broach to Jack after every voyage. Jack would have
-liked to go to Antwerp to visit the good friends that he and
-Raynor had made there as a sequel to a surprising night
-adventure, the details of which were related in the first
-volume of this series. But he felt that he could not face them
-with the story of the young engineer’s loss; for even Jack was
-beginning to lose hope by this time.</p>
-
-<p>There was little to do while the ship was in port, and Jack
-devoted a good deal of time to putting the finishing touches on
-his portable wireless set. Captain Briggs was ashore most of
-the time, coming back to the ship usually late at night and
-walking none too steadily. His wound had long since healed and
-the man who had inflicted it had been tried. But owing to some
-peculiarity of foreign law, he was acquitted. Jack was not
-sorry when he heard this, for he had come to regard the captain
-as a coarse, brutal bully, whose excesses only made him the
-more truculent. As to Jack’s imprisonment, it had not been
-referred to by the captain and Jack felt inclined to take the
-chief officer’s advice when his wrath cooled and let “sleeping
-dogs lie.”</p>
-
-<p>Thus matters stood one evening when Jack, who had been into
-the town to a moving picture show, was making his way back to
-the ship. The docks were dark, forbidding places at night. Here
-and there a sputtering arc light hung from a gloomy warehouse.
-But these lights only made little islands of light, outside
-which the shadows lay blacker and thicker than ever.</p>
-
-<p>Brawls were of frequent occurrence among the foreign
-sailors, and altogether the place bore a bad reputation. As
-Jack came out of a narrow alley between two warehouses he
-became aware of a figure skulking along ahead of him.</p>
-
-<p>There was something indescribably furtive and suspicious in
-the way in which this man crept along, hugging the wall and
-gazing straight ahead of him. A filtering ray of light struck
-his head for an instant and Jack saw that in the man’s ears
-were earrings such as Spanish sailors wear.</p>
-
-<p>The next instant he saw another figure still further in
-advance. As it passed under a light he recognized the stocky
-form and unsteady gait of Captain Briggs. At the same instant
-it flashed across him that the man with the earrings was Baden
-Alvarez, the sailor who had had the tussle with the captain in
-which the latter was shot.</p>
-
-<p>“Is he after revenge or what?” Jack wondered as he drew into
-a slight recess in the wall as Alvarez turned a corner and
-still skulked on like some wild beast stalking its prey.</p>
-
-<p>“It sure looks as if there was going to be trouble,” the boy
-said to himself. “Guess I’ll just follow along and be handy in
-case of mischief. Confound it, I wish I’d brought a gun, as
-this Alvarez is said to be an ugly customer.”</p>
-
-<p>But, after all, like most healthy American boys, Jack had no
-love for firearms. He preferred to use his fists when the
-occasion arose and he knew that at the end of each of his stout
-arms he had a formidable weapon.</p>
-
-<p>Along the dark docks the strange trio strung their way. In
-the lead Captain Briggs rolled along, sometimes bawling out
-snatches of sea songs, behind him, and creeping closer all the
-time, came Alvarez and, last of all, Jack, his every muscle and
-sense tensed for the climax that he felt must come now at
-almost any instant.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly, like a wild cat, the Spaniard darted forward. He
-flung his lithe form on the stout captain, taking him utterly
-by surprise. Jack, in the little light there was, caught the
-gleam of an upraised knife as he dashed toward the spot where
-Captain Briggs was struggling with his foe.</p>
-
-<p>“Help!” roared the captain, but the cry was choked back in
-his windpipe as the Spaniard’s long, muscular fingers closed on
-the seaman’s throat.</p>
-
-<p>“There ees no help for you,” snarled Alvarez, “for put me in
-preeson I keel you. I am Catalonian; we never for-geeve or
-forget.”</p>
-
-<p>He raised his knife high, but the next instant a violent
-blow caught him under the chin and gave him the impression he
-had been struck by a pile driver. The knife went whirling out
-of his hand and fell, with a metallic ring, on a cement string
-piece some distance away.</p>
-
-<p>“Caramba!” howled the Spaniard, holding his jaw.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Briggs still lay sprawling on the dock. He was still
-only half aware of what was going on.</p>
-
-<p>“Come, get up, captain,” said Jack, extending a hand. As he
-did so Alvarez made a rush for the young operator who had put
-his plans of revenge to rout. But again Jack was prepared for
-him. In his pocket he had a small nickel plated wrench. He held
-this like a pistol and pointed it straight at Alvarez, who had
-produced another knife.</p>
-
-<p>“Stand where you are!” exclaimed the boy, “or take the
-consequences.”</p>
-
-<p>The Spaniard stopped.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then, hands up,” ordered Jack, and then turned to the
-captain. “Captain, I see some rope over there. Will you borrow
-it and tie that rascal up while I keep him covered.”</p>
-
-<p>The captain rose to his feet blinking, but he managed to get
-through his muddled intellect what Jack wanted him to do. In
-five minutes Alvarez was tied securely.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then, quick march,” said Jack, getting behind him.</p>
-
-<p>“Where you teek me?” sputtered the Spaniard.</p>
-
-<p>“To the ship. In the morning you will be lodged in jail, I
-hope.”</p>
-
-<p>As they advanced to the ship, which lay two piers away, Jack
-explained to the captain the narrow escape he had had. The
-captain thanked him with maudlin tears, which rather disgusted
-Jack. When the ship was reached the captain reeled off to bed
-while Jack placed Alvarez forward under the guard of two
-men.</p>
-
-<p>“He’ll be all right till morning,” he said to himself, but
-when morning came, Alvarez was gone.</p>
-
-<p>The ropes that had bound him had been cut. They lay on the
-deck with cleanly severed ends.</p>
-
-<p>Jack cross-examined the two sailors, set to guard him,
-severely. Both protested vigorously they had not taken their
-eyes off him all night. But Jack, of course, knew better. He
-knew, too, that among the superstitious sailors Alvarez, on
-account of certain claims he made to being a wizard, had much
-influence. It was certain he had escaped with the connivance of
-the crew.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, good riddance of bad rubbish,” commented Jack to
-himself, little dreaming that he was destined to encounter
-Alvarez again.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chVIII'>CHAPTER VIII: ON BOARD THE “<i>POLLY ANN</i>”</h2>
-
-
-<p>When Raynor opened his eyes again he found himself lying on
-a bunk in a small cabin. Across the single port-hole which
-lighted it was a red calico curtain. Rough beams crossed the
-ceiling, from which swung a ship’s lantern, unlighted, of
-course, at that time of day.</p>
-
-<p>He was on board a ship and a ship that was under way, for he
-could feel the rise and heave of her hull as she took the seas.
-With keen curiosity, he sat up. The furniture enumerated was
-all that he could see in the cabin. There was not even a strip
-of carpet on the floor, which was of well scrubbed
-planking.</p>
-
-<p>He looked out of the port. All about him were tumbling green
-waves through which the schooner,&mdash;for he had long since guessed
-he was on board the craft that rescued him,&mdash;was driving
-smartly. He felt slightly dizzy and sat down on the bunk for an
-instant before he rose to open the door and find his rescuers
-and thank them. When he did so he experienced a shock.</p>
-
-<p>The door was locked!</p>
-
-<p>The briefest of investigations proved that it was locked
-from the outside, showing that he had been deliberately shut
-in, though for what purpose he could not imagine. He knocked
-impatiently at the door, hoping to attract the attention of
-somebody who could explain the mystery but nobody came. Raynor
-sat down on the bunk, again listening for any sign of movement
-without.</p>
-
-<p>But none came for a long time. There was a great trampling
-to and fro of feet on deck and the timbers of the schooner
-complained as though she was being forced through the water,
-but this, and the constant rush of water along her sides, were
-the only sounds.</p>
-
-<p>“Bother it all,” muttered Raynor, “this is a fine way to
-treat a rescued castaway. Anyone would think I was a
-prisoner.”</p>
-
-<p>But at last there sounded steps outside and the rattling of
-a key in the lock and the door was flung open. The
-yellow-bearded man stood in the doorway, almost filling its
-frame with his huge bulk. He looked down at Raynor with a
-rather amused smile.</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose you have been thinking that we don’t treat our
-guests very well on the <i>Polly Ann</i>?” he said in a deep,
-gruff voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I don’t see why I was locked in,” rejoined Raynor in
-a rather aggrieved tone.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe it didn’t occur to you that we might have private
-matters on board that we don’t want strangers peering into,”
-was the calm reply. “You know you were not invited on
-board.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor felt a sudden twinge of remorse. After all, he owed
-his life to this man. He began to thank him but the other
-silenced him with the wave of a hand.</p>
-
-<p>“That was nothing. Anyhow, I got a fine bear pelt out of it.
-One of the finest I ever saw. But to get down to business. Have
-you any idea where you are?”</p>
-
-<p>“On board the schooner <i>Polly Ann</i>,” rejoined Raynor,
-with an oddly uncomfortable feeling.</p>
-
-<p>“True enough, but do you know anything about her?”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, she’s Terror Carson’s craft. I’m Terror Carson. If
-you’d ever been in the northern seas, where we are bound, you’d
-have heard of me.”</p>
-
-<p>The man uttered his sinister name with some pride. He
-squared his huge shoulders and stroked his glowing beard with
-evident satisfaction. Raynor felt his heart sink. There was
-something wrong about this schooner and this man.</p>
-
-<p>“You are going north trading?” he asked, intending to demand
-being put aboard the first steamer or other vessel bound for
-the states that they encountered.</p>
-
-<p>Terror Carson burst into a mighty laugh that seemed to shake
-the cabin timbers.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we’re going trading. Trading in our own line,” he
-said, and then he beckoned to Raynor to come out into the main
-cabin from which six smaller ones, similar to the one the young
-engineer had occupied, opened.</p>
-
-<p>“See those?” he asked, and pointed to three bright brass
-cannons that were ranged at the stern inside closed ports. “We
-use those in our trading. You see we are what the courts of
-law and the international boundary authorities call: ‘seal
-poachers.’”</p>
-
-<p>“Seal poachers!” Raynor shrank back. He had heard of these
-wild, lawless men of the north who defied the international
-boundary rules and even war-ships sent to enforce them. Not a
-few of them, as he knew, had been captured after hard chases
-and sentenced to long terms of imprisonment. He could hardly
-bring himself to speak his next words.</p>
-
-<p>“But of course you will put me on board the first vessel we
-sight,” he said, “you see, Captain Carson, I&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, we can’t lose you now,” chuckled the yellow-bearded
-man, “you know too much. We need an assistant cook and I think
-you are just the man for the job.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you mean to say that, against my will, and against the
-law&mdash;&mdash;” began Raynor, but Terror Carson checked him.</p>
-
-<p>“You forget we know no law,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, against my will you mean to enroll me as one of
-this lawless crew.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s about the idea,” drawled Carson amiably.</p>
-
-<p>“But if we are caught by some British cruiser, I shall be
-imprisoned as one of you!” burst out Raynor frantically.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s something you will have to take your chances of. You
-shouldn’t have fallen overboard from the <i>Cambodian</i> and
-then this wouldn’t have happened. You see I know some of your
-story and have guessed the rest.</p>
-
-<p>“While you were asleep I took the liberty of reading your
-papers. Here they are,” and with all the grace in the world,
-Terror Carson handed the bewildered young engineer a package
-and a wallet which had been abstracted from his inner
-pocket.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we will go on deck,” said Terror Carson, “and I’ll show
-you the scene of your future labors. You will berth and have
-your meals in the cabin and not with the men.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor felt grateful for this at least, for he judged the
-crew of a craft like the <i>Polly Ann</i> could be little
-better than a lot of desperadoes. But he was not prepared for
-the array of villainous, hard-bitten countenances he saw when
-they reached the deck. The schooner was under full sail and
-racing northward like a swift sea bird.</p>
-
-<p>Except for the man at the helm, and a short, stocky man who
-was standing by him and gazing up at the rigging, the men were
-all lounging about, some squatting under the weather bulwarks.
-The short, stocky man proved to be the mate, Mr. Wiggins, a
-real “down-east bucko,” Terror Carson described him as being.
-The midship decks were piled with lashed down dories and from
-the stern davits hung a smart whale boat.</p>
-
-<p>Aft of the foremast was a squat, white house with an iron
-pipe projecting from it. Terror Carson led the way there with
-Raynor at his heels. The men’s eyes followed them, some with
-scowls and some with curiosity.</p>
-
-<p>From the door of the galley, or ship’s kitchen, for that is
-what the white structure was, there issued a cloud of steam as
-they approached. Suddenly, in the midst of the volume of vapor,
-there appeared the round, good-natured, freckled face of a lad
-of about Raynor’s own age. His head, of bright red hair, was
-uncovered, and he wore a very dirty apron about his waist.</p>
-
-<p>“Noddy Nipper,” said Terror Carson, nodding toward Raynor,
-“here’s our assistant cook. Make him work, and if there’s any
-nonsense report him to me. That’s all.”</p>
-
-<p>With an upward look at the sails, he turned on the heel of
-his big sea-boots and strode off aft, leaving the
-half-stupefied Raynor staring at the red-headed youth.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chIX'>CHAPTER IX: A JOKE ON POMPEY.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“So, youse is de guy what was floating about on a chunk uv
-ice tryin’ ter be pals wid a poley bear?” said Noddy, with an
-accent that betrayed him at once as being from the Bowery, or
-near it.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor smiled faintly.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I got bounced off my ship on to that iceberg and came
-nearly being a meal for the bear if it hadn’t been for your
-captain, Terror Carson, as he calls himself.”</p>
-
-<p>“An’ he’s a Terror, all right, all right, take dat right
-frum yer Uncle Dudley,” said Noddy, sinking his voice
-mysteriously. “I feel kind er sorry fer youse, fer youse ain’t
-ther sort as belongs aboard this wind-jammer. But take it frum
-me, kid, if yer follers my advice you’ll git along all right.
-An’ now let’s put youse ter woik.</p>
-
-<p>“I see old Terror lookin’ this way. Jes’ trim them murphies
-uv their packets an’ then I’ll think up suthin’ else fer yer
-ter do. Gee! I’m reg’lar Fi’t Averner style all right, wid me
-valley an’ all.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor determined to make the best of a bad job. At least
-Noddy, as he was called, seemed to be friendly and kind-hearted
-under his odd exterior. The young engineer turned up his
-sleeves and went valiantly to work. In a few moments Noddy, who
-had been busy over a big pan of “scouse,” came to inspect his
-handiwork.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee!” he exclaimed with scorn, “youse has got a lot ter
-learn erbout peelin’ spuds. Youse cut off more pertater than
-yer do skin. Do it dis way. Watch me.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor did better after this lesson, and before long had a
-big bucket-full of peeled potatoes that passed even Noddy’s
-critical examination.</p>
-
-<p>“We’s ull put ’em on ter cook now,” said Noddy, “one bell has
-jus gone and ther old man wants the gang ter git their scoff by
-five er clock.”</p>
-
-<p>At this juncture an aged colored man entered the galley. He
-wore a white cook’s cap on his head, on which he had scrawled,
-with ink, Pompey James, Chief Cook of the <i>Polly Ann</i>.
-Noddy introduced him with a flourish.</p>
-
-<p>“Pompey, old top,” he exclaimed, “this is der new deputy
-assistant bottle washer.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah’m glad ter meet yer,” said Pompey ceremoniously, “ah
-hopes yo all is mo’ circumambulatory in yo’ ways dan dis yar
-raid haided boy. Gollyumptions, he shuh do make dis chile’s
-life bud’ensome at times.”</p>
-
-<p>Noddy winked and grinned at Raynor. Then he turned suddenly
-and looked at Pompey with what appeared to be
-consternation.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee! what’s dat you got in yer wool, Jupe?” he exclaimed,
-for the cook had taken his white cap off so as not to get it
-dirty during his culinary operations.</p>
-
-<p>“In mah hair, Noddy?” asked Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir, in your hair. It’s big and white and round.”</p>
-
-<p>Pompey investigated his wooly poll, scratching it carefully
-all over. Of course he found nothing.</p>
-
-<p>“Guess yo’ all am tryin’ ter fool dis chile,” he said, with
-a good-natured grin, which showed a double set of white
-teeth.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I ain’t. On the level, look!” The Bowery boy reached
-for the negro’s head and drew from it an egg. It was a simple
-sleight of hand trick.</p>
-
-<p>But Pompey stared in amazement at the egg as it lay in
-Noddy’s palm.</p>
-
-<p>“Land ob Goshen! How dat get dere?” he cried in great
-astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>“Blessed if I know. Maybe you’re turning into an
-incubator.”</p>
-
-<p>“Gollyumption!” gasped the negro, “I don’ want ter be no
-inky beater, whateber dat may be.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, take this ege and make a pudding with it, see,” said
-the red-headed Bowery youth, holding out the egg in his closed
-fist. But when he opened his fingers the egg was gone. Instead
-there lay a bright dime on Noddy’s palm.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee whaitakers. Don’t dat beat de Dutch,” exclaimed Noddy,
-in apparent astonishment, “queer things seem to be going on
-here all the time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good land ob Beulah! Dis yah galley am voodooed!” yelled
-Pompey. “No, sah, I don’ wan’ner touch dat money under no
-circumstantials. Dat am witch money, dat am.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, very well,” exclaimed Noddy, spinning the coin in the
-air and catching it, “I kin use it, Pompey. Gee, it’s great ter
-be pals wid de witches.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is yo’ all a witch docto’?” asked Pompey with great
-awe.</p>
-
-<p>“Sure I am. I’m a regular witch hazel from Witchville. Say,”
-he broke off suddenly, “what’s that growing out of this
-potato?”</p>
-
-<p>He picked up a rotten one that Raynor had cast aside.</p>
-
-<p>“Ain’t nuffin dat I kin see,” mumbled the colored man, much
-mystified but refusing to be trapped.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what d’yer call dis?” and the Bowery lad pulled
-another dime out of the tuber. “My goodness, Pompey, youse have
-got money scattered everywhere. Here, take this dime. Youse’ll
-be a rich guy if youse keeps on.”</p>
-
-<p>Pompey took the dime. He turned it over thoughtfully, bit it
-and then said:</p>
-
-<p>“Dat am good money fo’ sho. But ah don’ know but what it’ll
-turn inter rats er mice befo’ long.”</p>
-
-<p>Just at that moment Pompey was summoned aft by the captain’s
-orders, who wanted to give some directions about his dinner.
-Noddy turned to Raynor with a grin.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got him fooled to the queen’s taste,” he chuckled.
-“After I’ve played a few more tricks on him I’ll have him
-eating out’n my hand.”</p>
-
-<p>“But what’s the use of scaring him that way?” asked
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>Noddy stared at him. Then he whistled as if in astonishment
-and executed a sort of double shuffle.</p>
-
-<p>“Say,” he said in low tone as he concluded, “don’t yer see
-my game? Dat old coon is the only friend we’ve got on this
-boat, and when the time comes for a getaway we’ll need
-him.”</p>
-
-<p>“A getaway?” echoed Raynor, “then you want to escape?”</p>
-
-<p>“Do I, say, kid, how’d you like to be tapped on the head in
-New York and shanghied on board a craft like dis?”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean you were kidnapped on board?” asked Raynor,
-staring at the red-headed youth with whom he now felt a bond of
-sympathy.</p>
-
-<p>“Surest t’ing you know. Write it in yo’ little book. But I
-mean ter get away first chance, you bet. Are you wid me?”</p>
-
-<p>“I certainly am. This schooner is little better than a
-floating inferno.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right. Tip us yer mitt. When de time comes dat smoke
-ull be de guy ter help us. He ain’t got no more use fer Terrer
-Carson dan I have, so fur as I’ve bin able to figger it
-out.”</p>
-
-<p>The two allies shook hands, but further conversation was
-barred just then for Pompey reentered the galley.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chX'>CHAPTER X: PLANS TO ESCAPE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Raynor found that his duties, besides his kitchen work,
-included waiting on the table in the cabin. He managed to
-acquit himself at this without getting into serious trouble,
-although Terror Carson gave him several gruff reproofs during
-the evening. When supper was over the duty of washing the
-dishes fell to the two boys. Pompey retired forward for a smoke
-and they had the galley to themselves.</p>
-
-<p>The breeze, which had been steady all the afternoon, was
-beginning to increase. The schooner began to leap and strain as
-the waves grew bigger. Raynor found some difficulty in keeping
-his feet.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, it’s coming on to blow,” observed Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and that’s too bad,” rejoined Noddy. “I’d got it
-framed up fer a getaway ter night.”</p>
-
-<p>“To-night?” gasped Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Yep, Pompey is to have the wheel to-night. He has that duty
-every two weeks. At midnight he’ll be alone on deck and if we
-fix up like ghosts it would be dead easy to scare him and get
-at the boat on the stern davits and make our
-fare-you-well.”</p>
-
-<p>The boldness of the plan almost overcame Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s de proposition,” went on Noddy. “If we don’t do it
-to-night we won’t have a show ter take a crack at it fer
-annudder two weeks&mdash;see. By dat time de men say we’ll be up
-among der ice where der seals are, an’ it wouldn’t do us no
-good if we did escape, fer deres mighty few craft up dere.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’m game,” said Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Good for you,” and Noddy dropped his voice and began
-whispering the details of his plan. By the time they had
-finished their work the schooner was pitching and tossing
-wildly and they knew that the storm was on the increase. “But
-dat don’t make no never mind,” declared the Bowery boy. “I’ve
-heard de men say dat de whale boat ’ud live in seas dat would
-sink de schooner.”</p>
-
-<p>They parted, Noddy to go forward to his bunk in a storeroom,
-where sails, paint, etc., were stored, and Raynor to his cabin.
-Terror Carson and his mate sat at the table. They took no
-notice of the lad. In his cabin Raynor did not take his clothes
-off. He could not have slept. The excitement of the projected
-escape would have prohibited that. Midnight was the hour agreed
-upon, and he listened to the ship’s bell sounding the slowly
-passing hours, and half hours, with great impatience. At last
-the growl of voices in the cabin ceased and then two doors
-banged and Raynor knew the captain and mate had turned in. Just
-then the bell struck seven times. It was eleven-thirty.</p>
-
-<p>“This is a bad night to leave the ship,” mused Raynor, as he
-sat waiting for the chiming of eight bells.</p>
-
-<p>The schooner appeared to be under a press of canvas, for her
-hull was heeled over at a steep angle. At times she appeared to
-rush skyward and then hurtle down into a bottomless abyss.
-Raynor hoped the whaleboat was as seaworthy as such a type of
-boat is reputed to be. The thought of abandoning the
-enterprise, however, did not, enter his head. As Noddy had
-pointed out, it might be their only chance of escape, and
-Raynor longed for nothing more than to get free of the <i>Polly
-Ann</i>. It was his paramount ambition and it would have taken
-more than a stormy night to stop him.</p>
-
-<p>As eight bells struck, Raynor rose and cautiously opened the
-door of his cabin a crack.</p>
-
-<p>The swinging lamp outside was turned low and the main cabin
-empty. He stole cautiously out and then ascended the
-companionway to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>Luckily, the companionway entrance was below a break in the
-stern so that the man at the wheel&mdash;Pompey&mdash;could not see him as,
-crouched almost double, he crept forward to the small deck
-house where Noddy had his berth. It was a wild night. Big seas,
-their white tops luminous, raced by, towering above the
-schooner’s rail. The speedy little vessel was heeled over
-almost on her beam ends at times, but she appeared remarkably
-seaworthy.</p>
-
-<p>Not a soul could be seen on deck except Pompey’s dark form
-at the wheel, revealed by the faint glow-worm light of the
-binnacle lamp. At last Raynor, with infinite caution, reached
-Noddy’s sleeping place. He rapped three times, as they had
-agreed, and the door was opened.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor almost uttered a cry of alarm as the portal was
-pulled back by Noddy. He saw what appeared to be a human face
-enveloped in pale green fire, out of which shone two luminous
-eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“Swell ghost, eh?” chuckled Noddy, pulling him inside. “I
-made de stuff out’n match heads. Come on, here’s some fer you.
-Rub it on yer face an’ den I’ll give you yer shroud.”</p>
-
-<p>He held up a shapeless-looking garment of white sail cloth
-that he had made, and at the same time cautiously turned up the
-flame of a lantern that stood in a corner so that Raynor could
-see.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe we can get away to-night in a small boat,”
-declared Raynor as he daubed on the phosphorescent solution
-under Noddy’s directions.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” asked the Bowery lad.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s too rough. Feel how the schooner is pitching. It’ll
-make the small boat dance about worse.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, we gotter take our chances on dat,” decided Noddy,
-“we’ll take a look when we git outside.”</p>
-
-<p>At last the ghosts were ready. Raynor’s heart beat rather
-faster than was comfortable as they crept out upon the heaving,
-tossing decks. If their plan failed, and Terror Carson
-discovered it, a terrible fate might be in store for them. A
-strong wind whistled about them and a dash of rain beat in
-their faces.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee! It is pretty bad, fer a fact,” declared Noddy. “Well,
-let’s get along to the stern.” They proceeded cautiously,
-doubled up under the shadow of the bulwark till they reached
-the break in the stern. Then, with an appalling yell, Noddy
-dashed up the steps leading on to the raised poop where the
-helmsman stood. Raynor was close behind him. Noddy’s shriek was
-echoed by a shout of alarm from Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“Gollyumptions! Ghostesses! De good lawd hab mussey on mah
-soul! Oh, Massa, ghostesses don’ hurt me! Wow!”</p>
-
-<p>A wild yell of fear came from the trembling Pompey as Noddy
-raised a flaming hand and pointed straight at him. Pompey
-dropped the spokes of the wheel and dashed forward, leaping the
-break of the poop in one jump. At the same instant the schooner
-“broached to” as her helm was deserted. The canvas flapped
-wildly and she rolled in the trough of the seas. A giant wave
-broke over her bow with a sound like thunder.</p>
-
-<p>At the same instant, from below, came a stentorian shout
-like the roar of an angry bull.</p>
-
-<p>“On deck, there! What in the name of Davy Jones is the
-matter?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s Terror Carson!” cried Noddy. “Come on, let’s get
-forward. No escape for us to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>The two boys rushed toward the bow just in time to avoid
-Carson, who came rushing on deck followed by his mate. They
-bolted into Noddy’s sanctum in time to avoid the crew, who came
-tumbling up the fore-hatchway, and hastily removed their
-shrouds and washed off the phosphorus. Then they ran out and
-mingled with the crowd on deck as if they had just been aroused
-by the confusion.</p>
-
-<p>It was a wild scene on the deck of the <i>Polly Ann</i>.
-Carson himself had seized the tiller and was holding the craft
-on her course, but two sails had been ripped and a lot of water
-shipped over the bow. The boys came out just in time to see
-some sailors dragging Pompey aft from the galley, where he had
-taken refuge from what he thought were supernatural
-visitors.</p>
-
-<p>The black was beside himself with fear of Terror Carson and
-alarm at what he had seen. He stammered out incoherent
-explanations about being scared from the wheel by “ghostesses.”
-Carson roared savagely at him. He declared he had a good mind
-to have him flogged. But finally he commuted the sentence to
-two days in irons. The boys felt conscience-stricken at having
-involved poor Pompey in such a quandary, yet they could not
-have made explanations without making matters worse.</p>
-
-<p>Fortunately for them, the confusion and crowd on deck were
-so great that nobody noticed from what direction they came when
-they appeared, and it was taken for granted by all concerned
-that both had rushed from their bunks when the general alarm
-that followed the “broaching to” of the schooner took
-place.</p>
-
-<p>And so ended their first attempt to escape from the seal
-poacher <i>Polly Ann</i>. Both lads were bitterly disappointed
-at the way Fate had turned her face against them, but both
-determined to try again at the first opportunity. Meantime, the
-<i>Polly Ann</i> forged northward, and destiny was weaving
-strange threads which were fated to form an important part in
-the fabrics of their lives.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXI'>CHAPTER XI: A FIENDISH PLOT.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Captain Briggs, in a sheepish sort of way, tried to make
-friends with Jack following the episode on the dock. But Jack
-had little use for the man and kept on with his own devices,
-paying little attention to Captain Briggs, except in the line
-of duty.</p>
-
-<p>On the night before which they were to sail for America
-again, Jack had been uptown to post some cards and letters and
-did not return to the ship till about nine o’clock at night. As
-he made his way to his cabin, he was startled to see what he
-thought was a human figure gliding among the boats and
-life-rafts on the deck outside, for the wireless-room of the
-<i>Cambodian</i>, like most such structures, was perched upon
-the boat deck.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, who could that be?” thought the boy. “Guess I’ll take
-a look around. These docks are infested with thieves, and
-although there’s a watchman on duty, somebody may have sneaked
-on board.”</p>
-
-<p>But although he made what was quite a thorough search, he
-could find no trace of the man he thought he had seen dodging
-among the boats as if seeking a hiding place. He was forced to
-conclude at length that, in the uncertain light, he must have
-mistaken the swaying shadow of a rope or part of the rigging,
-for a human form.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I guess I’ll turn in,” decided Jack, as he opened his
-cabin door. “We sail early to-morrow and I’ll have to be on the
-job.”</p>
-
-<p>He undressed slowly, thinking of many things, among them of
-Raynor and his fate.</p>
-
-<p>“Somehow I cannot bring myself to believe that he is
-drowned,” reflected the boy. “I’m just as sure as I am that I
-am sitting here that he will turn up some day. And yet he
-should have been picked up by one of the ships I spoke with if
-he succeeded in keeping afloat. But maybe a sailing craft
-rescued him. In that case he might have to make a voyage to
-China before he could communicate with the outside world.”</p>
-
-<p>A slight noise outside made the boy sit up erect and listen
-intently. He went to the door and looked out. There was nothing
-out of the ordinary there.</p>
-
-<p>“I must be nervous to-night,” said Jack to himself, in tones
-of self-reproof. “What’s the matter with me? First I think I
-see a man and then I think I hear someone snooping about. Guess
-this climate doesn’t agree with me.”</p>
-
-<p>But Jack was not, as he indignantly assured himself, the
-victim of nerves. There was a man outside his cabin. A man who
-was watching him eagerly through a port-hole opening into the
-wireless room. The man had a yellow, evil face and two
-glittering black eyes like a snake’s. In his ears hung two
-hoops of gold. It was Alvarez, the Spanish sailor.</p>
-
-<p>He was there to witness the culmination of a plot he had
-formed that was to imperil Jack’s life.</p>
-
-<p>While Jack was in the town, the man had sneaked on board
-with the agility of a monkey, swarming up one of the mooring
-lines, unnoticed. He had made his way at once to the wireless
-room. Once inside, from his pocket he had produced wires and
-pliers.</p>
-
-<p>For half an hour or more he worked feverishly and with a
-skill in handling his tools that showed he was an expert
-mechanician. Indeed, the man had once been a skilled
-electrician, but a crime he had committed had forced him to
-flee his country and leave his employment and become a common
-sailor.</p>
-
-<p>Every now and then, as he worked, he would stop and tip-toe
-to the door of the wireless room. He had no wish to be caught
-napping for he knew the power of Jack’s fist and the heavy
-penalty that would be visited upon him were he caught in the
-fiendish work upon which he was engaged.</p>
-
-<p>Tirelessly he connected wires to terminals and finally he
-produced from his pocket an oblong black object formed,
-apparently, of metal. He connected wires to this and then, with
-a diabolical grin, planted it beneath the wireless table. He
-had completed his work just in time to dart from the cabin as
-Jack’s quick, firm step was heard ascending the companion
-ladder. So that the young wireless lad was not the victim of an
-illusion when he thought he saw a human figure.</p>
-
-<p>Alvarez slipped in under a canvas boat cover while Jack was
-making a search. In his place of concealment he chuckled evilly
-to himself:</p>
-
-<p>“Caramba! What a revenge is mine on this dog of a Yankee
-boy! Did he think that he could insult and beat a Spaniard
-without suffering? Todos los Santos, no! A few moments now and
-my revenge will be complete.”</p>
-
-<p>When Jack reéntered the cabin, the Spaniard had crawled from
-under the boat cover and taken up a place of vantage at a
-porthole where he could see into the cabin and watch Jack’s
-every movement.</p>
-
-<p>“Will he never go near the wireless key!” he exclaimed
-impatiently to himself as Jack, half-a-dozen times, appeared to
-be on the point of retiring. The young wireless operator felt
-strangely restless and disinclined to sleep. At last the
-wireless apparatus caught his eye.</p>
-
-<p>“Guess I’ll see if everything is in shape,” he murmured to
-himself. “I won’t have much time to effect repairs after we
-sail to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>Alvarez’s eyes glowed like live coals and his yellow fingers
-clinched as he watched the lad approach the key.</p>
-
-<p>He was like an evil serpent watching some victim nearing its
-fangs.</p>
-
-<p>Jack pressed down the key.</p>
-
-<p>There was a deafening explosion.</p>
-
-<p>Amidst a glare of red flame and lurid smoke, the young
-operator staggered backward and fell unconscious on the floor
-of the cabin. In his forehead was a jagged gash from which the
-blood streamed over his white, lifeless face.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXII'>CHAPTER XII: UNCLE TOBY IS OFF FOR TREASURE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“What happened? Where am I?”</p>
-
-<p>Jack asked the questions in a bewildered voice the next
-morning. His head throbbed cruelly, and placing his hand to his
-forehead he found that it was enveloped in bandages. Then he
-looked about him. He lay in a neat white cot in a beautifully
-clean room.</p>
-
-<p>A young woman whom he knew was a nurse, by her uniform, bent
-over him.</p>
-
-<p>“Hush! Do not excite yourself. Here comes the doctor.”</p>
-
-<p>A tall man, with spectacles, entered the room. He regarded
-Jack with satisfaction.</p>
-
-<p>“Just as I said, only a flesh wound,” he said, after he had
-removed the bandages, “it is getting on nicely. In a few days
-you will be up.”</p>
-
-<p>“In a few days!” gasped Jack, “but my ship will have sailed
-by then.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is all right. Her owners have been communicated with
-and you will go home as a passenger on a liner owned by them.
-That will be after you have given your deposition against the
-man Alvarez, in a court of law. He is a prisoner and is also in
-the hospital. He was slightly hurt when the port was blown out
-by the force of the explosion and was found unconscious when
-rescuers reached the scene. He thought he was going to die and
-has made a full confession.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t understand,” said Jack, in a puzzled way, “Alvarez,
-that’s the sailor who was going to kill Captain Briggs. I
-punched him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; and in revenge the man, with fiendish ingenuity,
-connected the current from your wireless key with a bomb that
-he placed under the wireless table. It was lucky he placed the
-infernal machine under the table, otherwise you might have been
-killed. As it is, you have got off with a flesh wound inflicted
-by a bit of flying metal.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack lay in the hospital three days more. Then he appeared
-in a Rotterdam court and gave his account of the affair. The
-confession of Alvarez clinched the matter and the murderous
-Spaniard received a heavy sentence. A week later Jack found
-himself a passenger, “an idler,” he called it, on board the
-United States liner <i>New Hampshire</i>, bound for New
-York.</p>
-
-<p>He struck up a friendship with the wireless man and spent
-most of the time in his cabin.</p>
-
-<p>But he was glad when at last the shores of Staten Island
-slipped by as the <i>New Hampshire</i> came up the harbor of
-New York and the tall buildings and web-like fabric of the
-Brooklyn Bridge came into view.</p>
-
-<p>Jack was no sooner ashore than he started off for the Erie
-Basin, where lay the old <i>Venus</i>, Uncle Toby Ready’s
-floating home. The recollection of his uncle’s strange letter
-was still strong in his mind. He wanted to get to Uncle Toby at
-once and dissuade him from rushing into any rash scheme. All
-the way over in the trolley car he had an odd presentiment in
-his mind that all was not well.</p>
-
-<p>His uneasy feeling was increased when, having alighted from
-the car, he paced quickly along the docks. No smoke was curling
-from the stove pipe of the <i>Venus’s</i> cabin as he neared
-that venerable derelict. This in itself was unusual, for Uncle
-Toby was almost always to be found brewing his strange
-concoctions of herbs and plants over the small ship’s
-stove.</p>
-
-<p>Jack hastened across the gang-plank leading on board the
-aged schooner that had sailed her last voyage many years before
-and now served as a floating home.</p>
-
-<p>“Uncle Toby!” he hailed, “Uncle Toby!”</p>
-
-<p>But no answer came to Jack’s loud hails. They only echoed
-among the other battered old derelicts lying at the rotting
-wharves in that part of the Erie Basin.</p>
-
-<p>A sickening fear suddenly overwhelmed him as he gazed along
-the silent decks and at the empty window boxes which usually,
-at this time of the year, were abloom with tulips of Uncle
-Toby’s planting.</p>
-
-<p>Could his uncle be dead?</p>
-
-<p>But just at that moment he noticed on the door of the
-companionway, which led below to the living quarters, a square
-bit of paper. It was nailed there with enormous nails as if
-whoever had put it up was determined that it shouldn’t come
-down in a hurry.</p>
-
-<p>In the hope that it might throw some light on the mystery,
-Jack hastened to scrutinize it. It was covered with writing in
-Uncle Toby’s rough and ready fist which looked as if an
-exploratory crab might have tumbled into some black mud and
-then performed various athletic feats on a sheet of paper.</p>
-
-<p>The notice,&mdash;for such it was plainly intended to be, read as
-follows:</p>
-
-<p>“To hoome it may consarn: Notice, Captain Toby Ready,&mdash;Doctor
-of Herbs,&mdash;has gone on a cruise fer plesure and proffit. Neffew
-Jack will please see Captain Dennis for partiklars.”</p>
-
-<p>At the bottom of this strange scrawl was the following
-verse, Cap’n Toby being ever fond of a bit of rhyme to adorn
-his conversation or his literary efforts.</p>
-
-<div style='margin-left:4em; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;'>
- <div>“My name is Toby Ready, as I sail;</div>
- <div style='padding-left:1em;'>My name is Toby Ready, as I sail,</div>
- <div>I’ll get dollars manifold,</div>
- <div style='padding-left:1em;'>And riches unkontrold;</div>
- <div>I’ll buy Brooklyn when it’s sold;</div>
- <div style='padding-left:1em;'>As I sail.”</div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“Great gracious,” gasped Jack, as he concluded this effort
-which he recognized as being Cap’n Toby’s version of the song
-of Captain Kidd, “my uncle must have gone crazy. Whoever heard
-of such a thing. Off on a treasure hunt at his age, and with a
-wooden leg. Well, I guess the only thing for me to do is to see
-Captain Dennis at once. It may not be too late to stop this
-insane trip, wherever it is to.”</p>
-
-<p>The young wireless man was given a warm greeting at Captain
-Dennis’s cozy home in Greenwich Village that evening by the
-captain’s pretty daughter, Helen. Jack found her just as
-charming as ever and was not sorry when she informed him that
-the captain would not be back from his work on the docks for an
-hour or more. Helen was all sympathy about Jack’s wound, the
-scar of which still showed. They had read all about it in the
-papers, she said, with a pretty blush. It only seemed a few
-minutes to Jack, instead of the hour and a half it actually
-was, before Captain Dennis came in. He greeted Jack heartily
-but would not hear of discussing Uncle Toby’s strange freak
-till after supper. Then, when he had lit his pipe, he told Jack
-what he knew of the matter.</p>
-
-<p>It appeared, according to what Captain Dennis knew, that
-soon after Jack had sailed on the <i>Cambodian</i>, a battered
-old mariner appeared at the <i>Venus</i> and asked for Captain
-Toby. This was the Captain Walters referred to in the strange
-letter Jack had received in Rotterdam.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Walters, so it seemed, was an old whaling captain
-who had known Captain Toby many years before. He had been
-shipwrecked in the Arctic on his last voyage and after
-incredible hardships at last got back to America. But he was a
-mere shell of a man who sought out Captain Toby to see if that
-veteran had any remedies that would make him a well man and fit
-him to make up an expedition for some vague treasure he knew of
-in the land of ice.</p>
-
-<p>But all Captain Toby’s skill proved of no avail, and Captain
-Walters shortly set out on his last voyage. But before he died
-he confided to Uncle Toby full details of the location of the
-treasure and other important data. Armed with this, Captain
-Toby had succeeded in interesting a firm of capitalists in the
-venture, and a week before, on a trim schooner, with a picked
-crew, had sailed for the Arctic regions. That was all Captain
-Dennis knew, but that the ancient mariner appeared beside
-himself with dreams of wealth, and said that when he returned
-he would be a millionaire.</p>
-
-<p>“And there you have the story, my boy,” said Captain Dennis,
-knocking the ashes out of his pipe, “and a more crack-brained,
-crazy cruise I never heard tell of, asking your pardon, because
-he’s your uncle.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack engaged a cheap room for the remainder of his stay in
-New York, but he spent much of his time at the Dennis’s. One
-day on the street he encountered Travis, the operator on the
-ship on which he had voyaged home. Travis had much to tell him.
-The <i>Cambodian</i> had arrived a week late, after a desperate
-mutiny, in which Captain Briggs was almost mortally
-wounded.</p>
-
-<p>Her entire crew was under arrest. But Travis had something
-else to say that interested Jack a great deal.</p>
-
-<p>“See here,” said Jack’s friend, “you haven’t got another
-berth yet.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack shock his head rather disconsolately.</p>
-
-<p>“No, Mr. Jukes is away on a cruise on his yacht,” he said,
-“and down at the offices of the company I’ve got no pull.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, see here,” said Travis, slapping him on the back, “I
-know of a job that would just suit a fellow with your cut of
-jib. My brother is wireless man on the <i>Thespis</i> revenue
-cutter. She’s just been assigned to the iceberg patrol. Jim is
-going to get married, though, and can get leave of absence if
-he can furnish a substitute of the right sort. You could make
-the cruise, it wouldn’t last long, and be back in time to meet
-old Jukes when he returns. What do you say?”</p>
-
-<p>“That it would be just the job for me&mdash;if I could land it!”
-cried Jack delightedly.</p>
-
-<p>“No trouble about that,” declared Travis breezily. And so it
-proved. Jack was placed under a rather severe examination by
-the commander of the <i>Thespis</i>. But he came through with
-flying colors.</p>
-
-<p>Another thing that gladdened him about his new job was that
-it would take him into the far regions of the north whither
-Uncle Toby, on his hare-brained treasure quest, had gone. Jack
-felt that he might get a chance to come in contact with his
-uncle. He had a vague feeling that all was not well. He had
-visited the offices of the firm that had financed Uncle Toby’s
-venture and did not much like what he saw there. He talked to a
-ferret faced man who told him that Mr. Rufus Terrill, a member
-of the firm, had gone along on the treasure hunting echoonet,
-as “our representative,” but from a passing glint in the man’s
-eyes Jack guessed that Mr. Rufus Terrill was on board to see
-that he and his partners got the lion’s share.</p>
-
-<p>“Still,” the boy had mused, as he left the offices in a
-shabby building off Wall Street, “Uncle Toby must have pretty
-good proofs that he was on a legitimate venture or he wouldn’t
-have interested such sharp folks as Terrill &amp; Co. What a
-queer thing it would be if, after all, he did come back rich.
-Well, stranger things have happened.”</p>
-
-<p>A week after he “signed on” as wireless man, for the nonce,
-of the <i>Thespis</i>, the trig revenue cutter nosed out of New
-York harbor bound for the frozen north, there to patrol the
-margin of the giant wastes of ice till the danger of icebergs
-for the year was over.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXIII'>CHAPTER XIII: POMPEY MYSTIFIED.</h2>
-
-
-<p>As the days slipped by and they worked farther north, the
-<i>Polly Ann</i> began to encounter nipping weather. Raynor,
-who had no thick clothes, suffered a good deal, but fortunately
-most of his work was in the galley where it was apt to be
-uncomfortably warm.</p>
-
-<p>Noddy continued to play his tricks on Pompey, much to the
-latter’s mystification. The darky had come to believe that the
-<i>Polly Ann</i> was haunted. In this way Noddy worked on his
-superstitious feelings till the black was quite as anxious as
-the boys to leave the schooner. But they did not deem the time
-yet ripe to broach their plans to him.</p>
-
-<p>One day a fine pudding, made especially as a surprise for
-Terror Carson, vanished from the galley almost under Pompey’s
-nose. The negro was sorely puzzled.</p>
-
-<p>“Dey suah am ghostesses in mah galley,” he confided to
-others of the crew, who only laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“Alright, yo’ may laff, but ah done see two ghostesses wid
-mah own eyes de night ah dropped dat wheel. As spec’s dere’s
-bin such a power ob wickedness done on dis hyah boat dat de
-hants jes natch’ly sticks round it. Yas sah.”</p>
-
-<p>But when Pompey got back to his galley he was destined to be
-more mystified than ever. Lying on the top of the shelf, where
-he had placed it before its disappearance, was the pudding.</p>
-
-<p>“Good land ob Beulah, de debbil is in dis galley fo’ sho’,”
-sputtered Pompey. “Hey, boys! Whar am dem boys?”</p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes the boys came to answer his repeated calls,
-retaining grave faces with great difficulty while Pompey
-explained to them the mystery of the vanishing pudding.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah lays it dar an’ it am gone,” he said in an awestruck
-whisper. “When ah come back dar it is agin. Now if ghostesses
-don’ do dat what does?”</p>
-
-<p>“I dunno. It’s sure mysterious,” said the Bowery boy, “but
-say, Pompey, what’s that bit of paper stuck on the
-pudding?”</p>
-
-<p>“Mah goodness, dat mus’ be some rheumaticacion frum der
-spirits,” he exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>He gingerly took hold of a scrap of paper that lay on the
-top of the pudding. There was writing on it. Jupe looked at it
-in stupefaction.</p>
-
-<p>“De spirits, or debbils or ghostesses or whoeber do dis yer
-voo-doo work am writing letters now,” he exclaimed in a
-dumbfounded tone.</p>
-
-<p>“What do they say?” asked the boys in tones of deep
-interest.</p>
-
-<p>“Um-ah, les see. Why, dey says hyah, it’s all wrote lak
-print: Obey de boys an’ be dere fren’ or de torture ob de
-parrellel oblongata parabolensis will be yours. Mah goodness!
-what am dat torture?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve heard dat it’s a special kin’ de spirits has,” said the
-Bowery boy, “part of it is to pull off your skin with red hot
-pincers. I don’t know the rest, but it’s worse.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wusser ’en red hot pincers. Gollyumption! Say, boys, ole
-Pompey allers bin good to you alls, ain’t he?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure you have,” said Noddy, “but we’re going to ask you a
-special favor sometime. Will you do it for us?”</p>
-
-<p>“I sho’ will. Anything at all. Mah goodness if ah didn’t
-wouldn’ ah get dat parrot yells and parasols torture. Red hot
-pincers&mdash;ugh! Reckon dem spirits ain’t got no hearts at
-all.”</p>
-
-<p>One morning when Raynor came on deck he saw, lying on the
-sea, not more than half a mile off, an immense iceberg. Its
-pinnacles glittered in the bright sunlight.</p>
-
-<p>Other bergs floated to the south and east. Ragged fields of
-ice stretched about them in long floes. The schooner was
-beating northward in short tacks but did not appear to be
-making much progress. Just then Terror Carson came on deck. He
-looked about him and then spoke sharply to the man at the
-wheel.</p>
-
-<p>“Are we making any northing?” he asked, “Hold her on her
-course, you lubber.”</p>
-
-<p>“Faith, yer honor,” rejoined the man at the wheel, a true
-son of Erin, “it sorra a bit will she walk at all, at all.”</p>
-
-<p>“What ails her?” demanded Carson, his brows gathering in a
-scowl.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the southward set of the current, sor, I’m thinking,”
-was the reply. “Divil a bit more north have we made the last
-hour than I could swing me mother’s ould cat by her tail. It’s
-wearisome wurruk, sor,&mdash;an thirsty, too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, there’ll be no drinking on this ship,” said Carson
-sharply, and strode forward. He hung over the bulwarks
-amidships, watching the icebergs intently. Raynor, at his work
-in the galley, observed him covertly. He thought Carson
-appeared worried at the close proximity of the floating
-mountains of ice.</p>
-
-<p>Before long Raynor summoned him to breakfast. When he came
-on deck again the icebergs were closer. He turned on the
-steersman in a spasm of fury.</p>
-
-<p>“You bog trotting land-lubber,” he roared out with
-stentorian lungs, “where are your eyes?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure aich side of my nose, like any dacent Christian’s,”
-rejoined the man.</p>
-
-<p>“Confound your impudence,” thundered Carson, “don’t you see
-the ice closing in on us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shure, I couldn’t git overboard and shove it back.”</p>
-
-<p>“You ought to have let me know of this,” growled Carson
-angrily. He summoned his mate to his side. Raynor contrived an
-errand that should bring him near them.</p>
-
-<p>“The channel is getting narrower,” he heard the captain say.
-“I never saw the growlers so thick up here at this time of the
-year before.”</p>
-
-<p>“Better put about, sir, if we don’t want to get nipped,”
-advised the mate.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess that’s good advice,” muttered Carson, “but I hate
-to turn our nose south again. ’Bout ship!” he bawled.</p>
-
-<p>“’Bout ship!” roared the mate. “Lively, boys, be smart!
-Leggo all tackles! Hard a-lee on your wheel! Smartly, now.”</p>
-
-<p>The schooner’s sails shivered and flapped as she came up
-into the wind. The crew hauled on ropes and halyards. Then the
-smart little schooner paid off handsomely and filled away on
-another tack.</p>
-
-<p>It was none too soon. Ahead of them, drawn together by the
-ocean currents, two great bergs crashed together with the force
-of titanic steam hammers.</p>
-
-<p>“If we’d been caught there, we’d have been smashed like an
-egg-shell,” observed Terror Carson, to his mate, without any
-particular emotion now that the danger was over.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXIV'>CHAPTER XIV: TERROR CARSON’S NERVE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Bang! Crash!</p>
-
-<p>Raynor was almost thrown out of his bunk by a terrific
-concussion.</p>
-
-<p>“Goodness! We’ve collided with Cape Race!” was his first
-exclamation.</p>
-
-<p>He scrambled hastily into some clothes and was soon on deck.
-“We are foul of the ice!” yelled the mate, rushing forward.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that?” roared Terror Carson. “I’ll hang that
-rascally look-out to the yard-arm. Down helm there. Quick, now!
-The sea is full of loose ice.”</p>
-
-<p>It was about midnight and intensely dark to add to the
-confusion. A thin scud, borne of the cold air above the ice
-fields, obscured the stars and moon. It was almost impossible
-to see anything. Through the darkness orders were bawled in
-what appeared to be a hopeless tangle.</p>
-
-<p>Jack turned to find Noddy at his side.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee! Guess we’re in a tight place,” said the Bowery
-boy.</p>
-
-<p>“It looks that way. Did you feel that bump?”</p>
-
-<p>“Did I? Gee, I tort I wuz at Coney Island bumpin’ de bumps.
-But say, what’s de matter?”</p>
-
-<p>“We are in a field of loose ice. We struck a small growler, I
-heard the captain say.”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t hear nuffin growl but I guess it’s all right,”
-observed Noddy. “Say, do youse tink we’ll ever git out’n
-dis?”</p>
-
-<p>“Never say die, you know,” rejoined Raynor, “but look, what’s
-that on our bow?”</p>
-
-<p>“Looks like a big black tenement house wid no lights in der
-winders.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a berg.”</p>
-
-<p>“Holy Moses and we’re headed right bang fer um. Hold
-fast!”</p>
-
-<p>“Light a flare there,” shouted the captain suddenly. The
-next moment the ghastly blue glare of a Coston light sputtered
-up. The sight the blaze revealed was a terrifying one.</p>
-
-<p>There were two bergs. Both of them giants and both
-approaching each other. Between them was only a narrow passage.
-Waves dashed against their sides as the sea forced its way
-through the narrow channel. They were fairly caught in a trap.
-It was impossible to go about in that sea of ice.</p>
-
-<p>“Chee, we’re goners,” cried Noddy, “we’ll git squeezed in
-between ’em like a lemon.”</p>
-
-<p>“It looks as if there was no hope,” admitted Raynor. Then he
-looked round at Terror Carson. Like a man of steel the skipper
-of the <i>Polly Ann</i> stood poised on the bulwarks, steadying
-himself by a back stay. He seemed to be gauging the distance
-between the two converging bergs and the schooner. Raynor
-almost found it in his heart to admire his stoical calm in that
-supreme moment.</p>
-
-<p>“Can we make it, sir?”</p>
-
-<p>It was the mate speaking. He was ordinarily a calm, stolid
-man, but now his voice was hoarse with tension.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know. We must if we can. It’s the only way out,”
-was the calm reply, “order all hands to sheets and braces.”</p>
-
-<p>“Sheets and braces!” bawled out the mate.</p>
-
-<p>There was a scampering along the decks. Every man stood at
-his appointed place. Raynor and Noddy, as “idlers,” as cooks
-and so forth are classed, had nothing to do but watch.</p>
-
-<p>“Jove,” exclaimed Raynor, “Carson’s going to try to get us
-out of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“He don’t stan’ no more chance than a chicken at a nigger
-picnic,” opined Noddy dolefully.</p>
-
-<p>Terror Carson clambered down from his post on the bulwark.
-Quite slowly, as if there was no urgent hurry, he strode back
-toward the helm. Suddenly he gave a sharp order.</p>
-
-<p>“Break out your topsails and keep the lights burning.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a brisk breeze, and as the topsails were added to
-the schooner’s canvas, the masts bent like whips. The craft
-heeled, shook herself and then bounded forward like a race
-horse. With iron bound muscles Carson, his legs braced apart,
-stood at the wheel, gripping the spokes. His steady blue eyes
-gazed straight ahead. He seemed to steer by instinct.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor could almost have found it in his heart to admire
-him. Noddy was outspoken in his praise.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee, that guy kin sure handle a ship,” he exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>The bows of the schooner were pointed straight for the
-narrow passage between the bergs, a channel which was closing
-in every minute. Her rigging screeched and her hull groaned
-under the press of canvas she was carrying. Raynor looked aloft
-anxiously. If anything carried away now, their doom was
-sealed.</p>
-
-<p>In the blue glare of the lights the bergs looked gigantic.
-Their summits were fretted into pinnacles and steeples like
-those of a cathedral. The ice shimmered and flashed as the
-lambent glare shone on it. But the boys only gazed at the black
-channel between the two glittering monoliths of ice.</p>
-
-<p>And now the mighty tops loomed right above them. A shout
-they could not repress broke from the sailors as the <i>Polly
-Ann</i> darted forward. Right for the black passage she made.
-The salt spray from the waves that dashed on the icy cliffs
-showered the schooner’s deck. “Get ready to jump for the ice if
-we strike,” breathed Raynor, “it’s our only hope!”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXV'>CHAPTER XV: A WHALE IS ANNOYED.</h2>
-
-
-<p>For an awful instant the wind dropped. Then came a mighty
-puff. The topsails filled. The <i>Polly Ann</i> heeled over
-till it seemed she must capsize&mdash;and darted forward.</p>
-
-<p>The next instant they were between the bergs.</p>
-
-<p>“Lights!” roared Terror Carson. Immediately two flares
-showed they were in the ice chasm. Luckily one of the bergs was
-bisected by a sort of valley.</p>
-
-<p>This allowed the breeze to blow through and saved the
-<i>Polly Ann</i>. Gallantly she sped through the fearfully
-narrow passage and then, while the crew broke into a cheer, she
-sped into the open sea beyond.</p>
-
-<p>It was a masterly stroke of seamanship. But Terror Carson,
-as he relinquished the wheel, did not show in his manner that
-he deemed he had accomplished anything extraordinary.</p>
-
-<p>B-o-o-m!</p>
-
-<p>Behind them the mountains of ice crashed together.</p>
-
-<p>“Boys, but for Terror Carson we’d have been there,” bawled
-out a deep-sea voice from the darkness forward. “Three cheers
-for Terror.”</p>
-
-<p>They were given with hoarse, raucous enthusiasm. But Carson
-gave no sign that he heard. He folded his arms and went below.
-Great swells, generated by the impact of the two giant bergs,
-came racing after the <i>Polly Ann</i> as if angry she had
-escaped the fate that had appeared certain.</p>
-
-<p>Behind them they could hear crash after crash, like the
-noise of heavy artillery, as ice pinnacles and towers were
-snapped off as the ice mountains scraped together. These rugged
-summits, falling into the sea, formed smaller bergs. The noise
-was appalling.</p>
-
-<p>But the danger was over!</p>
-
-<p>It was with a heart full of thankfulness that Raynor turned
-in that night. He awakened at his usual hour and made his way
-forward to the galley. Early as it was, Terror Carson was
-already on deck. He sat on the companionway fussing with some
-bits of mechanical apparatus. Raynor glanced at them carelessly
-as he passed and then thrilled with a sudden shock.</p>
-
-<p>Terror Carson was examining parts of a wireless
-apparatus!</p>
-
-<p>A means of communicating his plight to the outside world
-flashed into Raynor’s mind for, as we know, under Jack’s
-tutorship, he had become a fairly expert operator. Terror
-Carson looked up quickly as the boy half paused.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you understand wireless, younker?” he demanded
-bruskly.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor was about to reply in the affirmative when something
-checked him. He shook his head, guided by some intuition.</p>
-
-<p>“Too bad,” said Terror Carson, “I got this outfit, thinking
-it would be a good way to keep clear of government craft. But I
-left in too much ef a hurry to get an operator. I’ve been
-trying to master it but I guess I haven’t got the brains, and
-if I haven’t&mdash;nobody else on board has.”</p>
-
-<p>Nothing more was heard or seen of the wireless apparatus
-just then, and Raynor was glad he had denied knowledge of it,
-for otherwise he would have been compelled to work it to keep
-clear of any ships that might be cruising in the vicinity and
-offer a chance of escape. But it gave a queer sidelight into
-the cleverness of Terror Carson. Not many seal poachers would
-have thought of such a trick to dodge the cruisers sent after
-them.</p>
-
-<p>Still, he had nobody to work it, which certainly reduced its
-value to nil. How Raynor longed to get a chance to set the
-wireless up and operate the key! He felt sure that were he in a
-position to do so, he could soon have summoned help.</p>
-
-<p>But, as he was fain to admit to himself as he went about his
-kitchen tasks, he might just as well have wished for the moon.
-He did not even know where Carson had locked up the temporarily
-useless radio set.</p>
-
-<p>The next day a terrific Arctic storm descended on the
-<i>Polly Ann</i>. The wind blew with a velocity that threatened
-to tear the sails from the bolt ropes, and icy sleet and snow
-enveloped the craft as if in a white blanket.</p>
-
-<p>She scudded forward under almost bare poles. Raynor found
-cause during those hours to admire Terror Carson’s schooner,
-which was the staunchest, swiftest craft he had ever seen. It
-appeared marvelous that anything built by man’s hands could
-endure the merciless racking the <i>Polly Ann</i> submitted
-to.</p>
-
-<p>Work in the galley was only carried on with the greatest
-difficulty during this period. The men forward lived on water
-and biscuit and hot meals were cooked only for the
-officers.</p>
-
-<p>And all this time Raynor was profoundly ignorant of the
-destination of the storm-driven schooner, or if she was nearing
-it. By the amount of northing that had been made, he knew that
-they were getting into the region of seals, but Terror Carson
-gave no sign that he intended to lie to.</p>
-
-<p>In the midst of the white storm an incident happened which,
-looked at afterward, was amusing, but at the time it occurred
-was actually alarming. Not long after the dinner hour, while
-the storm was at its height, the schooner struck some solid
-object with a dull thud that made her shake from head to
-stern.</p>
-
-<p>“Land ho! We’ve struck!” bawled some of the crew.</p>
-
-<p>But the <i>Polly Ann</i> flew onward, and in a few seconds
-the cause of the bump was ascertained when, over the lee rail,
-was seen an immense “right” whale. The creature spouted in
-indignation as the schooner, her rail lined with men, shot by.
-The water fell in a shower on the decks, drenching them.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the whale’s way of getting even fer dat uppercut we
-handed him,” grinned Noddy comprehendingly.</p>
-
-<p>The next day the gale had decreased in violence and the
-weather cleared. Raynor, on his way from the galley with the
-mid-day meal, looked up to windward and suddenly saw something
-that made his heart bound.</p>
-
-<p>It was another schooner, also flying north under a press of
-sail. Like a flash an idea came to him. In a stern locker,
-already bent to the hoisting halyards, was the schooner’s
-ensign,&mdash;one of many, for at different times it suited Terror
-Carson to belong to different nations. This flag was a United
-States ensign. Raynor’s daring plan was to reverse the flag in
-the universal language of distress and summon aid from the
-other schooner.</p>
-
-<p>He looked at the man at the wheel. The fellow was dozing
-apparently. Raynor set down the tin dishes he was carrying aft
-and cautiously approached the flag locker.</p>
-
-<p>It was the work of only a moment to reverse the ensign.</p>
-
-<p>“Now I’ll hoist it and then hide some place till that other
-craft sends a boat,” thought Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>With infinite caution he began to hoist the reversed flag.
-It fluttered out bravely in the brisk wind.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor’s heart beat high.</p>
-
-<p>“Jove, I believe it will be successful,” he exclaimed to
-himself.</p>
-
-<p>The flag reached the peak and streamed out in the wind.</p>
-
-<p>“Now if they only see it,” thought Raynor. He watched the
-schooner in an agony of apprehension. Then, with a cry of
-triumph that he could not suppress, he saw the canvas on the
-other craft flapping as she put about.</p>
-
-<p>So absorbed was he in the spectacle that he did not notice a
-quick, sharp tread behind him, did not see the uplifted
-sledge-hammer fist of Terror Carson.</p>
-
-<p>But the next moment a terrific blow felled him to the
-deck.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXVI'>CHAPTER XVI: LOCKED IN THE CABIN.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Half stunned, Raynor looked up in time to see Carson
-lowering the reversed ensign. He staggered painfully to his
-feet. He was in time to see the other schooner filling away
-again on her course as those on board her saw the signal of
-distress lowered to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>Carson paid no attention to Raynor till he had finished with
-the ensign. Then, in bitter tones, he told him to follow him.
-Raynor had no recourse but to obey.</p>
-
-<p>The captain took him aft and opened the door of a small
-cabin. It was not the one Raynor had been used to occupy.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to lock you up in here,” he said, “for the time
-being. I’ll decide what to do with you later.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why can’t you let me go?” demanded Raynor, “I’m no good to
-you in your poaching schemes and sooner or later you’ll have to
-free me. Why not now?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because you know too much,” was the answer. The captain
-turned on his heel and slammed the door. Raynor heard a wooden
-bar fall into sockets on the outside. He was a prisoner. No one
-came near him for the rest of that day.</p>
-
-<p>The room was lighted by a small port. By looking out of this
-Raynor was able to make out that he was confined in the extreme
-stern of the schooner. Right over the rudder, in fact.</p>
-
-<p>When darkness came he stretched himself out on the single
-bunk which ran along one side of the cabin. It boasted no bed
-clothes and he was very cold. But youth, and his exhausted
-condition after the excitements of the day, overcame him, and
-he was soon fast asleep.</p>
-
-<p>In the morning he was scarcely awake before Pompey appeared
-with some bread and a jug of water.</p>
-
-<p>“Is that all I get to eat?” demanded Raynor who, despite his
-plight, had his appetite.</p>
-
-<p>“Das all,” said Pompey commiseratingly, “dat cap’n he say
-yo’ blood need coolin’ wid light diet.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know if I’m to be let out, Pompey?” asked Raynor
-with some anxiety.</p>
-
-<p>“Dat am a subjec’ upon which ah am discommoded by de captain
-suppressed commands ter conversationalize,” rejoined Pompey.
-“I’se mighty sorry, but ah jes’ got to keep quiet while ah’s in
-hyah.”</p>
-
-<p>He shook his woolly head solemnly and then, having set down
-the breakfast, if such it could be called, took his departure.
-Raynor heard the confining bar fall as the door was locked. He
-groaned aloud.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, what a fix,” he muttered, “out of the frying pan into
-the fire. If I ever get out of this, catch me ever sitting on a
-steamer’s rail with my legs swinging, for all my troubles come
-from that. Good old Jack, if only I had heeded his advice. I
-wonder what he is doing now?”</p>
-
-<p>He broke off his reflections with a heavy sigh, and tackled
-the uninviting-looking stale bread. First, however, he took a
-hearty draught from the water pitcher, for he was very
-thirsty.</p>
-
-<p>He was munching away at a dried crust when he suddenly saw
-some object dangling in front of the cabin port hole. At first
-he thought it was a sea bird. But the next instant he made it
-out as a parcel hanging on the end of a string.</p>
-
-<p>“Must be for me,” mused the lad, and reaching out an arm he
-drew in the package. The string came with it, as whoever had
-lowered the package from the stern deck above, released his
-grip.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor tore away the wrappings and revealed what was to him
-just then a banquet. There was a chicken wing, crisp fried
-potatoes, pickles and a wedge of pie. Scrawled on the paper
-which contained the meal was this message:</p>
-
-<p>“Ete harty.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s good old Noddy,” cried Raynor to himself, his eyes
-growing misty. “He’s stolen part of that chicken that was
-killed yesterday for the captain’s dinner and risked punishment
-to help me out. What a fine fellow he is for all his odd
-ways!”</p>
-
-<p>With a good appetite Raynor fell to on the daintier fare
-that had come to him by “air route.” In a short time not a
-crumb was left. The day wore slowly away after that. At dusk
-Pompey appeared and thrust a lantern inside the cabin. But he
-did not speak. From this Raynor judged that Terror Carson was
-near at hand.</p>
-
-<p>His captivity was wearing on him, even in the short time
-that he had been confined. He had nothing to read, and had
-passed the long hours of daylight gazing out of the port hole
-and watching the waves and an occasional sea-bird that swooped
-in the schooner’s wake, alert for scraps from the galley.</p>
-
-<p>The lantern was a welcome companion at least. Raynor felt
-that he could not have passed an entire night in the dark with
-only his thoughts for company. He hung the lantern on a hook on
-the ceiling and cast himself on his back on the bunk.</p>
-
-<p>All at once he sat bolt upright with an exclamation.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t stand this any longer. I’ve got to find some way of
-escape.”</p>
-
-<p>But a brief survey of the tiny cabin showed that this was a
-much easier thing to plan than to accomplish. The door was
-solid, so were the walls and the ceiling. At last there
-remained only the floor. A shabby worn strip of carpet was
-nailed on it.</p>
-
-<p>“I might as well be thorough about this,” mused Raynor and
-he ripped the flimsy fabric from the planks. Something met his
-eyes that made them shine with delight.</p>
-
-<p>“Eureka!” he cried, “I’ve found it.”</p>
-
-<p>Under the shabby carpet was an iron ring let into what
-appeared to be a small trap-door.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s where I fool Terror Carson,” murmured Raynor, as he
-inserted his fingers in the ring and tugged with all his
-strength.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXVII'>CHAPTER XVII: IN THE EYES OF THE SHIP.</h2>
-
-
-<p>The square piece of flooring swung upward. It revealed a
-dark hole and the top rounds of a ladder.</p>
-
-<p>“Must go down into the hold,” decided Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>He held the lantern into the black rectangle left gaping by
-the opened trap-door. It did not reveal much, except beams and
-timbers and the rest of the ladder.</p>
-
-<p>A dank, musty smell came up from below. Then came a noise
-that so startled Raynor he almost dropped the lantern. It
-sounded like the rush of a gale of wind. But the next minute he
-knew what it was. The scampering of myriads of rats. He could
-hear their squeaks and gibbers as, alarmed by the light, they
-fled through the hold.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I might as well risk it,” thought the boy. “If it
-doesn’t lead to anything I can always get back.”</p>
-
-<p>Taking the lantern, he cautiously descended the ladder. Soon
-he found himself on the floor of the hold. It reeked with a
-nauseating fishy smell which Raynor knew must have come from
-the numerous cargoes of seal oil and skins the <i>Polly Ann</i>
-had carried in times past.</p>
-
-<p>The hold was rather unevenly floored and the pitching of the
-schooner made the lad’s advance somewhat difficult. But,
-holding his lantern aloft, he made his way forward. He had
-reached a point where the hold narrowed into a small triangle,
-the very “eyes” of the ship, as sailors call it, when he saw a
-ladder.</p>
-
-<p>“Guess, since I’m embarked on this enterprise, I might as
-well see it through,” thought the lad.</p>
-
-<p>He clambered up the ladder and found a closed hatchway at
-the top. Not without misgivings he shoved it upward, and found
-himself in a tiny triangular cubby hole full of odds and ends
-of chains and ropes.</p>
-
-<p>He knew at once where he was. In his ramblings about the
-ship he had noticed this little triangular space in the bows
-and thought of it in a casual way as a good hiding place, if
-the time ever came to use it. He blew out his lantern and cast
-himself down on a bale of oakum. But he was far from
-comfortable in his retreat.</p>
-
-<p>Every time a wave broke over the bow it drenched him. Soon
-he was soaked through and miserable. He had put some of the
-bread Pompey had brought him that morning in his pockets. From
-time to time he chewed a bit of it, more for the sake of doing
-something than with the idea of satisfying his appetite.</p>
-
-<p>At length he fell into an uneasy doze. He was awakened by
-hearing voices near him. It was daylight, as he could see by
-the light that filtered through cracks in his hiding place.</p>
-
-<p>“Be jabbers,” said the voice of the Irish helmsman, “the bye
-isn’t on board this hooker. It’s mesilf as has searched frum
-stem to starn entirely.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yo’ tak mah bible word fo’ it O’Brien,” responded Pompey’s
-voice, “dat ghostesses has taken dat lad. Dey took mah puddin’
-one night, now dey take one ob mah deputised cooks.”</p>
-
-<p>“Great snakes, are there ghosts aboard this craft?” gasped
-O’Brien.</p>
-
-<p>“De surest ting dat yo’ know. Didn’ dep apparitionise
-demselves to me one night when I was steering dis wessel?”</p>
-
-<p>“Real ghosts?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yas, sah. Dey had green faces all flamin’ an’ red eyes
-an’&mdash;an’ green hair an’ dey was mo’ dan nineteen feet tall.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ochone! This is no place for me,” declared O’Brien. “I
-guess I’ll go and report to the captain.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yo’ all better tell him dat ghostesses done it same as dey
-stole de puddin’,” said Pompey in parting.</p>
-
-<p>“Garn wid ye. D’ye think I want ter be hanging on the yard
-arrum like a string of onions on a beam?” flung back O’Brien,
-as he hurried off.</p>
-
-<p>“So they have discovered my disappearance,” thought Raynor,
-“and so far they have got no clew to my whereabouts. This is
-just the opportunity to escape I was looking for. I’ll sneak
-out of here to-night and get a boat and make off. Hold on
-though, would that be fair to Noddy?”</p>
-
-<p>After some cogitation the lad decided that it would not do
-to leave the good-hearted Bowery boy behind.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll find some means of communicating with him,” he
-thought. “Maybe later in the day, when he comes forward to get
-potatoes, I can attract his attention. The potato bin is quite
-close at hand.”</p>
-
-<p>Not long before noon Noddy came forward with a basket to the
-storage bin, where vegetables, such as potatoes, onions and
-turnips, were kept.</p>
-
-<p>“H-i-s-t!” whispered Raynor through a crack.</p>
-
-<p>“Now what under the sun was dat?” exclaimed the Bowery boy,
-looking about him, “sounded like a cat. But dere ain’t no cats
-on dis craft. What was it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Noddy, it’s me&mdash;Raynor,” breathed the hidden lad
-eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>Noddy dropped his basket in his astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what d’ye know about dat,” he exclaimed. “Pompey said
-dat de spooks had got cher.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not yet,” laughed Raynor, “but I have a fine plan for an
-escape. Meet me at the galley at midnight to-night and we’ll
-get away in one of the boats.”</p>
-
-<p>“Chee, youse don’ rush tings at all, at all, do youse?”
-cried Noddy admiringly. “But I’m wid yer. I’ll swipe some grub
-to-day and hide it.”</p>
-
-<p>“By-the-way, that reminds me,” exclaimed Raynor, “thanks for
-that chicken, but what about something to eat to-day?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll bring youse some grub. Don’t worry. I’ll make all
-excuse to git a bit of waste or rope out of that cubby hole. I
-got ter go now. De old man’s lookin’ forward. He mus’ tink I’ve
-gone nuts talkin’ ter myself.”</p>
-
-<p>He hurried off but an hour later brought Raynor a good meal,
-consisting of what was left over from the cabin dinner. The
-hidden lad ate it with a relish which was sharpened by the
-thought that that night he might be able to make good his
-escape.</p>
-
-<p>That afternoon it began to grow rough, and Raynor’s retreat
-was anything but comfortable. Water poured in every time the
-<i>Polly Ann</i> breasted a big wave. The lad was soon cold and
-shivering. But the hours passed somehow and at last, by the
-chiming of the ship’s bell, Raynor knew that the time had come
-to put his plan of escape into operation.</p>
-
-<p>He crawled out upon the deck from his hiding place, feeling
-wet and stiff, and proceeded cautiously, for discovery was
-likely at any instant.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXVIII'>CHAPTER XVIII: RAYNOR TO THE RESCUE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>As he made his way toward the now dark and deserted galley,
-Raynor noted, with regret, that it was a rough night. The
-schooner appeared at one minute to rush at what seemed to be a
-towering black wall but which Raynor knew was a wave.</p>
-
-<p>It looked as if she must be submerged in the mass of water.
-But every time she rose gallantly and topped the crest of the
-giant combers. Storm sail was set, just sufficient to give the
-craft steerage way.</p>
-
-<p>“Bother it all,” muttered Raynor, “it seems that luck is
-always against us. Here I had everything planned for an ideal
-escape and now I doubt if it wouldn’t be suicidal to venture
-forth in such a sea.”</p>
-
-<p>The schooner rushed up a wall of water and then coasted
-hissingly down the other side. Her lights shone out bravely
-like red and green jewels on either side of her bow. But it
-seemed that momentarily they would be drowned out.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor clawed his way along the bucking, plunging deck, to
-the door of the galley. Here he gave three cautious knocks. The
-door opened and Noddy drew him in.</p>
-
-<p>“Chee!” exclaimed the Bowery youth, when they were both safe
-inside, “dis is de wurstest night I ever seen. I don’t see a
-ghost of a show of our escaping to-night. Why, de
-<i>Mauretania</i> ’ud have a hard time in dese waves, let alone
-a small boat.”</p>
-
-<p>“Still I hate to give it up,” rejoined Raynor, “maybe the
-weather will moderate after awhile,” he added hopefully.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t look much like it. I’m gloomed fer fair,” grumbled
-Noddy disconsolately.</p>
-
-<p>They peeped out of the galley through a square port cut in
-the stern wall.</p>
-
-<p>The decks were deserted but for the figure of the man at the
-wheel. He stood there in dripping yellow oilskins, gripping the
-helm and turning it this way or that as the great seas
-threatened the schooner. The binnacle light gleamed on his
-waterproof garments, making him look like a figure of
-bronze.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish this storm would let up,” observed Raynor at
-length.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe it’ll get worser,” said the pessimistic Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope not. It’s quite bad enough now. Anyhow, it’s severe
-enough to make us call off all our plans.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, bad luck to it,” was the reply.</p>
-
-<p>There came, if possible, a louder shriek of the wind, and
-the schooner received a buffeting blow from a wave that made
-her stagger.</p>
-
-<p>“Jumping juniper! What’s up now?” cried Noddy in some
-alarm.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t know. But something has happened,” replied
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>At the same moment came a shout from the helmsman. There was
-a rush of feet on deck. The boys could hear it plainly in one
-of those lulls that sometimes occur in the midst of even the
-fiercest storms. Lanterns flashed and questions and answers
-were bawled about the deck.</p>
-
-<p>They saw Terror Carson, followed by his mate, rush up on
-deck. Then came a loud shout.</p>
-
-<p>“All hands aft. The mainsail has gone!”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor flung the door open.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on,” he cried but Noddy hung back.</p>
-
-<p>“What fer? Dey might cotch yer,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t care. Some bad accident has happened. The schooner
-may be going down.”</p>
-
-<p>Indeed, from the wild yawing and pitching the craft was
-doing, it did seem as if she was mortally injured in some way.
-Thus urged by Raynor, Noddy accompanied him toward the stern.
-There was a cluster of sailors about the after mast. It
-appeared, as well as Raynor could make out, that something had
-happened to the boom or the gaff.</p>
-
-<p>As the two lads rushed sternward, not caring in their
-excitement if Raynor was seen or not, they saw that the stout
-canvas of the storm mainsail had been ripped from leach to
-peak. The great sail was flapping and snapping in the wind. It
-made a noise like the reports of cannon.</p>
-
-<p>To make matters worse the great boom, unsupported, was
-sweeping back and forth across the decks with every roll of the
-disabled schooner, like a huge flail. It imperiled the lives of
-everybody who got in its pathway.</p>
-
-<p>“Cut away the halyards and get that canvas loose!” bawled
-the captain.</p>
-
-<p>Half a dozen sailors tried to, but the threshing boom drove
-them off.</p>
-
-<p>“Get a line on that boom,” bellowed the mate, “lash it back.
-Lively, now.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’ll tear out the mast in a minute,” shouted Carson.</p>
-
-<p>The men labored heroically. But it was almost beyond human
-power to do anything with the volleying mass of canvas and the
-great boom. The captain and the mate shouted encouragingly to
-them but it appeared to do little good. Once or twice a man was
-almost lost over the side in the struggle for mastery.</p>
-
-<p>The boys were now quite close to the whole wild scene. But
-nobody noticed them. Everyone was far too much engrossed in his
-own affairs. There was nothing they could do, but they stood by
-in readiness. To them it seemed as if every moment must be the
-schooner’s last.</p>
-
-<p>“Here, you,” shouted Carson, stepping suddenly forward and
-addressing one of the men, “what are you doing with those
-ropes? You’re cutting the wrong ones.”</p>
-
-<p>He hastened forward to show what he meant. For the nonce he
-had forgotten the terrible sweep of the menacing boom. An
-instant later the big spar, sweeping in a huge semi-circle,
-swung straight at him.</p>
-
-<p>“Look out!” roared the mate.</p>
-
-<p>But Carson did not appear to hear.</p>
-
-<p>“He’ll be killed dead!” shrilled Noddy, looking on with
-horror.</p>
-
-<p>“The boom!” shouted Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly Carson saw his danger. But he stepped aside too
-late. Another instant and his brains would have been battered
-out. But Raynor, with a flash of inspiration, averted a
-tragedy. Stooping down he seized a stout rope attached to the
-boom. In another instant he had it wrapped round a stout timber
-“bitt.”</p>
-
-<p>The rope strained as the force of the threshing boom came on
-it. It drew taut as a violin string. But it held. The big
-swaying spar was checked within a foot of the captain’s
-head.</p>
-
-<p>Almost instantly a swarm of sailors swooped down on the boom
-and secured it strongly. It was then that Terror Carson stepped
-up to Raynor. His hand was held out.</p>
-
-<p>“I thought you had escaped, boy,” he said, “but it seems you
-were destined to save my life. I thank you.”</p>
-
-<p>The words were simple, but there was a curious break in the
-giant seal poacher’s voice as he uttered them.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXIX'>CHAPTER XIX: SKULL ISLAND.</h2>
-
-
-<p>The sailors did not take long in making good the damage done
-to the sail. A new one was bent and then the schooner’s action
-changed from a wallowing and rolling in the trough of the waves
-to a light skimming over them. The storm, now that the wind and
-waves appeared to have satisfied themselves by inflicting all
-the damage they could, seemed to die down.</p>
-
-<p>“You had better go below to your own cabin,” said the
-captain to Raynor when all had been made snug again. “You will
-hear no more of your attempt to get away.”</p>
-
-<p>Without waiting for a rejoinder, he was gone. Raynor turned
-dazedly to Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I’m in his good books again,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, why wouldn’t yer be?” said the Bowery boy, “you saved
-his life.”</p>
-
-<p>At this juncture there was a shrill yell behind them. It was
-Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“By de holy poker, de ghostesses done brung back young Massa
-Raynor, jes lak dey does mah puddin’,” he cried, feeling
-Raynor’s arm to make sure it was solid flesh and blood.</p>
-
-<p>“Gollyumption,” he exclaimed, “it’s Massa Raynor, all right.
-Whar dose ghostesses done tak you-all to? Ah ’specs dey rides
-yo on a broomstick an all.”</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t been with any ghosts,” laughed Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>But Pompey put on a knowing look.</p>
-
-<p>“Yo’ kaint fool dis chile dat ’er way,” he said, “ah knows
-too much of der mysteriferiousness of der prognosticatius. Dats
-de science ob ghostesses. Yo’ all went to der same place as dat
-puddin’ done go when de spooks took it.”</p>
-
-<p>It was no use to try to argue with the old negro. Ever since
-the night the boys had tried to escape, Pompey’s naturally
-superstitious mind had conceived the idea that the <i>Polly
-Ann</i> was “hanted.” Nothing would drive it out of his
-head.</p>
-
-<p>Terror Carson made no further advances to Raynor. In fact,
-the next day he hardly appeared to notice the boy who had saved
-his life by his quick wit and action. But Raynor did not worry
-about that. In fact, the less attention he received from the
-seal poacher, the better pleased he was.</p>
-
-<p>The next day they found themselves enveloped in floes of
-ice. The wind blew hard and cold too. Suddenly, while they were
-crunching through the floating floes, the look-out gave a loud
-hail.</p>
-
-<p>“Land ho!”</p>
-
-<p>The shout was echoed by a score of voices. It brought a
-thrill to Raynor, who ran to the galley door. Across the ice
-floes he could make out a rough, low-lying, rocky island. The
-waves dashed against some low cliffs in clouds of white spray.
-A few sea birds hovered, wheeling and screaming, above it.</p>
-
-<p>Terror Carson hurried forward. He gave the island one glance
-and then said: “That’s Skull Island. There used to be good
-sealing there. But that’s all done away with now. The beasts
-have gone to other places. There’s water there, though. A
-perennial spring. I’ve a good mind to land and replenish the
-kegs.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why is it called Skull Island?” inquired Raynor, feeling,
-that as Carson appeared in a good mood, he might venture the
-question.</p>
-
-<p>“On account of a fight that took place there some years
-ago,” said Carson. “Rival sealers battled on the island and the
-conquerors stuck up the skulls of their enemies on poles.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is a dismal-looking place,” said Raynor. “Does anybody
-live there?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, it is uninhabited. Nothing but a few sea-birds and,
-once in a while, some sealer, after water, goes there,” was the
-rejoinder.</p>
-
-<p>To the right, or western side of the island, there was a
-sort of lane or channel through the closely packed ice. It soon
-appeared that it was Terror Carson’s intention to guide his
-craft through this to a mooring ground. He took the wheel
-himself, as he usually did in emergencies. Soon, sharp orders
-to the sail-handlers came crackling from his lips in a
-continuous volley.</p>
-
-<p>“Easy on your main sheet.”</p>
-
-<p>“Aye, aye, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Blocks and tackles forward.”</p>
-
-<p>“All clear, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>It was ticklish work, for here and there the gnarled heads
-of black rocks showed above the surface of the water. If one
-had penetrated the <i>Polly Ann’s</i> hull there would have
-been an end to her then and there. But Terror Carson steered
-her, with an expressionless face and consummate skill, past
-every peril. At last they lay off a rocky cove. The leadsman in
-the bow sang out that there was plenty of water.</p>
-
-<p>“Let go the anchor,” bellowed Carson.</p>
-
-<p>The cable roared out, and for the first time in many days,
-the <i>Polly Ann</i> lay at rest.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor leaned over the rail, not having anything to do just
-then, and watched the island with a strange fascination. Even
-its sinister name did not detract from his desire to go ashore
-and give it a thorough exploration. In time to come Raynor was
-to grow to know that island well and regret the day he ever saw
-it.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXX'>CHAPTER XX: JACK TRIES OUT HIS INVENTION.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“Icebergs ahead.”</p>
-
-<p>The look-out in the crow’s nest of the <i>Thespis</i> sang
-out the warning sharply. Officers and men of the smart revenue
-cutter were instantly on the alert.</p>
-
-<p>“Where away?” came from the bridge.</p>
-
-<p>“Two points off the starboard bow, sir,” was the
-response.</p>
-
-<p>The officer leveled his binoculars on a huge mass of ice
-about two miles off. It glittered like polished steel. It rose
-into two huge points like the steeples of a cathedral. Jack
-emerged from his wireless cabin and secured from the officer
-the latitude and longitude.</p>
-
-<p>Then he returned to his instruments, and within half an hour
-every ship within reaching distance on the Atlantic track knew
-of the great berg and its position, rate of progression and
-probable course. For some days this had been Jack’s daily
-work.</p>
-
-<p>He went forward to the bridge to make his report on the
-ships he had warned. Captain Simms was there eyeing the steely
-blue ice mountain.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to dynamite that fellow just as I would a derelict
-that imperiled navigation,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been thinking the same thing, sir,” said Jack
-respectfully, “and I’ve thought up a new method of doing
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that, my lad?”</p>
-
-<p>“I could blow that berg up by wireless!”</p>
-
-<p>The commander looked at the boy as if he thought Jack had
-taken leave of his senses or had had the temerity to joke with
-his commanding officer. But Jack was never more serious in his
-life.</p>
-
-<p>“I mean it, sir,” he said steadily.</p>
-
-<p>“Explain yourself, Ready. I must confess that your statement
-set me aback.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been figuring out a method,” rejoined the boy, “of
-firing torpedoes, guns and mines by wireless. I think I have it
-perfected, but if you would permit an experiment on that big
-iceberg yonder, it would be a magnificent opportunity to put my
-theories to the test.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jove, boy, I’ve half a mind to do it. To destroy that berg
-is certainly in the line of duty.”</p>
-
-<p>“Undoubtedly, sir. If you will allow me six men and a boat
-and the necessary explosives I think I can guarantee to blow
-that berg into smithereens within an hour by a simple pressure
-of the key in my wireless-room.”</p>
-
-<p>“It sounds incredible&mdash;yet, great guns and little fishes,
-lad,&mdash;I’m going to let you try. Harley!”</p>
-
-<p>The coxswain hailed, stepped up, and saluted smartly. “Aye,
-aye, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is the Number Two cutter in good condition?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well. You will take a crew of six and report to Mr.
-Ready, here, for his orders.”</p>
-
-<p>The man saluted and hurried off. Before long the crew and
-the cutter were ready. In the meantime the explosives Jack
-wanted were brought on deck and then loaded in the boat. This
-done, Jack vanished into his cabin and emerged before long
-carrying a coil of copper wire and several powerful
-batteries.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, if I could have two extra oars,” he said, briskly
-addressing Commander Simms, who had gazed on the preparations
-with interest but had asked no questions.</p>
-
-<p>“All right, my boy. I’ve no idea what you want them for but
-you shall have them. Coxswain, get two more oars.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>At last all was ready, and the boat shot away from the side
-of the cutter. The six brawny jackies making up the crew pulled
-for the berg with quick, strong strokes. This trip was a
-welcome diversion from the monotony of the iceberg patrol duty.
-They made good time over the water, and soon the berg was
-reached.</p>
-
-<p>A close view showed that a sort of valley bisected it
-between the towering steeples of ice that rose at each end. It
-was an easy matter to scramble up on the low-lying ledges of
-the edge of the berg. Half the party landed, while those
-remaining in the boat handed up the explosives and other
-apparatus to them. At last everything was ready. Jack ordered
-the men still remaining in the boat on to the berg.</p>
-
-<p>They obeyed with alacrity, all eagerness to know what was
-coming next. Among the supplies brought were six crowbars, for
-the ice-patrol craft carried every kind of tool for dealing
-with ice.</p>
-
-<p>Jack set the men to work digging holes,&mdash;like post holes in
-the ice at regular intervals right across the valley. When this
-had been done an oar was set up at each end of the row of
-holes.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we’ll load ’em,” said Jack, and into each hole a
-“capped” charge of explosive was placed, being tamped down
-carefully.</p>
-
-<p>When this had been done the copper wire was stretched from
-one oar to the other like a telegraph wire. From this main wire
-branch, wires were led to each of the loaded holes and there
-carefully attached to the fulminate of mercury caps. When all
-this had been done to Jack’s satisfaction, he electrified the
-system with his batteries, attaching them to the main wire.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we’ll pull back to the ship,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Beg pardon, sir, but ain’t you going to touch off all that
-dynamite?” asked the coxswain.</p>
-
-<p>“And blow ourselves up as well as the berg? Not much,”
-laughed Jack, “come on, boys, give way lively now, and before
-long you’ll see fireworks.”</p>
-
-<p>In a short time they were back on the ship. Jack reported to
-Captain Simms that everything was in readiness for the long
-distance explosion. All eyes turned curiously on the lad as he
-walked aft to the wireless room, for word had spread through
-the ship of the experiment that was to be tried.</p>
-
-<p>Jack tested up his instruments carefully. Then he adjusted
-the dynamo for an extra heavy current of “juice.” When this had
-been done, he sat down coolly at the key.</p>
-
-<p>“Now watch the berg!” he shouted, and the cry was taken up
-and passed along the decks.</p>
-
-<p>He pressed down the key. There was a snap and a crackle as
-the live flame leaped between its points. Far above from the
-aërials, an invisible wave of electricity rolled.</p>
-
-<p>It struck the copper wire on the berg and rushed along it
-and down the wires leading to the capped explosives.</p>
-
-<p>Simultaneously there was a mighty roar.</p>
-
-<p>“There she goes,” yelled the sailors.</p>
-
-<p>The berg was seen to split in half and then dissolve as if
-it had been melted. Five minutes later nothing was to be seen
-where it had been but a cloud of yellowish smoke.</p>
-
-<p>The pressure of a finger on a wireless key two miles away
-had destroyed the titanic berg and left not a trace of its
-dangerous existence.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXI'>CHAPTER XXI: THE WRECK OF THE “<i>POLLY ANN</i>”</h2>
-
-
-<p>To his disappointment, Raynor was not allowed on the boats
-that took the water party ashore on Skull Island. He and Noddy
-had to content themselves with watching the operations
-ashore.</p>
-
-<p>It was night when the work had been completed and the casks
-all filled. Terror Carson, therefore, decided to remain at
-anchor off the island all night. This was against the advice of
-his mate, who counseled making for the open sea.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like the look of the weather,” he said, regarding
-certain yellowish castellated clouds that hung on the northern
-horizon. But Terror Carson only laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“This is a snug enough berth,” he declared. “We’ll lie here
-till daylight. Then for a dash across the boundary and some
-fine Canadian seals.”</p>
-
-<p>But by midnight it was seen that the mate’s advice had been
-good. Without warning on the barometer, a furious storm swept
-down on the anchored schooner. She began to drag. Two more
-anchors were let go and she held securely. But now another
-peril appeared.</p>
-
-<p>Huge fields of drift ice and growlers, driven from the north
-by the storm, drove down on the <i>Polly Ann</i>. The ice
-crunched against her sides like rasping teeth. It seemed as if
-the forces of nature had combined to destroy her.</p>
-
-<p>The stout timbers of her hull cracked ominously under the
-terrific pressure. There was no sleep on board. All hands were
-on deck. Terror Carson, more perturbed than Raynor had ever
-seen him, strode the deck as if distracted.</p>
-
-<p>The schooner was the apple of his eye. But now it appeared
-that she was doomed, and through his fault.</p>
-
-<p>There was nothing to be done. A sickly gray dawn showed the
-schooner surrounded by ice for miles. Almost as far as the eye
-could reach, in fact.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll never get out of here alive,” declared the
-sailors.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing but bad luck has followed us on this trip,” was
-another remark heard among them.</p>
-
-<p>All that day the <i>Polly Ann</i> held together. Terror
-Carson grew more confident.</p>
-
-<p>“The old hooker will weather it yet,” he declared. But the
-mate shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“She’ll leave her bones here,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>Carson turned on him like an infuriated wild beast.</p>
-
-<p>“One more word like that and I’ll knock what serves you for
-brains out of your thick skull,” he snarled, and fell to pacing
-the poop.</p>
-
-<p>Completely tired out, Raynor sought his bunk that night and
-fell into a deep sleep of exhaustion. He had not closed his
-eyes the night before and even the perilous position of the
-ship could not have kept him on his feet.</p>
-
-<p>When he awakened, sunshine was streaming into the port of
-his cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Gracious!” he gasped. “I must be late. Carson will half
-kill me.”</p>
-
-<p>He hustled into some clothes and emerged into the outer
-cabin. Almost instantly he stepped into water which the tilt of
-the ship had prevented penetrating into his cabin. The water
-almost covered the main cabin floor. The tilt of the ship made
-it deeper on the opposite side of the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“The ice has crushed the <i>Polly Ann’s</i> ribs,” exclaimed
-the boy. “She is doomed.”</p>
-
-<p>He rushed on deck. The next instant he stood still at the
-top of the companionway, stricken with stupefaction.</p>
-
-<p>The decks, usually at that hour alive with men, were
-deserted. Not a soul was to be seen either fore or aft.</p>
-
-<p>What had happened? Then Raynor’s eyes wandered to the davits
-where the big whale boats used in sealing, generally hung.</p>
-
-<p>They were empty!</p>
-
-<p>The boats were gone!</p>
-
-<p>In a flash he realized what had occurred. The crushing of
-the <i>Polly Ann</i> had happened in the night. Knowing that
-she was doomed the crew had taken to the boats, which could
-push a way through the drift ice and left the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, the cowards! the cowards!” cried Raynor, in an agony of
-anger and apprehension.</p>
-
-<p>The schooner was sinking under his feet and he had no means
-of escape. He was doomed to go to the bottom of the Arctic Sea
-in her without the chance to make a struggle for his life. For
-a few minutes he almost went mad. He rushed up and down the
-decks shouting and raving like a lunatic. Then he suddenly came
-to his senses.</p>
-
-<p>He must be calm. There was nothing to be gained by losing
-his head. Never had he needed the cool use of all his faculties
-so urgently as he did now. He sat down on one of the
-knightheads forward and concentrated his mind on his
-situation.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly he sprang to his feet with a shout.</p>
-
-<p>“What a blind idiot I’ve been!” he cried aloud, “the dories.
-I never thought of them.”</p>
-
-<p>It was curious but true, that in his excitement the lad had
-entirely forgotten, for the time being, the half dozen dories
-“nested” on the after deck. Now, however, the recollection of
-them affected him like a tonic. He began bustling about making
-his preparations to leave the <i>Polly Ann</i> to her ocean
-grave.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXII'>CHAPTER XXII: FOOTPRINTS ON THE SAND.</h2>
-
-
-<p>From the galley and store-rooms he collected a good stock of
-provisions and such utensils as he thought he was likely to
-need. For the boy had come to a hasty conclusion that he would
-take up quarters on Skull Island for the present, at any rate.
-He knew that whalers and sealers sometimes touched there, and
-he might stand a chance of being rescued if he remained there
-instead of venturing, in a flimsy dory, on unknown seas.</p>
-
-<p>But when he had the dory all loaded a difficulty he had not
-thought of in his haste presented itself.</p>
-
-<p>How was he to launch it?</p>
-
-<p>This problem bothered him not a little for some time. But at
-last he solved it. At each end of the dory was a “becket” or
-loop of rope. Raynor unfastened the throat halyards of the
-mainsail and hooked them into these loops. Then it was an easy
-matter to hoist the dory aloft by the aid of block and tackle.
-The <i>Polly Ann</i> had heeled so far over by this time, that
-once the dory was in the air, it swung out over the water, to
-which Raynor quickly lowered it.</p>
-
-<p>Then he dropped over the side and on board his little
-craft.</p>
-
-<p>“Good-bye, old <i>Polly Ann</i>,” he exclaimed, as he took
-up the oars and began rowing through the drifting ice for the
-shore of Skull Island. “You saved my life, but even so I can’t
-say I’ve any particular love for you.”</p>
-
-<p>With this exordium he set to work at his rowing in earnest.
-It was hard work but at last he grounded his boat on a strip of
-sandy beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Welcome to Skull Island,” he said to himself, “Let’s hope
-our stay here will be a short one.”</p>
-
-<p>He dragged the boat up as far as he could on the beach, and
-then unloaded his various goods. They made quite a pile.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m a regular Arctic Robinson Crusoe,” he exclaimed, half
-aloud.</p>
-
-<p>He had hardly made the remark when he started violently. His
-resemblance to Robinson Crusoe was even closer than he had
-thought.</p>
-
-<p>On the close-packed sand of the beach were the footprints of
-a man!</p>
-
-<p>There was somebody else on the island then. For a minute he
-half suspected that one of the landing party, who had come
-ashore for water, might have made the tracks. But this solution
-of the matter was negatived by the fact that they had landed on
-the other side of the island, and had been too busy to roam
-about.</p>
-
-<p>Who could this man be? Captain Carson had told him the
-island was uninhabited. Certainly nobody with the landing party
-had noticed any human being on it or they would have been sure
-to have mentioned it.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor began to feel uncomfortable. He had no weapon, and
-the strange man might be hostile. Certainly he must be an out
-of the ordinary individual to live on such a forsaken island.
-And why had he not appeared when the schooner anchored?</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe he is some desperate criminal hiding here from the
-law,” mused Raynor. “In that case my life will be in
-danger.”</p>
-
-<p>He traced the footsteps till they became lost in loose sand.
-But as nearly as he could judge, the man had walked along the
-beach, and then turned inland.</p>
-
-<p>Raynor felt badly shaken by his discovery. It was not
-pleasant to contemplate sharing an island with a man who might
-prove a dangerous enemy. However, there was no help for it, The
-<i>Polly Ann</i> was sinking and the island was his only
-refuge.</p>
-
-<p>He looked about him. Back of the beach the island shores
-sloped upward abruptly, shutting out any view of the interior.
-Gnarled shrubs and bushes grew among the rocks. They were
-twisted into all sorts of grotesque shapes by the rigors of the
-Arctic winds. From the beach he could see the hull of the
-ill-fated <i>Polly Ann</i>.</p>
-
-<p>The schooner had canted over more but did not appear to have
-sunk any lower in the water. “If only she’d keep afloat I’d go
-right back to her,” muttered Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>He fell to examining the footmarks again. They were very
-large and made with heavy, clumsy boots to judge by their
-appearance.</p>
-
-<p>“The man who made these tracks must be a big fellow, more
-than a match for me in physical strength,” reflected
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>He decided not to penetrate into the interior of the island
-but to set up a camp where he had landed, at all events, for
-the present. He had a half formed plan in his mind, too, of
-rowing out to the <i>Polly Ann</i> and getting more provisions
-before she finally sank. He had brought some canvas along to
-make a tent and he constructed quite a snug shelter by turning
-the boat upside down and supporting it on stones. This made a
-water-tight roof over which he threw the canvas. Next he
-collected wood and built a fire. It was not till that moment
-that he recollected that he would have to go to the other side
-of the island for water.</p>
-
-<p>He did not much like the task. He might encounter the man of
-the island and be attacked by him. Still he thought an
-encounter was bound to occur before long, if he remained. So,
-cutting a stout club from the bushes, and taking up a bucket he
-had brought, he set out for the spring.</p>
-
-<p>By this time it was growing dusk, so much longer than he
-realized had his preparations taken him. He started off,
-walking briskly, and had almost reached the part of the island
-where he knew the spring was located, when he gave a violent
-start.</p>
-
-<p>Ahead of him, standing on a rock as if gazing at something,
-was the figure of a man!</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXIII'>CHAPTER XXIII: AN UNEXPECTED MEETING.</h2>
-
-
-<p>The man had his back turned to him. But at the sight of him,
-Raynor gave such a start that he dropped his bucket. It fell on
-the rocks with a loud clatter.</p>
-
-<p>At the sound the man on the rocks turned suddenly. Then he
-uttered a loud yell and leaped from the boulder. To Raynor’s
-amazement he began running at top speed away from him.</p>
-
-<p>“Hanged if he isn’t more scared of me than I am of him,”
-thought the boy in astonishment. All his fear of the unknown
-man vanished now.</p>
-
-<p>“Hey, there!” he shouted, “don’t run! Stop!”</p>
-
-<p>“Wow-ow!” yelled the fleeing man, and ran faster than
-ever.</p>
-
-<p>“I want to speak to you!” bawled Raynor, beginning to lose
-his temper.</p>
-
-<p>“He must be crazy,” he thought, “but I’ll catch him and find
-out what is the matter with him if I have to chase him all over
-this island.”</p>
-
-<p>He picked up his bucket and set off after the man. It was
-hard work over the rocks and uneven ground. But Raynor, who had
-won several cups as a “miler” at school, soon saw that he was
-gaining on the other. At length only a few feet separated
-them.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly the man gave a yell of piercing quality and tripped
-over a stone. In a jiffy he was sprawling on the ground. Raynor
-grasped his club more tightly and rushed upon him.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean by running away from me like this?” he
-demanded, “what’s the matter with you, anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, oh, Mister Ghost, don’ hurt me. Ah didn’ mean no harm
-by coming on you-all’s island. No, indeed, sah, I didn’. Ah
-des&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Pompey, by all that’s wonderful!” cried Raynor with a glad
-laugh. “Get up, you idiot. I’m no ghost.”</p>
-
-<p>Pompey, for it was the black cook of the <i>Polly Ann</i>,
-sat up with his eyes as big as saucers.</p>
-
-<p>“Gollyumption, if it ain’t Massa Raynor.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and a fine chase you led me. What was the matter with
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah done thought Noddy an’ mahself was alone on dis island.
-Den ah see yo coming an’ ah thought it was a ghostess. Ah done
-heard the rattle of chains jes’ as plain!”</p>
-
-<p>“Those weren’t chains. That was my bucket that I dropped. I
-guess I was as scared as you for a minute because I, too,
-thought I was alone. But tell me, is Noddy really here?”</p>
-
-<p>“He sholly is.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did you come ashore?”</p>
-
-<p>“In one ob de dories. Dey done didn’ leave us nuffin’ else.
-I was awakened in de night by de awfullest shoutin’ an’
-yellin’. Dey say de ship sinkin’&mdash;de ice done punched hole in
-her. But de boats was crowded an’ dey wouldn’ let me or Noddy
-on board. We got lef’ behin’ an’ Noddy, he calkerlate that bin
-as you slep’ in de cabin yo’ mus’ hab been one of the fustest
-in de boats.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I slept too soundly,” rejoined Raynor, “but where
-are you camped?”</p>
-
-<p>“Right ober de top ob dat l’il hill yander. We fin’ a hut
-dere built by some sealer, an it’s right handy to de spring,
-too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, we’ll go right over there. By the way, Pompey,
-have you roamed around the island much?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why yais, dis mawning early I was ober to de udder side. Ah
-go to look at de <i>Polly Ann</i> cos it wuz dark when we
-leabed her.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then it was the track of your foot I saw on the shore,”
-laughed Raynor, much relieved, and he explained to the
-mystified Pompey the “Robinson Crusoe” incident.</p>
-
-<p>As they neared the hut, Noddy came running to meet them. As
-he saw who was with Pompey, he broke into an exultant yell.</p>
-
-<p>“Whoopee! Gee, ain’t I glad! Bill, old socks, I thought you
-wus off in de boats wid Terror an’ dat crew. Come on in an’
-tell us all about it.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor found a cheery fire burning in an old iron stove
-inside the hut, which was lighted by a ship’s lantern Pompey
-had had the foresight to bring from the schooner. It looked
-quite cozy. Pompey soon cooked a good supper and made boiling
-hot tea, to which they all did ample justice.</p>
-
-<p>Then they all had to tell their stories over again, both the
-boys and Pompey, too, shouting with laughter over the wild
-chase the frightened colored man had led Raynor across the
-island.</p>
-
-<p>“Some day you’ll see a real blown-in-the-panel ghost,”
-chuckled Noddy, “and then you’ll jes’ naturally lie down and
-die of scare.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah seen ghostesses, real ones afore now,” affirmed Pompey
-with dignity, “ah see two ob dem on board dat <i>Polly Ann</i>.
-Right den ah knowed dat dat l’il schooner wuz goin’ ter git
-busted. Yassah.”</p>
-
-<p>It was agreed that in the morning they should all go to
-Raynor’s camp by boat, and bring his provisions and so forth,
-round to Camp Hope, as they decided to christen the hut. After
-the exertions of the day, they were disinclined to sit up late,
-and having made up a roaring fire, they turned into their
-blankets, of which Pompey had brought a big supply, and were
-soon asleep.</p>
-
-<p>It must have been after midnight that the boys were awakened
-by an appalling yell from Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“Help! Murder! Help!” shrieked the negro.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter?” shouted the boys.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, the hants! The hants wid de fiery eyes,” bawled the
-colored man, burying his head in his blankets and kicking up
-his heels in an agony of alarm.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXIV'>CHAPTER XXIV: A FRIGHT IN THE NIGHT.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“For de love of Mike, what’s de matter?”</p>
-
-<p>Noddy yelled out the inquiry above the uproar.</p>
-
-<p>“Look! Noddy, look!” cried Raynor suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>Circling round the room, at about six feet above the ground,
-were two glowing fiery eyes.</p>
-
-<p>Even the boys were alarmed at this. Suddenly, too, their
-scalps tightened as a diabolical scream rang through the hut.
-It sounded like the wail of a lost soul.</p>
-
-<p>“Jiminy crickets!” cried Noddy, “I never believed in spooks
-before but I do now.” The circling eyes glared at them and then
-dashed on through the darkness. Again came that piercing
-scream.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t stand this,” gasped Raynor, “light the
-lantern.”</p>
-
-<p>“I-I-fergit where I put de matches,” chattered Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>Luckily, Raynor had some in his pockets. In a moment he had
-the lantern lighted, and the place flooded with radiance. Then
-it was that both boys looked rather shamefaced. What had
-alarmed them so was nothing more than a big white arctic owl
-that had blundered into the hut through the unglazed window. As
-the light flared up, it uttered another wild shriek, and dashed
-out the same way it had entered.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what d’ye know about that?” exclaimed Noddy. “I
-thought sure that fer once we had a real sure-enuff ghost on
-our hands. Get up there, Pompey, your ghost was only an
-owl.”</p>
-
-<p>Pompey, his black face still twitching with alarm, drew his
-head out of the blankets.</p>
-
-<p>“It weren’t no hant?” he asked tremulously.</p>
-
-<p>“No, only an old owl. Aren’t you ashamed of yourself?” said
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, sir, it peared, to me from what I could obfustacate
-dat I wasn’ de onlyest one in dis hut dat was scared inter an
-ager chill, no, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess he’s got it on us dere,” laughed Noddy. “You looked
-as white as a sheet of paper when you lighted that lamp,
-Raynor.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll admit I couldn’t account for those fiery eyes or that
-terrible scream,” rejoined Raynor with a grin.</p>
-
-<p>They hung a blanket across the window so as to guard against
-any more midnight intruders. Soon they were all asleep again.
-No more untoward incidents occurred, and at daybreak they were
-astir.</p>
-
-<p>After breakfast they took the dory, in which Pompey and
-Noddy had landed, and rowed round to Raynor’s camp, which they
-found undisturbed. Looking seaward, they met with a surprise.
-They had fully expected to see that the <i>Polly Ann</i> had
-sunk. But she lay just as she had on the previous day. In fact,
-although the boys did not know it just then, the current had
-swung her hull upon a submerged reef which kept her from
-sinking any deeper.</p>
-
-<p>It was not a long task to dismantle Raynor’s camp and set
-his dory afloat. The load of provisions, etc., was divided
-between the two boats.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter with paying a visit to the <i>Polly
-Ann</i>?” suggested Raynor when they had finished. “It’s odd
-that she’s still afloat.”</p>
-
-<p>“We might get a chance to get some more grub,” added Noddy.
-“We need all we can get with three mouths to feed and no
-knowing how long we’ll be stuck in dis place.”</p>
-
-<p>So it was arranged to row out to the stranded vessel. Once
-alongside, it did not take the boys long to discover the reason
-of the <i>Polly Ann’s</i> still being on the top of the
-water.</p>
-
-<p>“If bad weather doesn’t come, she’ll stay here
-indefinitely,” declared Raynor. “We can visit her here
-every day and get what we want.”</p>
-
-<p>“Dat’s so,” agreed Noddy, “it’s a lucky ting, dat reef wuz
-dere.”</p>
-
-<p>They worked briskly and busily about the schooner and soon
-had the dories loaded as heavily as they dared. Another thing
-they noticed that pleased them. The drift ice was on the
-move.</p>
-
-<p>On every side came sharp reports like pistol shots as it
-broke up and drifted, or else crashed together. But it was
-moving southward with a vast concerted motion that meant that
-ships could approach the island, and was a welcome sign to the
-beleagured adventurers.</p>
-
-<p>By noon they were ready for the row back to Camp Hope, which
-was accomplished without incident. While Pompey cooked a
-bountiful dinner, the boys scrambled to a rocky peak near the
-hut.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll put up a flag here,” declared Raynor, “that will be
-visible from all sides of the island.”</p>
-
-<p>This necessitated another trip to the schooner after the
-noon-day meal. The boys towed back an extra spar, which made a
-fine flagstaff. To it, before they set it up, they nailed the
-United States ensign upside down.</p>
-
-<p>“Anyone seeing that will know there are shipwrecked mariners
-here,” declared Raynor when the job was finished.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, dey kaint come too quick fo’ dis chile,” grinned
-Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>But the weary days went by and no sign of aid came. They
-spent the time transferring all they could from the <i>Polly
-Ann</i> to the shore while the fine weather lasted, for the
-schooner was showing signs of breaking up, and the first gale
-would demolish her.</p>
-
-<p>“If only there was some way of communicating with the
-outside world,” sighed Raynor one evening after supper, when
-they had all sat silent for a time. There was no need for
-anyone to ask the other what he was thinking of.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee, yes,” exclaimed Noddy, “if only we had one of dem
-wireless chatter machines we&mdash;what’s de matter?” for Raynor had
-slapped his thigh loudly and sprung to his feet with a
-whoop.</p>
-
-<p>“What a chump I am,” he fairly shouted.</p>
-
-<p>“I know dat, but what’s de special occasion?” grinned
-Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, we have got one.”</p>
-
-<p>“One what&mdash;a fit?”</p>
-
-<p>“No a wireless outfit.”</p>
-
-<p>“Chee, you must have bats in your belfry. What are youse
-goin’ ter do, wireless wid yer fingers?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, with a proper apparatus.”</p>
-
-<p>Noddy rapped his head with his knuckles in a significant
-way. Then he sighed profoundly.</p>
-
-<p>“Too bad and him so young,” he said to Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not crazy,” cried Raynor joyfully.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a complete wireless set on the <i>Polly Ann</i>!
-I’d forgotten all about it up to now, and what’s more, I can
-use it.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s dat?” cried Noddy, “say, pal, give us yer flipper. I
-see where we do a sneak from this island before we’re a week
-older. Me fer de wireless every time.”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXV'>CHAPTER XXV: POMPEY LEARNS ABOUT WIRELESS.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Bright and early the next morning, you may depend upon it,
-the boys were at work. They experienced some little difficulty
-in locating where Terror Carson had kept the instruments. But
-they ultimately found them in his cabin which, luckily, was not
-on the submerged side of the tilted vessel.</p>
-
-<p>A long, slender spar was towed from the schooner to Camp
-Hope. This was to act as an aërial. Raynor experienced a good
-deal of difficulty in establishing his station. While he was a
-competent operator, thanks to Jack’s untiring instruction, he
-was unfamiliar with connecting the instrument. Luckily,
-however, an instruction book formed a part of the set and this
-aided him not a little in his task.</p>
-
-<p>Power for the current was supplied by a device especially
-made for sailing ships where electric or steam power is not
-available. It consisted of a dynamo and batteries run and
-charged by operating pedals very much as is done on a bicycle.
-Raynor found that he could get ample current with this
-device.</p>
-
-<p>It was a great day when all was ready for the test. The
-instruments had been installed inside the hut. Outside rose the
-tall, slender mast supporting the aërials. Raynor was not
-without a thrill as he took his place at the key. Noddy and
-Pompey stared at him as if he had been a wizard. He pressed
-down the key, and the great spark jumped with a hissing
-explosion between the points.</p>
-
-<p>“Wow!” yelled Pompey, in great alarm, “look at de green
-snake. Will him bite Massa Raynor?”</p>
-
-<p>“He would if you put your fingers on it,” laughed Raynor,
-“you’d get a shock that would lay you out for a week&mdash;so be
-warned and never monkey with the apparatus.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sah, deed ah won’ do dat ting,” Pompey assured him with
-a positive shake of the head. “Dis chile ull certainly not
-trouble dat dere spatteratus no time.”</p>
-
-<p>“How’s she work?” asked Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>“Alright as far as I can make out. I’m sending out the
-S.O.S. call now with all the current I can get.”</p>
-
-<p>“The S.O.S., what’s that mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s a call for help.”</p>
-
-<p>“I see. Means Sunk or Sinkin’, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>“Something like that,” smiled Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Do dat lilly spark snake send out words jes’ like dat?”
-asked Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; it transmits dots and dashes to the aërials and then
-they form electric waves which, in time, strike other aërials
-and give the message.”</p>
-
-<p>“All dat talk about overalls done mystify me,” muttered
-Pompey, “dat ’lectricity go charging frum your overalls till it
-hits some other feller’s overalls, is dat it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Something like it,” rejoined Raynor, “but it’s aërials, not
-overalls.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, hair-oils,” said Pompey, “now ah understan’s puffickly.
-De ’lectricity frum yo’ hair-oils hits de udder hair-oils an
-den de udder feller hears de same spots and splashes dat you’ve
-bin a sendin’ out.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s it, but make it dots and dashes instead of spots and
-splashes.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor had hardly expected an answer to his first call. But
-he was a little discouraged when night came and he had received
-no answer from space. He wondered if he had set the apparatus
-up correctly. He had followed closely the directions in the
-book. Still, he might have made a mistake, and a mistake would
-be fatal to the success of his wireless.</p>
-
-<p>He could see that Noddy and Pompey were skeptical about the
-wireless plant working at all. When no answer came their faith
-plainly began to waver. He spent the evening figuring out their
-exact latitude and longitude on the chart he had brought from
-Captain Carson’s cabin. It gave their position exactly and
-Raynor memorized it so as to be able to flash it out when the
-time came.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, all I’ve got to say is that if wese is dependin’ on
-dat mouse cage uv wire and dat lectric spark to git us offen de
-island, we got a mighty slim chance uv ever giving the
-good-bye,” said Noddy after supper.</p>
-
-<p>“Dat lilly snake seem pretty ter look at but dem hair-oils
-don’ seem ter be circumambulatin’ dose spots an’ splashes in
-jes’ de way dey ought to,” added Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, have a little patience,” said Raynor, “we’ll attract
-attention in time. The atmospheric conditions may not have been
-just right.”</p>
-
-<p>“When you tink dem hysteric conditions will be salubrious
-fer dem hair-oils?” inquired Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you noticed to-day that it was rather foggy. The
-Hertzian waves don’t travel as well in such weather.”</p>
-
-<p>“I ’spose dey calls ’em Hurtsome waves on account ob de way
-dat snaky spark ’ull hurt yo’ if yo’ grab it,” said Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“The wireless transmission is usually better at night,” went
-on Raynor. “I mean to try again before we turn in.”</p>
-
-<p>But his efforts met with no better success than during the
-day. Tired out, and not a little disappointed, he went to bed
-where even his vexation over his failure failed to keep him
-awake.</p>
-
-<p>When he opened his eyes in the morning the first thing he
-saw was Pompey bending over the wireless table and looking with
-eyes that popped out of his head at the twin “telephone”
-receivers that lay there.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter, Pompey?” asked the boy sleepily.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah dunno. Dere’s something mighty obstropulous about dis
-here contrivance. I tink dere’s a spook or a hoodoo in it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t talk such nonsense. What’s the matter?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah dunno. But ah’m plum scared.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t be absurd, Tell me what’s up?”</p>
-
-<p>“Whay dis yer telafoam looking ting am makin’ queer
-noises.”</p>
-
-<p>“WHAT!”</p>
-
-<p>“It jes keeps clicking and tapping lak dere was suthin’
-alive in it.”</p>
-
-<p>Raynor was out of his blankets in a flash. His eyes blazed
-with excitement as he dashed across the room.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, you Senegambian chump,” he yelled, “that’s somebody
-trying to talk to us!”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXVI'>CHAPTER XXVI: A JOYOUS MESSAGE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Jack found the life on board the ice-patrol cutter much to
-his liking. There was almost constant work for him, for the
-southern drift of the ice was unusually heavy that year.</p>
-
-<p>Many a liner had reason to thank the constant vigilance of
-the ice-patrol craft. Across miles of ocean, through space,
-there would flash, from Jack’s key, the message that warned of
-the white terrors of the north. The knowledge thus gained
-enabled the ship receiving it either to alter her course so as
-to steer clear of danger, or to be on the lookout for bergs or
-drift ice.</p>
-
-<p>Nor was the work of the <i>Thespis</i> limited to this. On
-her long “beat” she found occasion two or three times to render
-aid to the crews of ice-battered sailing vessels. Jack’s unique
-device for blowing up icebergs by wireless was tested many
-times and was never found wanting. That spring it did
-invaluable service, all of which was duly mentioned in Captain
-Simms’ report to Washington, when that came to be made.</p>
-
-<p>As the spring wore on and the latter part of May approached,
-the “patrol” of the <i>Thespis</i> lay further and further
-north. One day Jack received a flash from Washington, relayed
-from northern stations. The message gave the <i>Thespis</i>
-additional work to do.</p>
-
-<p>“Watch international sealing boundary closely,” it read,
-“apprehend all poachers. Learn Terror Carson on schooner
-<i>Polly Ann</i> in your vicinity. Try all means to capture
-him.”</p>
-
-<p>But although a sharp lookout was kept, nothing was seen of
-the trig schooner, and little did Jack imagine what ties of
-friendship bound him to one of the <i>Polly Ann’s</i> company.
-And so the days slipped by, with occasional excitement to vary
-the routine, and the time was not far off when danger of
-icebergs for that year would be passed and gone, and the
-<i>Thespis</i> would put back to New York on regular duty.</p>
-
-<p>When that occurred, Jack’s days with the iceberg patrol
-would be numbered, and he had found the work so interesting
-that he rather regretted this. Yet he knew that he was far from
-the top of the ladder yet and that he had many a step to climb
-in the days to come. On his return he knew that Mr. Jukes would
-be back, and he was hoping for an appointment on one of the
-great new liners of the company.</p>
-
-<p>However, these were all day dreams, and Jack was a practical
-youth. Then, too, a good deal of spare time was occupied
-perfecting his portable wireless. He had given it several tests
-and reaped a satisfying reward for his months of labor over it
-when he discovered that it worked well up to a radius of 156
-miles. The weakest point about it was the hand-driven dynamo.
-But just at present Jack saw no way to remedy this without
-increasing the weight of the contrivance so much as to impair
-its portability.</p>
-
-<p>On the night that young Raynor, far off on lonely Skull
-Island, sent out his calls after a day of vain efforts at
-communication, the <i>Thespis</i> was further to the north than
-she had yet cruised. Jack was unusually tired after a day of
-hard work, for several icebergs and fields and not a few
-growlers had been sighted, and he had been kept very busy
-sending out warnings and answering questions flung at him from
-all along the Atlantic track.</p>
-
-<p>But at last the long day was over and his reports neatly
-written out and posted in the big “Berg Book” or log. He was at
-liberty to turn in, for if icebergs were sighted during the
-night by the watch, he knew that he would be at once notified
-so that he could spread the warning broadcast.</p>
-
-<p>As usual, he slept soundly, but he was troubled by dreams.
-They were of Raynor. With remarkable vividness he saw his chum
-adrift on a sea of ice surrounded by perils. Then the scene
-shifted, and Raynor was on a small vessel in a furious storm.
-Jack saw the little craft lifted on giant billows and harassed
-by pounding ice masses. Then came a terrific crash and the
-small vessel broke up. For a flash, Jack saw Raynor swimming
-heroically in the boiling waves and then&mdash;he awakened with a cry
-of alarm.</p>
-
-<p>“Gracious, what a dream,” he muttered. “I’m glad I don’t
-have a nightmare often.”</p>
-
-<p>He looked at the clock on the bulkhead. It was time to turn
-out. As was his custom, Jack inspected the “tell-tale” tape of
-the wireless before he did anything else. This tape is an
-automatic contrivance that works under a “tapper” connected
-with the receiving part of the wireless. An inked roller checks
-off on it any dots and dashes that may have come over the wire
-while the operator was otherwise engaged. To anyone who can
-read code, therefore, it forms a complete record.</p>
-
-<p>Jack picked up the tape in a rather perfunctory way. He
-expected to find nothing on it but the usual inquiries about
-bergs reported earlier and so forth.</p>
-
-<p>But hardly had he cast his eyes on it this morning than he
-almost dropped it again as, if it had been red-hot.</p>
-
-<p>Marked on it over and over again were these symbols:</p>
-
-<div style='display: flex; justify-content: center; text-align:center;'>
- <div style='text-align:center;'>
- <table>
- <tr><td>...</td><td>..</td><td>...</td></tr>
- <tr><td>S</td><td>O</td><td>S</td></tr>
- </table>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>His trained eye skimmed over other markings on the inked
-tape. To him the array of dots and dashes was as plain as
-print.</p>
-
-<p>“We are marooned on a small island. Skull Island. Send
-help.” Then followed the bearings of the island just as Raynor
-had taken them from the course pricked off on Terror Carson’s
-chart.</p>
-
-<p>Jack, without waiting even to transmit a report to Captain
-Simms, switched on the transmitting current. Then he began to
-make the wireless crack and whistle as flash after flash
-volleyed out at his crisp decisive handling of the key.</p>
-
-<p>“Skull Island! Skull Island! Skull Island!” he crackled out
-from the aërials of the <i>Thespis</i>.</p>
-
-<p>But what appeared to be an eternity passed and no answer
-came. Jack had some time since made his report to Captain
-Simms, who had informed him that Skull Island was a speck on
-the map some 250 miles to the north-west of their present
-position. The whole ship buzzed with excitement. Every now and
-then an officer’s head would be poked in the door of the
-wireless room to know if any answer had been received yet.</p>
-
-<p>“It is the most unique situation I ever heard of,” declared
-Captain Simms. “I am half inclined to believe it may be some
-trick. How could anyone, on such a forsaken spot as Skull
-Island, which is a mere mass of rocks and stunted shrubs, have
-a wireless station?”</p>
-
-<p>But Jack kept patiently at his task. His young assistant,
-Bill Higgins, helped him as much as he could. Higgins was a
-young sailor who had shown aptitude for wireless work and had
-been “broken in” under Jack’s predecessor.</p>
-
-<p>“Anything yet?” he asked as he reéntered the wireless room
-after scurrying forward with a message to Captain Simms that
-the air was still silent as the grave.</p>
-
-<p>Jack gave a negative sign.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to try more juice,” he said, “there’s a lot of
-interference this morning. I’ve got to tune it out. Fix up that
-weeding-out circuit like a good fellow.”</p>
-
-<p>“The tertiary one?” asked Higgins.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the idea. If we can’t reach them with that we can’t
-get them at all.”</p>
-
-<p>Higgins took the necessary steps to bring into play an added
-circuit which would render the tuning of the transmitting
-instruments twice as sharp as with the ordinary loose-coupled
-transformer. The spark cracked and snapped like a whip
-lash.</p>
-
-<p>All at once Jack gave a shout.</p>
-
-<p>“Got ’em, by hookey! I got ’em!”</p>
-
-<p>There was a brief silence while his fingers dashed off the
-message that came from space in answer to his insistent
-demands.</p>
-
-<p>“We are marooned on Skull Island.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes, go on.”</p>
-
-<p>“There was a bad shipwreck. The schooner <i>Polly Ann</i>
-was smashed by ice.”</p>
-
-<p>“The <i>Polly Ann</i>?” queried Jack, with a flash of
-recollection. “Terror Carson’s ship?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the one, but Terror Carson and all his crew got safe
-away in the boats. They left three of us here. We have plenty
-of food and there is water, but the island is uninhabited.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who are you, members of Terror Carson’s poaching crew? This
-is the ice patrol cutter <i>Thespis</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“No; we were on board against our wills. We are Noddy
-Nipper, Pompey, a negro cook, and William Raynor, lately of the
-freighter Cambodian.”</p>
-
-<p>The next instant young Higgins had reason to exclaim as he
-stared in amazement at the usually self-contained Jack
-Ready.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s gone crazy!”</p>
-
-<p>For the young wireless man of the <i>Thespis</i> was doing a
-war-dance and banging his key as if he would break it off at
-one and the same moment. The crackling, whanging spark made an
-accompaniment for his wild caperings.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter? Can I do anything? Shall I go for the
-doctor?” inquired Higgins when he had recovered his breath.</p>
-
-<p>“Doctor nothing!” shouted Jack, and with his free hand he
-smote young Higgins a blow petween the shoulders that made that
-youth cough and his eyes water.</p>
-
-<p>“Old Billy Raynor’s come back! Come back from the grave via
-wireless, by all that’s wonderful!”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXVII'>CHAPTER XXVII: A CRASH IN THE FOG.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Making northward was a smart gasolene craft motored with a
-powerful engine. She was the power tender of the
-<i>Thespis</i>, a taut, seaworthy craft, especially designed
-for the work of the revenue service, and she had taken part in
-many a chase after smugglers and other would-be evaders of
-Uncle Sam’s laws.</p>
-
-<p>But just now her errand was one of rescue and mercy. The
-machine gun at her bow was swathed in its waterproof covers and
-the bulletproof housing of the engine was not in place.</p>
-
-<p>She was making eighteen miles an hour on her way to Skull
-Island and her motors were turning as steadily and truly as if
-they knew that they were on a mission of deep importance.</p>
-
-<p>There were three persons on board. In the bow sat Jack
-Ready, his hand on the steering wheel and ever and anon taking
-a glance at the compass before him. Amidships, pipe in mouth,
-was Matt Sherry, the engineer, lovingly feeding his motors oil
-and “mothering” them with waste and fussing. Astern, preparing
-a meal on a gasolene stove was Hank Merryweather, a stalwart
-tar from the <i>Thespis</i> detailed to accompany the relief
-expedition.</p>
-
-<p>When Jack had made known to Captain Simms the plight of
-Raynor and the others, the commander of the <i>Thespis</i> had
-easily read in the boy’s excited words his intense desire to
-proceed to the aid of the castaways at once. But there was a
-difficulty in the way, as the captain explained. Duty held the
-<i>Thespis</i> to the iceberg patrol. She could not wander from
-her post of duty.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Simms suggested sending out a message to other ships
-and also to the government stations ashore and having a rescue
-expedition despatched from the most convenient points. But Jack
-had already got a plan in his head, and at the risk of
-offending Captain Simms, he could not help but broach it.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s only 250 miles to the island, sir,” he said, “the
-gasolene tender could do it in little more than twelve hours
-and be back at the ship by to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>The captain smiled at his enthusiasm.</p>
-
-<p>“But who could take the wireless while you are gone? I
-appreciate your anxiety to be reunited to your chum,” for
-Captain Simms knew the story, “but it’s duty first, you know,
-Ready, all along the line. We are here to warn liners of
-icebergs. I really think that we’ll have to let others do the
-actual rescuing. It isn’t as if the castaways were in actual
-want. They say they have plenty of provisions and fresh water
-so that a brief stay on the island till relief can be sent from
-the mainland won’t be much of a hardship.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack’s face fell. He had set his heart on going. But it
-appeared from Captain Simms’ attitude that that would be
-impossible under the circumstances.</p>
-
-<p>But he did not mean to give up without a struggle to gain
-his point.</p>
-
-<p>“Young Higgins has developed into a very competent operator,
-sir,” he ventured. “I know that the wireless would be safe in
-his hands till I got back.”</p>
-
-<p>“You can guarantee that, Ready?” asked Captain Simms, giving
-the boy one of his quick glances.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir. I’ll answer for him.”</p>
-
-<p>The captain tugged his gray mustaches, a way he had when
-considering a question. Jack watched him eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, I suppose I’ll have to give you my permission
-to go, Ready,” he said at length. “You can take your portable
-wireless with you and keep in constant communication with the
-<i>Thespis</i>. I will detail Sherry and Merryweather to go
-with you. The prospects are all for fine weather and I shall
-expect you back to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>“Aye, aye, sir,” choked out Jack, saluting respectfully and
-restraining himself with difficulty from uttering a shout of
-joy. And so it came about that we find the gasolene tender of
-the <i>Thespis</i> racing northward.</p>
-
-<p>“Take the wheel, Merryweather, while I send a message,” said
-Jack presently, and as the seaman gripped the spokes of the
-wheel, the lad hoisted his aërials aloft on the tender’s single
-military mast. They were not long enough for sending messages a
-great distance. But for communication with the <i>Thespis</i>
-they answered admirably. Jack reported “Progress and all
-O.K.”</p>
-
-<p>They took turns at eating supper and all devoured their food
-with ravenous appetites. By his portable wireless, Jack had
-instructed young Higgins to tell the castaways, to hang out a
-lantern that night so that if they approached the island in the
-darkness they could lie off till daybreak and not tempt fate by
-venturing among unknown waters, for the charts did not bother
-to give soundings round such a seldom visited speck of land as
-Skull Island.</p>
-
-<p>As it grew dusk and night began to close in, old Matt Sherry
-came forward and spoke to Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like the look of the weather,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean? Are we in for a storm? This craft is
-staunch enough to ride out anything that is likely to hit
-us.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s not that,”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Fog. Do you see that smoky looking line yonder to the
-north?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it does look like smoke on the top of the water.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s fog. It’s the warm air hitting the cold water. It’ll
-be all around us in a few hours.”</p>
-
-<p>“Humph! That is bad. Would you suggest lying to?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; for there ain’t likely to be any other craft but
-ourselves in this part of the ocean and we’ve got a clear run
-on the compass course to Skull Island. But we’d better keep
-taking the temperature of the water; there may be ice about and
-we don’t want to hit a berg.”</p>
-
-<p>“I should say not. Better put Merryweather to work with a
-bucket and a thermometer and tell him to make half-hourly
-reports. If the temperature drops, he is to report at
-once.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well; that’s a wise plan,” agreed Sherry and went aft
-to give the seaman his instructions.</p>
-
-<p>As Matt Sherry had prophesied, within a few hours they were
-driving forward through a blinding white fog. But Jack easily
-kept the boat on her course by the compass bearings worked out
-before they left the <i>Thespis</i>. Merryweather reported
-regularly and so far no alarming drop in the temperature of the
-water, showing the near presence of ice, had occurred.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll pull through after all,” said Jack to Sherry, who had
-come forward to see the result of Merryweather’s latest
-reading.</p>
-
-<p>“Hark! What was that?” cried Merryweather suddenly. He
-leaned forward listening.</p>
-
-<p>“Sounded like the creak of a ship’s block to me,” exclaimed
-Matt Sherry, “sound your siren quick, Jack.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack pulled a lever and the compressed air siren let out a
-long dismal screech. At the same instant, from the out of the
-white smother, came a shout. They could not determine its
-direction in the obscurity.</p>
-
-<p>“In the name of heaven, a boat!”</p>
-
-<p>“Where away?” came another voice gruffly out of the fog.</p>
-
-<p>“I dunno. Right under our bow it sounded like&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>There was a sudden sharp shout from Sherry.</p>
-
-<p>“Save yourselves. They’re right on us!”</p>
-
-<p>Above the doomed launch, from out of the mist, a towering
-black mass obtruded.</p>
-
-<p>There was a splintering crash, a confusion of shouts and
-cries and then Jack felt the tender sinking under his feet
-while the water rushed up to his knees.</p>
-
-<p>More by instinct than reason he gave an upward leap into the
-fog.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXVIII'>CHAPTER XXVIII: UNCLE TOBY IS SURPRISED.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“Matt, is that you?”</p>
-
-<p>Jack turned to a crouching form beside him.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and Merryweather’s here, too. Thank God we are all
-saved.”</p>
-
-<p>“I got an awful wallop on the head,” declared Jack. “I feel
-dazed, where are we?”</p>
-
-<p>“In the bowsprit rigging of some ship,” rejoined Matt
-Sherry.</p>
-
-<p>“We must have been born under a lucky star,” declared
-Merryweather. “I just jumped straight up and then suddenly
-found I’d grabbed a rope.”</p>
-
-<p>“Same here,” declared Jack, “I didn’t know what I was doing.
-I guess I was so scared of going down with the tender that I
-jumped for the first thing I saw.”</p>
-
-<div class='i003'>
- <img src='images/illus-003.jpg' alt='image' style='width:100%'>
- <p class='caption'>
- “We saved ourselves,” bawled Matt. “We’re here in the bowsprit rigging.”
- </p>
-</div>
-
-<p>“That’s the instinct of self-preservation,” said Matt. “I’ve
-read that it works blindly. But we’d better give ’em a hail up
-above. Hark! They are laying the vessel to and lowering a boat.
-I reckon they are going to look for us.”</p>
-
-<p>“They must think that we are all in the water,” said Jack as
-there came a flapping of sails from out of the mist and then
-the creak of davit blocks and the splash of oars. The rush of
-water under the ship’s forefoot ceased and she came to a
-standstill.</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy, on deck there!” hailed Matt with stentorian
-lungs.</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy!” came from above, “where are you? We’ll save you.
-Keep up your courage.”</p>
-
-<p>“We saved ourselves,” bawled Matt, “we’re here in the
-bowsprit rigging. Heave us a rope, and we’ll come on deck.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you all there?” came the voice incredulously.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I can’t see anything missing about me,” declared
-Matt, “yes we were all saved. You can call back the boat.”</p>
-
-<p>A rope ladder was lowered to them and one by one they
-clambered on deck. Jack, as commander of the sunken tender,
-came last. He found an excited group clustered round his two
-shipmates asking a perfect tornado of questions. Lanterns gave
-light and revealed the faces of the group.</p>
-
-<p>Foremost among the questioners was a little old man, with a
-gnarled face, like those you sometimes see carved on pipes. His
-skin was burned a rich mahogany color and his eyes twinkled
-restlessly. He was dressed as if he were the captain of the
-ship, in a pilot coat with brass buttons and a seaman’s cap
-with crossed anchors. Beneath his coat could be seen the end of
-a wooden leg with which he stamped impatiently on the deck as
-he volleyed his questions. Just as Jack appeared he had drawn
-from his coat a big medicine bottle which he offered to
-Sherry.</p>
-
-<p>“Take a pull of this, mate,” he crief in gruff, sailor-like
-tones, “t’wont hurt yer.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” demanded Sherry, “I’m no drinking man.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s not liquor,” the other assured him volubly, “it’s
-Cap’n Toby Ready’s Universal Remedy and Banisher of Pain in Man
-and Beast. It’s made frum the best of yarbs and roots under my
-personal supervision and&mdash;great tom cats!”</p>
-
-<p>“Hullo, Uncle Toby,” said Jack, coming forward and causing
-this abrupt breaking off of Uncle Toby’s eulogy on his favorite
-concoction.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack! Sufferin’ humanity! It’s Jack!” cried the old man.
-“How under the almighty sun did you get here. Did I run you
-down? How did it happen? What were you doing?”</p>
-
-<p>“One question at a time, Uncle Toby,” laughed Jack. “Can’t
-we all go aft to your cabin and I’ll tell you everything
-leading up to this queer meeting.”</p>
-
-<p>“Queer you may well call it,” vociferated Uncle Toby,
-“broomsticks and bangaloons, if I ever heard the like, and me
-sailin’ the Seven Seas. But heave to there, Toby, you ain’t
-doing the polite. Jack, I want you ter meet my partner, Mr.
-Rufus Terrill, of Terrill &amp; Co.”</p>
-
-<p>“How d’ye do, my dear young man, how d’ye do.”</p>
-
-<p>From the lantern-lit group a tall, cadaverous figure
-detached itself. Mr. Rufus Terrill was as angular as an old
-fashioned candlestick, and about as slender. His skin was
-yellow and his teeth long and sharp, projecting like tusks from
-under a scraggly mustache. His eyes were cold and watery, yet
-had a penetrating quality. He looked sharply at Jack. Perhaps
-he read a look of disapproval in the boy’s eyes, for he soon
-relaxed his clammy clasp on the lad’s hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Terrill is my partner, my business partner, Jack,” said
-Uncle Toby.</p>
-
-<p>“So I’ve heard,” said Jack shortly.</p>
-
-<p>“You have. How’d you find out that?” asked Mr. Terrill
-quickly, darting his head in and out of a collar several sizes
-too large for his scrawny neck, like a box-turtle looking out
-of his shell.</p>
-
-<p>“I visited your offices in New York,” rejoined Jack, “and
-now let’s go aft, Uncle Toby.”</p>
-
-<p>Sail was made again and the party, including Merryweather
-and Sherry, made their way toward the stern. Jack was not a
-little troubled. By an extraordinary coincidence he was
-reunited to his uncle. But he had yet to learn the details of
-the mad cruise, of which the note nailed up on the door of the
-<i>Venus</i> had first apprised him. Of one thing, however, he
-was very sure. His first five minutes’ observation of Mr.
-Terrill had convinced him that that gentleman would bear
-watching.</p>
-
-<p>After he had told his story, Jack maneuvered things so that
-Mr. Terrill was told off to show Merryweather and Sherry their
-sleeping places.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then, uncle,” said Jack, “what is all this?”</p>
-
-<p>Uncle Toby’s lined and seamed old face assumed a look of
-extraordinary cunning.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re on our way to get rich, lad,” he chuckled, “rich as
-that Greaser chap history tells about.”</p>
-
-<p>“Crœsus?” ventured Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Aye, that’s the bully. We’re shaping a course fer Cedar
-Island and the stone chest Cap’n Walters hid from the white
-Esquimaux, you’ve heard of ’em.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean the tribe Steffason discovered?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s them. They’re all blondes, though rightly speaking
-they ought to be black. Well, to cut a long yarn short, Walters
-got lost in a whaling ship up here and hooked up with a tribe
-of ’em. He married one of their gals and she told him about the
-stone chest on Cedar Island. He didn’t dare try to get it alone
-but one night he sneaks out in a native canoe, an’ by good luck
-is picked up by a sealer bound fer the states. But when he got
-thar he was too sick fer even the Universal Remedy ter be of
-any good. Afore he died he give me the bearings and so on of
-Cedar Island, all ship-shape, an’ I hunts up Terrill &amp; Co.
-an’ they agrees to go inter it with me and&mdash;and here we are.</p>
-
-<p>“With my pockets full o’ gold. As I sailed,” croaked the old
-man in a harsh voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s the map all drawed kerrect an’ ter scale,” added
-Uncle Toby, drawing a yellow, dirty bit of paper from his
-pocket and shoving it toward Jack. It was at this moment that
-Terrill reentered the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah! giving our young friend an idea of what we are after,
-eh?” he said, rubbing his thin hands till his knuckles cracked
-like firecrackers, “good, very good. But our young friend must
-be secretive about it. No loose talk, you know. This is a close
-corporation.”</p>
-
-<p>“Which you would like limited to Terrill &amp; Co.,” thought
-Jack, aloud he contented himself by saying shortly:</p>
-
-<p>“I understand all that. Captain Ready is my uncle, you
-know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Quite so,” agreed Mr. Terrill, displaying all his teeth in
-a grin, “but he’s my partner, my dear young man.”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXIX'>CHAPTER XXIX: OFF FOR SKULL ISLAND.</h2>
-
-
-<p>So far as Jack could judge, his uncle had fallen under the
-influence of the man, Terrill, to a considerable extent. This
-was shown when the boy broached the subject of making a stop at
-Skull Island to pick up the castaways.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see how we can do that,” declared Terrill, “we lost
-several weeks’ time since the start repairing our schooner, the
-<i>Morning Star</i>; she sprung a leak and we had to put into
-Portland, Maine, for repairs.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! I wondered why you were so long in getting this far
-north,” said Jack, “but, uncle, if you’ll give me the chart
-I’ll show you your direct course for Skull Island.”</p>
-
-<p>“Those persons can get off without our aid,” demurred
-Terrill. “They have plenty of food and water and the
-<i>Thespis</i> knows of their plight. Depend upon it, they will
-be rescued without our making any more delays. My business
-suffers all the time I am away.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack ignored him and turned to his uncle.</p>
-
-<p>“Uncle Toby, you are the sailing master of the <i>Morning
-Star</i>?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes&mdash;er&mdash;that is Mr. Terrill&mdash;yes, decidedly so, my lad.
-What’s in the wind?”</p>
-
-<p>“I want you to shape a course for Skull Island. It won’t
-delay you more than a few hours. It’s your bounden duty as a
-seaman to go to the aid of distressed mariners.”</p>
-
-<p>“Um&mdash;er&mdash;that’s so, Mr. Terrill, you know,” stuttered Uncle
-Toby with a look at the other, who as drumming his long, bony
-fingers on the table in a devil’s tattoo.</p>
-
-<p>“I know nothing about all that. I’m a business man. Time is
-money,” snapped Mr. Terrill.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to do it,” said Uncle Toby, “yes, sir, I’d like to
-do that&mdash;everything but&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Uncle Toby,” cut in Jack, “haven’t you often told
-me of your shipwrecks and how gallantly you have been rescued.
-Didn’t you say that no man worthy to tread the quarter deck of
-a ship would ever ignore a call for help?”</p>
-
-<p>“Humph!&mdash;yes, that’s so. And I think so, too,” rejoined Uncle
-Toby, with a flash of his old spirit, “set the chart,
-Jack.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack, seeing that he had touched the right chord and gained
-a momentary ascendency over Terrill, hastened to get the great
-paper roll from the rack where it was kept.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s Skull Island,” he said. “If you follow a direct
-course you can be there by daylight.”</p>
-
-<p>“By chowder, that’s true enough, lad,” cried Uncle Toby. He
-brought his withered fist down on the table with a bang. “I’ll
-do it, Terrill. It won’t delay us much and, consarn it all,
-man, it’s nothing more than common humanity.”</p>
-
-<p>“That may be, but it’s not common sense,” grumbled Terrill,
-and retired to his cabin, leaving Jack with a victory on his
-hands. Before they turned in Jack and Uncle Toby went on deck
-and the latter gave orders for the course to be shaped for
-Skull Island.</p>
-
-<p>“Call me as soon as its sighted,” he said, “you should pick
-it up about daybreak.”</p>
-
-<p>“If only I had saved my wireless,” thought Jack, as he
-turned in that night. “As things are now I can’t let Captain
-Simms know of what has happened and he’ll think something has
-gone wrong, either through carelessness or some other cause.
-Oh, well, after all Raynor, by some wonderful means, has got a
-radio set, and I can use that. I wish it was morning, I can
-hardly wait till we sight Skull Island. Good old Raynor,
-something told me right along that he would turn up safe and
-sound, and he has.”</p>
-
-<br>
-
-<p>“I’m going up to the flagstaff to keep a lookout,” said
-Raynor as he shook himself out of his blankets the next
-morning. “Jack ought to be heaving in sight any time now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Dat’s so,” agreed Noddy, “an’ dat old canary cage of a
-wireless did de trick after all. Well, I take it all back. Frum
-now on I b’live all I hear.”</p>
-
-<p>The two lads dressed quickly and made their way to the
-flagstaff. In the meantime Pompey set to work to build a fire.
-He hacked vigorously at the tough wood which he had gathered
-from the wind-twisted brush patches that dotted the island.</p>
-
-<p>“Mah goodness alive,” he muttered to himself as he worked,
-“dis wood am as tuff as a thirty-year-ole rooster. Dere! Take
-dat yo’ ole stick. Gollyumption, ef I hit as hard as dat agin
-I’m li’bul ter chop a hole in de flo’ ob dis ole hut. But ah
-don’ care ef I do. We alls is gwine away froum hyah ter-day.
-Dat hair-oil machine done do de job.”</p>
-
-<p>The negro poised his axe to give a stick laid across two
-others a mighty blow which should break it in half.</p>
-
-<p>Smash! The axe fell with all the strength of the negro’s
-arms behind it. The next instant there was a crash and
-simultaneously a yell broke from Pompey. One fragment of the
-wood had flown up and hit him in the eye.</p>
-
-<p>The other had hurtled across the room and crashed against
-the delicate coherer of the wireless set, rendering it useless.
-Pompey forgot about his swelling eye as he saw this.</p>
-
-<p>“Mah goodness, dat stick done bust dat hair-oil machine!” he
-gasped. “Gollyumption, what’ll ah do? Gracious hyah comes de
-boys now too. Dey am running. Dey mus’ hab news. What am it?”
-he exclaimed as Raynor and Noddy burst into the hut.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a schooner. A schooner making straight for the
-island!” panted Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“But I thought yo’ frens was coming in a lilly gasolene
-boat?” said Pompey.</p>
-
-<p>“So did I. I can’t make it out. The schooner is coming for
-the island sure enough, though. She’ll be dropping anchor in
-half an hour. But where on earth can Jack be? Guess I’ll see if
-I can pick anything up by wireless.”</p>
-
-<p>“Uh-uh-uh, Massa Raynor,” sputtered Pompey, clutching his
-sleeve nervously, “ah-ah-ah&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter? Are you choking?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nun-nun-no, sah. But de fac’ is dat a bit ob wood jump up
-frum whar ah wuz chopping it an’&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Great Scott, the detector’s broken and the wireless is out
-of commission. Confound you, Pompey, I’ve a great mind
-to&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“B-o-o-m!”</p>
-
-<p>The sound of a heavy report came from seaward.</p>
-
-<p>“Gee! a choint cracker!” exclaimed Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>“No, that was a gun. The schooner is firing to attract our
-attention,” cried Raynor, “come on, Noddy.”</p>
-
-<p>Both boys raced from the hut, their eyes aglow with
-excitement. Pompey stood still just as they had left him. He
-didn’t look comfortable. He began casting anxious glances about
-the hut as if looking for some place to hide.</p>
-
-<p>“Gollyumption, ah don’ see no place ob concealment in de
-occurrents dat dey is pirates or somethin’ like dat,” he
-muttered in an alarmed tone, “ah wish ah’d nebber shipped on
-dat <i>Polly Ann</i>, das what ah do.”</p>
-
-<p>The crashing sound of another gun made the negro jump almost
-out of his skin.</p>
-
-<p>“Mah goodness, ah’ll turn white if dey keeps up dat,” he
-sputtered, “dat ain’t de way no fren’ly party greets yo’. No,
-sah, dat firin’ ob guns means, ‘Look out, dere. We alls got it
-in fo’ yoalls.’ Guess ah’ll hide under de blankets. Dere ain’t
-no udder place ter go.”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXX'>CHAPTER XXX: JACK AND BILL MEET ONCE MORE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>From the eminence where the flagpole had been erected, the
-two young castaways of the island watched the schooner brought
-smartly to an anchorage. Then a second gun boomed.</p>
-
-<p>“Does dat mean dey are goin’ ter fight us?” asked Noddy
-apprehensively.</p>
-
-<p>“No,” returned Raynor, “look, can’t you see they are waving
-to us. I guess the gun was meant as a salute. And look, a boat
-is being lowered. I wish I had a pair of glasses.”</p>
-
-<p>Soon the boat came rapidly toward them. It was rowed by four
-sailors and in the stern sheets sat three figures. In a few
-seconds a joyous shout burst from Raynor’s lips as he
-recognized one of them.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s Jack&mdash;Jack Ready! Hurray!”</p>
-
-<p>He began waving frantically while Jack stood up and signaled
-as frantically back.</p>
-
-<p>“See, they are going to land in that cove by the hut, let’s
-hurry down there,” said Raynor. The two boys reached the beach
-just as the <i>Morning Star’s</i> boat grated on the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack!” cried Raynor, in a voice that shook a little as the
-young wireless lad leaped ashore.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, old fellow, if it isn’t good to see you again. What a
-time we shall have talking over our adventures!” cried Jack, as
-the two wrung each other’s hands as if they never would
-stop.</p>
-
-<p>But Uncle Toby interposed.</p>
-
-<p>“Avast that! Bill Raynor,” he cried, “give me a shake of
-your flipper, shipmate. It’s glad I am to see you all sound and
-afloat and A. Number One at Lloyds.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Uncle Toby!” exclaimed Raynor, who had met the old
-mariner many times on board the <i>Venus</i>, where he spent
-much time with Jack when ashore, “how are you? How did you get
-here? And Jack, what is he doing on board that schooner? I
-thought&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a long story, boy, and we can talk better over some
-grub, I’m thinking. Shall we go back to the ship?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; come up to the hut. I want to show you all how
-shipwrecked mariners live. Pompey will cook us up a fine
-breakfast. In the meantime, let me introduce Mr. Noddy Nipper,
-late of the <i>Polly Ann</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“And recent of Skull Island,” added Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>“An’ this, gentleman all, is Mr. Terrill, my partner,” said
-Uncle Toby, waving toward that individual who, in the sunlight,
-looked yellower than ever.</p>
-
-<p>“Much obliged ter meet cher,” said Noddy, adding in an aside
-to Raynor. “He looks like one of dem wharf rats I used ter see
-aroun’ de sugar docks on de East River.”</p>
-
-<p>With everybody talking at once, except Mr. Terrill, who
-lagged behind, seemingly busy with his thoughts, the group made
-for the hut. Mr. Terrill, with his eyes on the ground, was
-muttering to himself as he slowly paced after them.</p>
-
-<p>“That makes three more added to the forces of Captain Ready
-when the time comes,” he breathed. “Three last night and three
-this morning&mdash;six. It makes the situation more difficult when
-the hour comes to strike. I don’t like that youngster Jack
-Ready. He’s too smart by half. I believe I’ll have trouble with
-him before this thing is over.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, where’s your cook?” inquired Uncle Toby, when they
-reached the hut, for no Pompey was visible.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t think, unless he has gone to the spring,”</p>
-
-<p>“Avast, thar,” cried Uncle Toby suddenly, “thar’s something
-moving under that blanket. Look out, boys, it may be a
-snake.”</p>
-
-<p>He picked up a big stick of wood and smote the blankets
-lustily with it. The result was startling. An appalling yell
-came from the bedding.</p>
-
-<p>“Ow-ouch, Misto Pirate, don’ done hit me. Ah come out.
-Oh, Lawsy, mah bones am broken&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Come out of that, Pompey,” exclaimed Raynor angrily. “What
-are you hiding for? What’s all that gibberish about
-pirates?”</p>
-
-<p>“Dey done fire guns. Ah think dey come to comblisterate de
-island,” moaned Pompey, getting out of his hiding place and
-rubbing himself where the stick had hit him, with a doleful
-expression, “mah goodness, ah think dat stick mustah bruk some
-ob mah bones.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nonsense, if it had hit your head it would have broken the
-stick. Get up and get breakfast,” said Raynor, who knew
-something of Pompey’s ways of gaining sympathy.</p>
-
-<p>“And here’s something to take the smart out,” said Uncle
-Toby, giving the negro a coin.</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, gen’ellman,” said Pompey, with a broad grin, and
-all his troubles forgotten. “I perceed at oncet wid’ de
-prognostications fo’ de mat’stushanal meal.”</p>
-
-<p>“Matutinal meal I suppose he means,” laughed Raynor to the
-rest. “Pompey has a language that’s all his own.”</p>
-
-<p>“He should be suppressed,” declared Mr. Terrill, “the idea
-of calling us pirates and then, as for giving him
-money&mdash;disgraceful.”</p>
-
-<p>“Cheer up, Terrill,” chuckled Uncle Toby, “you and me ’ull
-have so much money before long that we kin give the Rockybilts
-a stake ef they should happen ter need it.”</p>
-
-<p>In the general laugh that followed Jack noticed that
-Terrill’s expression was anything but amiable. In fact, he
-looked as if he wished the whole party anywhere but there.
-During breakfast everybody told their stories and Raynor
-apprised Jack of the injury to the wireless.</p>
-
-<p>The young operator examined it with a rueful look.</p>
-
-<p>“Out of business. Too bad,” he murmured. “I counted on it
-for notifying Captain Simms of what had happened. It may be
-weeks before I can rejoin the <i>Thespis</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, won’t your uncle sail us all back to her?” asked
-Raynor, who had regarded this part of the program as cut and
-dried.</p>
-
-<p>Jack looked serious. He looked hastily round to be sure no
-one overheard and then said in a low voice.</p>
-
-<p>“My uncle is on a crack-brained search for treasure which
-may or may not exist. This man Terrill has furnished the
-capital and so, in a way, dominates the expedition. He has a
-sinister influence over my uncle and won’t hear of losing any
-more time in locating the treasure, so we are all bound on a
-long trip.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, are we all ready,” struck in Mr. Terrill’s rasping
-voice. He looked impatiently at his watch.</p>
-
-<p>“As ready as we’ll ever be, boss,” cried the Bowery boy,
-making an expressive face at Mr. Terrill behind his back.</p>
-
-<p>“Then let’s get back to the <i>Morning Star</i>, boys,”
-cried Uncle Toby. “I had treasures manifold, as I sailed,” he
-sang in his gruff old sea voice.</p>
-
-<p>As they were leaving the hut a sudden notion seized Jack. He
-turned to Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll take that wireless set along,” he said. “I’ve a
-notion I might be able to repair it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see what good it will be,” objected Raynor,
-“anyhow, we can’t wait to get down the aërials.”</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind them. There’s copper wire on the <i>Morning
-Star</i>, it’s used to repair parts of the rigging.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” said Raynor, dismantling the parts of the set
-and calling to Noddy and Pompey to help in carrying them to the
-boat, “but as I said before, I think it’s a waste of labor.
-What do you want it for?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t just know myself,” admitted Jack, “but things are
-not going as smoothly on the <i>Morning Star</i> as Uncle Toby
-thinks, and if ever we needed to signal for help, this wireless
-would be a mighty handy thing to have.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here comes a fresh breeze,” shouted Mr. Terrill from the
-distance, “hurry, boys, we must take advantage of it.”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXXI'>CHAPTER XXXI: IN A BOILING SEA.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Two days later found the <i>Morning Star</i>, after much
-struggling against baffling winds, bowling along under a
-favoring breeze. Uncle Toby rubbed his hands as he looked aloft
-at the canvas, every foot of which was smartly drawing and
-urging the schooner forward.</p>
-
-<p>Even Mr. Terrill’s face had lost its customary sour look. He
-stood conversing amidships with the mate, whose name was
-Jarrow. Jarrow was squat and broad and had a squint in his
-bloodshot eyes that gave him an expression that was not
-prepossessing.</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder what those two are talking about,” remarked Jack
-to Raynor, as the two lads stood on the stern deck. “Somehow
-I’ve got it into my head that they and part of the crew are in
-a plot.”</p>
-
-<p>“What makes you think so?” asked Raynor, giving a glance
-round to see that Noddy, who was splicing a rope, was not
-listening. Up forward Pompey could be seen aiding the
-<i>Morning Star’s</i> cook.</p>
-
-<p>“Just this, and nothing more than the fact that they are
-always consulting together, and I’ve noticed that Jarrow talks
-to the crew more than a mate should. I’ve told Noddy and Pompey
-to be on the lookout and see if they can find out what’s going
-on. I’m certain some dirty work is brewing.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then Jarrow looked round and caught Jack’s eye fixed on
-him. He nudged Mr. Terrill, and the two moved apart. Mr.
-Terrill favored Jack with a malevolent scowl as he passed
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“He certainly does love me,” laughed the boy, careless if
-Terrill overheard him or not.</p>
-
-<p>“We ought to be off Cedar Island to-morrow, lads,” said
-Uncle Toby, strolling up, “on Tom Tiddler’s ground picking up
-gold and silver.”</p>
-
-<p>“Haven’t you ever thought there might be a possibility of
-the stone chest being gone?” asked Jack, “that is, if it was
-ever there?”</p>
-
-<p>His uncle looked at him as if he had uttered some terrible
-heresy.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, of course it’s there,” he declared, stamping his
-wooden leg; “where else: would it be? Didn’t Cap’n Walters say&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Deck ahoy!” came from the lookout forward.</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy,” roared Uncle Toby, “what’s up?”</p>
-
-<p>“There is a mist right ahead and what looks like the top of
-a mountain,” came back the reply.</p>
-
-<p>“Can it be Cedar Island?” wondered Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“No, it’s not Cedar Island,” declared his uncle, “we
-couldn’t have made a landfall of that yet. Wait a brace of
-shakes and I’ll see what it is.”</p>
-
-<p>With extraordinary agility he clambered into the weather
-main shrouds, bracing himself by thrusting his wooden leg
-through the ratlines. Then he clapped his glasses to his eyes.
-A puzzled look came over his weather-beaten countenance.</p>
-
-<p>“Blessed if I know what it is,” he growled. “Looks more like
-a fire than anything else.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then the bell sounded for dinner, a summons to which
-the boys were never deaf. When they came on deck again after
-the meal, an extraordinary scene met their gaze. The schooner
-was going fast through moderately smooth water, but a quarter
-of a mile ahead the sea was covered with a milky white mist
-under which the waves boiled and tumbled in wild confusion. As
-they looked from the body of the mist, there was belched a
-dense cloud of black smoke.</p>
-
-<p>“Port! Hard aport!” bawled Cap’n Toby, and he himself sprang
-to the wheel and aided the helmsman in carrying out the
-maneuver, “flatten in those head sails! Look smart, now!”</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Morning Star</i> shot off on a new tack just in time
-to avoid sailing right into the midst of the bubbling, boiling
-water, for the breeze had dropped and her progress was
-slower.</p>
-
-<p>“What on earth is it?” demanded Raynor of Captain Toby.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a subterranean eruption!” shouted the captain. “I’ve
-heard of such in these parts. Sir John Franklin saw ’em. Look!
-Look yonder!”</p>
-
-<p>A cable’s length off, a great black patch of what glistened
-like mud, rose out of the sea. It bubbled and blistered like
-baking dough. Thick columns of smoke rose all round it, and
-jets of steam shot from holes in its surface.</p>
-
-<p>The breeze suddenly veered. A fierce gust, laden with steam
-and smoke, swept down on the <i>Morning Star</i>.</p>
-
-<p>The sailors shouted with alarm. Mr. Terrill turned the color
-of parchment.</p>
-
-<p>“Is-there-is&mdash;er-that is, are we in danger?” he
-stammered.</p>
-
-<p>“Dunno yet,” snapped Uncle Toby, “consarn that thar wind,
-it’s coming frum every which way at once. Reg’lar Irishman’s
-hurricane.”</p>
-
-<p>A fearful stench, sulphurous and choking, enveloped them
-with the cloud of noxious vapors. They coughed and choked as if
-they were being suffocated.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh-oh, this is terrible,” wheezed Mr. Terrill, “oh, dear!
-oh, dear, are we all going to die? Ugh! ugh! I wish I’d never
-come on this trip.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t talk so much and waste your breath, and you’ll feel
-better,” advised Jack.</p>
-
-<p>Even in his misery and fright, Terrill shot the boy a
-malevolent look, but he said nothing.</p>
-
-<p>A rushing, roaring sound was heard, as the <i>Morning
-Star</i> suddenly rushed forward once more as the breeze
-chopped round, mercifully blowing the suffocating fumes the
-other way. But the spray that flew over her bows was boiling
-hot. The men forward were forced to retreat aft.</p>
-
-<p>For one terrible instant it looked as if the little craft
-must be driven into the midst of the inferno of smoke and steam
-and stench before she could be put on another tack, but in the
-next moment a cheer broke from all hands as she shot forward,
-and left the strange disturbance behind her.</p>
-
-<p>“Phew! I couldn’t have stood much more of that,” said Jack.
-“Are such things common in the northern seas, Uncle Toby?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, lad, they’re not. But once in a while a whaling master
-will report encountering one. They’re some of the queer things
-that them as goes down to the sea in ships, as the good book
-says, gets a chance to see. There, look!”</p>
-
-<p>He pointed behind them. The boys followed the direction of
-his gaze. They saw the boiling mass of mud subside as suddenly
-as it had come, making great swells that came chasing after the
-<i>Morning Star</i>, making her plunge and dance on their
-crests.</p>
-
-<p>The next morning the boys were up betimes. The crew were all
-on the alert too, for a bonus of ten dollars had been offered
-to the first man who should sight Cedar Island. Suddenly, from
-forward, from a man perched high in the crosstrees, came a
-shout.</p>
-
-<p>“Land ho!”</p>
-
-<p>“Where away?” bawled Uncle Toby.</p>
-
-<p>“To the northwest, sir. It’s an island. There’s something
-sticking up on it, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Toby swarmed into the rigging, using his wooden leg
-as if it were a good one. He held his glasses to his eyes for a
-spell, and then turned with an excited look on his storm-beaten
-face.</p>
-
-<p>“Cedar Island!” he shouted, and all along the decks the cry
-was taken up.</p>
-
-<p>The boys gave a loud cheer. The excitement of the treasure
-hunt, although Jack believed it was a wild goose chase, had
-entered into their blood. Just at this moment, while his eyes
-were riveted on the tiny, almost invisible blob of land to the
-northwest, something made Jack turn. He saw Mr. Terrill saying
-something in a quick, low tone to Jarrow, the mate. The boy’s
-quick ears caught a part of what was said, and it confirmed his
-worst suspicions.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t forget our plan, Jarrow. How does the crew
-stand?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I’ve fixed them O.K.,” was the rejoinder, and then the
-voices sunk so low that the lad could hear no more.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXXII'>CHAPTER XXXII: CEDAR ISLAND AT LAST.</h2>
-
-
-<p>But in the excitement of the approach to Cedar Island, which
-was every moment taking on clearer and clearer outlines as the
-schooner neared it, Jack forgot everything else. A smart
-“topsail” breeze was blowing, and under it the schooner swiftly
-bore down on the island.</p>
-
-<p>The boys saw rough, jagged cliffs shooting up from a sea of
-the deepest azure blue. The cliffs bunched as they rose, and
-the island appeared to rise in a sort of cone in the center. It
-looked gloomy and inhospitable. Even at a distance they could
-see the white spray as the waves broke against the steep
-cliffs.</p>
-
-<p>“Look,” cried Jack suddenly, “there’s what gives the island
-its name, I guess.”</p>
-
-<p>At the summit of the highest point of the island could now
-be seen a lone tree. It looked as if it were dead and stretched
-out its naked branches against the sky.</p>
-
-<p>Cap’n Toby was fairly dancing with excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the place, the place,” he kept shouting, “there’s the
-lone tree, there are the cliffs, everything is just as Cap’n
-Walters said it was.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a mournful-looking place,” commented Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“What difference, lad,” was Uncle Toby’s retort, “all we’ve
-got to do is to land, get the stone chest and then yo, ho! for
-home and riches.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope your schemes won’t turn out to be false hopes,” said
-Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Confound it, lad, you seem to think the stone chest isn’t
-there.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am pretty skeptical. Any one of a thousand things might
-have happened to it since Captain Walters left.”</p>
-
-<p>In an hour’s time the schooner had been brought as close in
-to the island as they dared, for those unknown waters might be
-filled with saw-toothed reefs and rocky shoals. Snow lay in the
-abysses between the steeply sloping rocky hills that made up
-the interior of the island. Scanty shrubs with dark foliage
-found a precarious growth in patches. Sea birds rose in clouds
-as the schooner’s anchor roared down, and flew screaming in
-anger or astonishment about the invader of their solitude.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, boys,” cried Uncle Toby, “who’s for the honor of
-being the first ashore.”</p>
-
-<p>Of course there was a scramble. Raynor sought and obtained
-permission for Noddy Nipper to be one of the party. It would
-have broken the Bowery boy’s heart to have been left behind.
-Mr. Terrill, however, to their astonishment, did not appear
-inclined to go ashore. He said he had a bad headache and would
-lie down.</p>
-
-<p>“Very well, we’ll do the prospecting for you, eh, boys?”
-said Uncle Toby heartily; but Jack flashed a suspicious look at
-Terrill as he turned and went below. Then some instinct
-prompted him to whisper to Raynor. The boys also sought the
-cabin. When they came back, their arms were full of
-bundles.</p>
-
-<p>“What are those for,” inquired Cap’n Toby.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, just by way of setting up housekeeping ashore,”
-returned Jack with a laugh.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t spare any of my men right now to row you ashore,”
-said Jarrow, the squint-eyed mate, “but you can take along
-Merryweather and Sherry.”</p>
-
-<p>The two revenue cutter men, who had been doing odd jobs with
-the crew since their rescue, were only too glad to go along.
-Soon the boat was lowered and everything ready for the
-landing.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s something suspicious about all this to me,”
-whispered Jack to Raynor as they cast off.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the trouble?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, haven’t you noticed that there are none of the regular
-crew with us, and that Terrill made an excuse not to go ashore.
-There’s something queer at the bottom of it.”</p>
-
-<p>But no more was said just then, for Cap’n Toby, in high good
-humor, was pointing out the course they must lay to the
-oarsmen. His aged but keen eyes had spied a little cove that
-would make a good landing place. The boat was headed for
-this.</p>
-
-<p>Before long they were ashore. The cove ran up inland between
-frowning walls of black cliff. But there appeared to be an exit
-to the interior of the island at the other end of it.</p>
-
-<p>Pulling the boat up on the beach, the adventurers set off
-over the sand and were soon clambering among precipitous rocks,
-Jack and Raynor helping Uncle Toby over the worst places. The
-old captain’s map gave the hiding place of the stone chest as a
-cairn under the dead branches of the cedar.</p>
-
-<p>Soon they were in full view of the tree and the heights on
-which it stood when they emerged from the abyss, and found
-themselves on a rocky plateau. From this plateau there rose
-what may be compared to a mesa on the western plains. It was a
-miniature table mountain with a flat top. On the summit was the
-cedar tree and, if Uncle Toby’s hopes were not doomed to be
-dashed, the stone cairn and the treasure chest.</p>
-
-<p>“That cedar tree never grew there,” declared Jack, looking
-up the sheer cliffs at the mournful bare branches of the lone
-tree.</p>
-
-<p>“No, Cap’n Walters always reckoned it was set up there by
-the people who had the treasure. They said it was a guide, he
-figgered,” said Uncle Toby.</p>
-
-<p>“What is supposed to be the origin of the treasure?” asked
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Cap’n Walters allowed that hundreds of years ago the old
-Vikings from Norseland came over here and found some sort of
-gold diggings. At any rate, the treasure consists, in a large
-measure, of beaten gold bracelets and breastplates and so
-forth. You know scientists say that there wasn’t always as much
-ice up here as there is to-day. They say the world’s axis has
-shifted a bit.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve heard that,” said Jack, “but these blonde esquimaux,
-did the captain figure that they descended from the old
-Norsemen?”</p>
-
-<p>“He didn’t know nothing about that,” was Cap’n Toby’s reply,
-“but it sounds reasonable when you come ter think of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s puzzling me is how we are to get to the top of that
-plateau,” said Jack, after a few minutes.</p>
-
-<p>Uncle Toby drew out his map. He studied it for a minute.
-Then his face cleared.</p>
-
-<p>“That stuck me, too, for a minute,” he said. “Nothing but a
-fly could scale those cliffs. But see here, the map shows that
-on the other side there is a sort of natural rock bridge
-connecting Cedar Mountain, as we might call it, with the rest
-of the island.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” said Jack, “well, let’s go round and take a
-look.”</p>
-
-<p>It was a tortuous path they had to follow, avoiding big
-boulders and huge rocks that were strewn about as though titans
-had been playing marbles with them. But at last they worked
-round to the other side of Cedar Mountain, as Uncle Toby had
-christened it.</p>
-
-<p>Then a simultaneous cry of dismay broke from the lips of the
-entire party.</p>
-
-<p>The rock bridge was gone!</p>
-
-<p>The jagged edges where it had once spanned a deep gulch
-could be seen, but either the disintegration of the rock or
-some convulsion of nature had destroyed it. Cedar Mountain,
-with its steeply sloping, unsurmountable sides, was cut off
-from the rest of the island. It was, in fact, an unattainable
-island within an island.</p>
-
-<p>“Stumped!” grunted Uncle Toby.</p>
-
-<p>In his bitter disappointment he could find no more to say.
-The rest of the party exchanged blank looks.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess the treasure is safe for all time from intruding
-hands,” said Jack softly. “I’m sorry, Uncle Toby.”</p>
-
-<p>But the old man now began to bemoan his fate. He stumped his
-wooden leg. He swore, something Jack had never heard him do
-before. He shook his fists at the sky. For the time being he
-was a madman.</p>
-
-<p>When he quieted down a little they began the wearisome trip
-back to the cove where they had left the boat. It seemed an
-endless trip, but at length they reached it.</p>
-
-<p>“Now to get back to the schooner and break the news,” said
-Jack. “Won’t Terrill be mad&mdash;Jee-hosh&mdash;a&mdash;phat, where is the
-schooner?”</p>
-
-<p>Where, indeed? The anchorage where she had lain when they
-last saw her was empty. No vessel was in sight. Suddenly
-Merryweather broke into a shout.</p>
-
-<p>“There! Look there yonder off that bight of land!” he
-cried.</p>
-
-<p>Their eyes followed the direction in which he pointed. Angry
-exclamations broke from them ally</p>
-
-<p>“The traitors! The sneaks!” exclaimed Jack chokingly.</p>
-
-<p>Off a rocky point the <i>Morning Star</i> was tacking
-clearly with the intention of rounding it.</p>
-
-<p>“They are making for the other side of the island,”
-continued Jack. “Terrill’s plot to seize the treasure with the
-help of that rascal crew has come to a head. But he’ll be
-nicely fooled. No human being can ever scale Cedar
-Mountain.”</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXXIII'>CHAPTER XXXIII: TERROR CARSON AGAIN.</h2>
-
-
-<p>“Well, Jack, this is about the worst yet.”</p>
-
-<p>It was Raynor speaking. He and Jack were sitting on the
-sandy beach leaning against the boat. The others were scattered
-about with gloomy countenances. Cap’n Toby, utterly prostrated
-by this sudden dashing of his hopes, lay face downward on the
-beach in silence. He had not spoken a word since his outbreak
-and Jack feared for his reason.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s pretty bad. We’ve got no food and no prospect of
-getting any, not to mention water. That rat, Terrill! If I ever
-get my hands on him and that treacherous Jarrow. They fooled us
-nicely, getting everyone who was hostile to them off the
-schooner.”</p>
-
-<p>“Terrill certainly holds the whip hand over us,” agreed
-Raynor. “I suppose that he’ll make us come to some sort of
-agreement before he’ll let us have provisions or water.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see what the agreement can be,” rejoined Jack
-gloomily. “We can’t come to any concerning the treasure, for
-that’s on the top of Cedar Mountain. It’s about as unattainable
-as the moon. If only we had that wireless rigged, there’s a
-bare chance that we might pick up help.”</p>
-
-<p>“What does it need to repair it?” inquired Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“That unlucky stick of Pompey’s smashed the silicon of the
-detector, but I have noticed traces of what looks like pyron in
-these rocks, and if we could get some of that, I believe I
-could fix the apparatus up.”</p>
-
-<p>“But in the meantime we starve to death,” objected
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>Jack could not but agree. He looked gloomily out at the
-empty sea. Suddenly, there came a joyous shout from round one
-of the rocky points that shut in the cove. It was Noddy. The
-next moment the Bowery boy appeared. He was burdened down by
-the weight of three big cod fish.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurray, fellers, here’s our supper,” he panted as he
-staggered up to them with his burden.</p>
-
-<p>“Good for you, Noddy. Well, we shan’t go hungry, at any
-rate,” cried Jack, “but how did you get the tackle?”</p>
-
-<p>“Found it in de boat. I went nosin’ aroun’ while youse guys
-was all chewing der rag. I found something else in de boat too.
-A keg of water and anudder of biscuits, dose big roun’ fellers
-dey call sinkers.”</p>
-
-<p>“By hookey, now I come to think of it every boat on the
-schooner was stocked with biscuit and water,” cried Jack. “I
-remember hearing Uncle Toby talk about it. It’s a maritime law
-to keep boats provisioned, but I guess it’s more honored in the
-breach than in the observance.”</p>
-
-<p>The spirits of all rose greatly at the prospect of food.
-Even Captain Toby sat up and ate his share of broiled codfish
-and biscuit. But the old man gazed about him in a vacant way
-and kept mumbling to himself, and whimpering like a child over
-his misfortunes.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid his mind is affected,” Jack breathed to Raynor.
-Indeed, it appeared so.</p>
-
-<p>Supper was over and darkness had set in. But they managed to
-keep warmth and light about the camping place by kindling a big
-fire of brushwood. They were thinking of turning in and trying
-to sleep, although it was bitter cold outside the immediate
-vicinity of the fire, and they had no blankets, when there came
-a sound from seaward that startled them all.</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy! Who are you?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s some of that rascally Jarrow crew up to some trick,”
-declared Sherry, “don’t answer them.”</p>
-
-<p>“It doesn’t sound like them,” said Jack hesitatingly.</p>
-
-<p>“Seems to me I know that voice,” said Raynor, “I’ve
-heard&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy, ashore there.”</p>
-
-<p>The hail came again. This time it was accompanied by the
-splash of oars.</p>
-
-<p>“Boat ahoy! What do you want?” hailed Jack, cupping his
-hands.</p>
-
-<p>“Can we make a safe landing there?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, pull for the fire. But who are you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Shipwrecked sailors,” was the reply. Then there came the
-rapid dip of oars, and before many minutes a boat pulled into
-the glare of light cast by the fire. The boys ran forward as
-three men staggered out of the craft, showing signs of
-exhaustion. At sight of the first of the newcomers, Raynor
-uttered a shout of astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>It was Terror Carson. The men with him were O’Brien, the
-Irish helmsman and another named Tewson.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Carson!” exclaimed Raynor. The other started back
-at the sound of his name. He stared as if he had beheld an
-apparition from the grave.</p>
-
-<p>“Great heavens! it’s young Raynor!” he gasped out.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Raynor, whom you left to die on the wreck of the
-<i>Polly Ann</i>,” said the boy sternly.</p>
-
-<p>“An’ here’s anudder of yer chickens come home ter roost,”
-exclaimed Noddy Nipper, stepping up, “you’re a nice one, you
-are. You look as if you’d bin havin’ a pretty tough time, an’
-you deserve it, too.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are the rest of your crew? In other boats?” asked
-Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“Gone, all gone,” moaned Carson weakly. “Lost in a storm
-which overwhelmed us. There were ten men in this boat, but they
-all died or went mad but myself and these two. We were just
-about giving up when we saw the light of this fire and made for
-it. It’s&mdash;it’s like a judgment upon me.”</p>
-
-<p>He sank down on the bench and covered his face with his
-hands.</p>
-
-<p>“Have you anything that would bring a dead man to life like
-a bite of biscuit or sup of water at all, at all?” asked
-O’Brien.</p>
-
-<p>“We are almost dead,” said Tewson huskily.</p>
-
-<p>The boys, scoundrel though they knew Carson to be, could not
-but furnish him with food and drink. The man’s physique was so
-superb that, despite his sufferings in the boat, after his
-refreshment he was able to sit up, and talk of his adventures.
-O’Brien and Tewson, however, sank into a deep sleep of
-exhaustion.</p>
-
-<p>“How did you come to this island?” asked Carson at
-length.</p>
-
-<p>Jack explained and added:</p>
-
-<p>“You see, your rescuers are almost as badly off as you are.
-The rascal Terrill&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Hold on,” cried Carson, “that name again!”</p>
-
-<p>“Terrill&mdash;Rufus Terrill of Terrill &amp; Co.,” said Jack. “Do
-you know him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Know him?” repeated Carson bitterly. “He was the cause of
-all my misfortunes. He made me what I am, an outlaw and a seal
-poacher. He is the biggest rascal unhung.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell us about it,” urged Jack.</p>
-
-<p>Carson breathed hard as if laboring under some strong
-emotion.</p>
-
-<p>“So Rufus Terrill is here, here on this island, is he?” he
-muttered. “Strange that fate should bring us face to face in
-this place. I was an honest man when I met Terrill. I had been
-a sea captain in the West India trade. I owned my own ship and
-had a happy home and a pretty young wife. Terrill wanted me to
-do some dishonest work for him by wrecking a ship that was
-heavily insured. I refused. Then came a time when misfortune
-overwhelmed me. I lost my ship in a tropical hurricane. I
-returned home to find my wife had died of a fever. I was
-desperate and Terrill found me an easy tool, for I was half out
-of my mind.</p>
-
-<p>“Then came discovery of the insurance plot by the
-underwriters. Terrill got clever lawyers and they fixed the
-blame on me. In the meantime Terrill had given me money to keep
-out of the country. When I learned the trick he had played on
-me I didn’t care what became of me. I invested what money I had
-in a seal poaching venture with a bad character known as Olaf
-Larsen. Larsen was killed by a chance shot when a British
-cruiser chased us. I was captured but escaped, and then fitted
-out the <i>Polly Ann</i>. I have sailed her ever since,
-till&mdash;till for my sins she was lost. Oh! if only I could begin
-over again, but it is too late, too late.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is never too late to mend,” cited Jack, “perhaps, if
-ever we escape from this predicament, I can help you. I would
-be willing to.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I, too,” said Raynor, stretching out his hand.</p>
-
-<p>Tears filled Terror Carson’s eyes. His voice shook as he
-said:</p>
-
-<p>“I heard a preacher feller once talking about coals of fire.
-Now I know what he meant.”</p>
-
-<p>Soon after they all turned in. All, that is, but Carson. The
-last thing that Jack saw, as he dropped off into slumber, was
-the giant form of the seal poacher outlined blackly against the
-firelight. His head was sunk on his breast. His brawny arms
-folded. He stood motionless as a statue gazing into the embers
-as if he read his wild, rough past in the glowing coals.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXXIV'>CHAPTER XXXIV: A PERILOUS ADVENTURE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>Jack was astir betimes. The fire had died down and the chill
-awakened him. Carson lay asleep at last, curled up in the lee
-of his boat. Jack walked down to inspect the craft. It was a
-good-looking whale boat.</p>
-
-<p>“If only we had enough provisions,” he mused, “we might get
-away in her.”</p>
-
-<p>Apparently the boat had been used for whaling as well as
-sealing, for, neatly coiled in a tub, in the bow, was a coil of
-the finest and strongest manilla rope, the quality used for
-whaling, which is strong enough to stand almost any strain.</p>
-
-<p>Jack looked idly at the rope for some time, his thoughts far
-away. But suddenly, for no reason that he could fathom, a
-sudden inspiration struck him.</p>
-
-<p>“Hookey!” he exclaimed, “I know how I can get to the top of
-that plateau and fool Terrill and all that gang. If the food
-problem were settled I’d do it as soon as possible.”</p>
-
-<p>He looked seaward. To his surprise, within the few minutes
-that he had been staring at the whale boat, a new object had
-floated into view. It was a small boat bobbing up and down on
-the tiny waves, for the sea was very calm.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, that’s queer,” thought Jack, “looks like one of the
-<i>Morning Star’s</i> boats, too. And she’s loaded with
-something. I guess I’ll row out and take a look at her.”</p>
-
-<p>He roused Raynor and soon the two boys, in the boat they had
-landed in the day before, were rowing off to the strange craft.
-In a short time they were alongside. Nailed to the bow was a
-scrap of paper. On it was writing. But it was a hard hand to
-decipher. Finally, however, Jack made it out.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s from Pompey, that good old black soul,” he cried. “He
-says he can’t bear to think of us starving, so he stole some
-food while the crew was carousing, and two kegs of water, and
-put them in this boat, which lay alongside. He says that he
-overheard the mate saying that there was a strong current all
-around the island so that he hopes the boat will drift round
-our way.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good for him,” cried Raynor. “He’s got a real white heart,
-if his skin is black. See here, Jack, hams, potatoes, onions,
-all kinds of canned stuff. Why, he must have made a terrible
-raid on the provisions.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope he doesn’t get into trouble,” said Jack soberly, as
-he made fast a rope to the other boat and the boys towed it
-ashore. A hearty breakfast was enjoyed by all. The more so
-because it was unexpected. After the meal was over, Jack had an
-announcement to make.</p>
-
-<p>“Folks,” he said, “one of our problems is solved. But we
-have still another on our hands. We cannot leave the island
-until we regain possession of the schooner. Has anyone any
-suggestions to offer?”</p>
-
-<p>None had just then except Uncle Toby, whose lips moved and
-head wagged, but only inarticulate sounds came forth.</p>
-
-<p>“Then I declare this meeting adjourned,” said Jack. “Come
-on,” he added to Raynor, “we’ve got a lot of work on.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack chipped several specimens of what he believed to be
-pyron from the rocks. Pyron does not make as good a detector as
-silicon, still he believed it would serve to repair the
-apparatus. After some tinkering he said that he thought he had
-made the device efficient once more.</p>
-
-<p>Luckily, the boat from the <i>Morning Star</i> had a saw,
-hammer and nails on board as part of the emergency kit. Jack
-got these out and then he and Raynor went into executive
-session with canvas, stripped from the locker covering, and
-long strips of wood pried from the gunwale of the boat. All
-morning they kept up a great sawing and hammering, and by noon
-had produced an odd-looking contrivance. It was a paralleloeram
-of thin strips of wood with a square box of canvas at each
-end.</p>
-
-<p>After a hasty bite, Jack announced that he and Raynor were
-going off for a tramp. First, however, Jack borrowed Noddy’s
-fishing line, which was about two hundred feet long. Leaving
-the camp much mystified as to their errand, they set off up the
-gulch, carrying with them the odd-looking object they had
-devoted the morning to constructing. To make no further mystery
-of it, the object was a box kite. It is true it was a clumsy
-one, but a brisk breeze was blowing and Jack believed it would
-fly.</p>
-
-<p>“And so you really think you are going to get to the top of
-Cedar Mountain?” asked Raynor dubiously, as they trudged
-along.</p>
-
-<p>“I know I am,” laughed Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“You are pretty confident. Of course, I don’t know half of
-your plan yet, though.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, here’s the machinery,” said Jack, indicating the
-box kite.</p>
-
-<p>“It will never carry you up, even if the risk wasn’t too
-great to attempt it,” said Raynor, who believed that Jack meant
-to hang on to the kite and be borne to the top of Cedar
-Mountain that way.</p>
-
-<p>Jack chuckled.</p>
-
-<p>“There are more ways of killing a cat than choking it to
-death with cream,” replied he.</p>
-
-<p>At last they reached the foot of Cedar Mountain. Its walls
-rose steeply, almost menacingly, as if daring anyone to
-penetrate its secrets. Jack walked along till he found a point
-where the walls were lower than at other portions of the cliff
-face.</p>
-
-<p>“Now then,” said Jack, “let’s find out how the wind
-blows.”</p>
-
-<p>He moistened his hand and held it up.</p>
-
-<p>“Good! It’s out of just the right direction.”</p>
-
-<p>He proceeded to tie the string&mdash;the erstwhile fishing line&mdash;to
-the kite. Raynor watched him, and suddenly broke in.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, you’re putting a double string on. Scared one won’t
-hold it?”</p>
-
-<p>“That double string is the secret of the whole thing,”
-smiled Jack. “Now just try some watchful waiting and you’ll
-see&mdash;what you will see.”</p>
-
-<p>When the string was attached, Jack told Raynor to hold it up
-at a distance.</p>
-
-<p>“Go,” cried Jack; and ran back a bit. The clumsily made
-flyer began to mount in the air even better than he had hoped
-it would. The kite rose above the summit of the rocky wall,
-above the naked old cedar growing close to its edge. Jack began
-to maneuver the kite carefully. You are to remember that the
-double string hung down from it like an inverted V. At last,
-after much patient work, he managed to get the point of the V
-over the bare trunk of the cedar in such a way that an equal
-amount of string hung down on both sides.</p>
-
-<p>Then, very carefully, Jack started to haul the kite down
-while Raynor held one of the ends taut so that it would not
-slip back. Jack soon had the kite on the ground, and there was
-a loop round the tree on the summit of the Cedar Mountain, and
-two ends on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>“I see it now,” cried Raynor enthusiastically, “but you
-can’t haul yourself up on this string.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t mean to. I know where there is plenty of stout
-rope. Now we’ll go back to the cove and get the bunch, and
-before long we’ll know if the stone chest is a myth or a
-reality. I didn’t want to let them come along till I was sure
-my little device would work.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jack, you are a wonder!” exclaimed Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>Half an hour later an expectant group stood at the foot of
-the cliff under the bare old cedar on the summit. Even Uncle
-Toby was there, gazing with his lack-luster eyes at the
-proceedings. Jack tied one end of the strong, pliant whale rope
-to one of the pendant ends of string. Then he began pulling on
-the unattached end. Steadily the rope mounted as he reeled in
-the string hand over hand. Before very long a loop of stout
-harpoon rope, instead of string, was round the cedar trunk.</p>
-
-<p>“I knew Jack would do it!” exclaimed Raynor.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s de clear quill all right, all right!” ejaculated the
-Bowery boy with no less delight.</p>
-
-<p>“Now then, boys,” said Jack, making a big loop in one end of
-the rope and seating himself in it, “I’m going to get you to
-haul me up there.”</p>
-
-<p>“Great alligators, spos’in de tree pulls out,” gasped Noddy,
-his face white under its freckles.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to take a chance on that,” said Jack. “Lay hold
-everybody. Now then&mdash;pull&mdash;easy now!”</p>
-
-<p>Brawny arms laid hold of the rope and began to walk away
-with it.</p>
-
-<p>Jack began to mount slowly into the air, using his knees to
-keep from being dashed against the cliff face as the rope
-oscillated.</p>
-
-<p>It was a fearful trip. But the boy’s eyes shone with triumph
-as he slowly ascended.</p>
-
-<p>He had only one fear. Would the tree trunk hold fast? If it
-did not&mdash;Jack did not dare to look downward as this thought came
-into his mind.</p>
-
-</section>
-
-<section>
-
-
-<h2 class='pbb' id='chXXXV'>CHAPTER XXXV: THE TREASURE.</h2>
-
-
-<p>That was a dizzy and nerve-racking elevator. At the end of
-the rising rope Jack swung about like a pendulum. At last the
-edge of the summit was almost reached.</p>
-
-<p>“Steady on,” called down Jack, “I’ll climb the rest of the
-way,” for he had noticed that it was not a hard scramble, from
-the point he had reached, to the top.</p>
-
-<p>After a short struggle, he clambered and writhed himself to
-safety. Then he lay flat on his face for a moment on the flat
-top of the table mountain, regaining his breath and collecting
-his faculties.</p>
-
-<p>After a while he rose. He looked over the brink and waved
-his cap to those below. The sound of a faint cheer was wafted
-up to him. Jack shouted back.</p>
-
-<p>Then he turned his face upon the surface of the summit of
-Cedar Mountain. It was not perfectly flat as he had imagined
-from below. Rocky mounds covered it in every direction. Some
-struggling bushes and stunted trees also grew there.</p>
-
-<p>From his point of vantage, Jack had an excellent view of the
-island and the sea for miles.</p>
-
-<p>At almost his first glance about him, he detected the
-schooner lying in a small bay on the opposite side of the
-island to the cove. On the beach he spied what appeared to be a
-camp. A boat was plying between the schooner and the shore.</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder if they have found out yet that the treasure, if
-it’s here at all, is ungettable,” murmured Jack.</p>
-
-<p>He used caution in going about the top of the mountain after
-that, crouching behind rocky mounds to avoid being seen from
-the schooner or Terrill’s camp.</p>
-
-<p>The “island in the air,” as it might have been fittingly
-called, was filled with deep crannies, in some of which snow
-still lay. To have fallen down one of them would have meant a
-miserable, lingering death, without possibility of rescue.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, this is a unique adventure,” thought Jack. “Even if
-there is no stone chest, it will have been well worth the
-experience.”</p>
-
-<p>He made for the great dead cedar by a circuitous route. His
-heart beat a little faster as, at its foot, he saw there had
-been erected a rough stone cairn.</p>
-
-<p>“That makes part of the story true at any rate,” he
-reflected, “but I see no sign of the chest.”</p>
-
-<p>The boy did not feel much disappointment. He had distrusted
-the story right along. So that he was not downcast to find that
-he had drawn a blank. There was no trace of a stone chest, or
-anything even remotely resembling it anywhere.</p>
-
-<p>“Euchred!” murmured the boy, “poor Uncle Toby!”</p>
-
-<p>There came a sudden shout from below. The lad rushed to the
-edge of the cliff and looked over. What he saw gave him an
-unpleasant shock. Unperceived by him, three canoes had landed
-on the east end of the island.</p>
-
-<p>Their occupants, wild looking Esquimaux, had stolen up
-unobserved on the party below. From his post of vantage, Jack
-saw Carson snatch out a pistol and fire point-blank into the
-onrush of natives, who brandished spears and clubs. Sherry and
-Merryweather, too, covered the retreat of the rest with their
-service revolvers which they had brought from the revenue
-cutter.</p>
-
-<p>Three of the Esquimaux fell. The rest faltered. They had no
-firearms. Jack saw Carson, Sherry and Merryweather fire above
-the natives’ heads to scare them. The ruse succeeded. Picking
-up two of the wounded, they made a wild dash for the canoes.
-The white men picked up the third wounded man and Jack saw them
-giving him some sort of stimulants and examining his injury. It
-was not serious, for the man was soon on his feet and
-apparently imploring the white men not to kill him. The canoes
-of the others were already putting as great a distance between
-the island and themselves as possible.</p>
-
-<p>Jack hailed the party below and was soon lowered. His news
-was a distinct blow to them all. But Uncle Toby took it
-apathetically. Nothing appeared to disturb him now. Jack asked
-him for the map, and laid it out on a stone to examine it. It
-was crudely drawn with a rough picture of the stone chest in
-one corner.</p>
-
-<p>The Esquimaux, who, it appeared, had not been wounded at all
-but was merely scared into falling flat on the ground, began
-jabbering wildly as he saw it. Jack noted that the man’s
-complexion, though dirty, was fairer than he had imagined an
-Esquimaux’s skin would be and then, too, the man’s hair was
-distinctly yellowish in color. He was without doubt one of the
-famous blonde Esquimaux, the tribe of mystery.</p>
-
-<p>Carson, who could speak the dialect, began putting quick,
-sharp questions. The man answered, pointing upward at the cedar
-tree. Carson seemed strangely excited. He turned to Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“You and I and this Esquimaux are going up there to the top
-of Cedar Mountain,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, does he know anything about the stone chest?” asked
-Jack, his heart giving a bound.</p>
-
-<p>“He says he does, but he may be lying. We’ll give him a
-chance to prove what he says.”</p>
-
-<p>Carson was pulled up first, and then weighted the loop in
-the rope with a heavy rock and sent it down. Then came the
-Esquimaux’s turn. He was badly frightened but seemed to be
-under the impression that he would be killed if he didn’t go,
-so consented to be hauled up. Jack went last.</p>
-
-<p>At length they all stood on the summit. The Esquimaux began
-talking rapidly. He drew a stone hatchet from his skin-clad
-body and advanced swiftly to the tree. He inserted his hatchet
-in a crack in the thickest part of the trunk.</p>
-
-<div class='i004'>
- <img src='images/illus-004.jpg' alt='image' style='width:100%'>
- <p class='caption'>
- Within the trunk Jack caught a glimpse of a large, square box.
- </p>
-</div>
-
-<p>A door was disclosed.</p>
-
-<p>“Great guns! The beggar wasn’t lying!” breathed Carson
-tensely.</p>
-
-<p>Jack peered into the hollow of the trunk. The Esquimaux gave
-a guttural grunt and pointed. Within the trunk Jack caught a
-glimpse of a large, square box of some sort. It had metal
-hinges. The Esquimaux pried it open with his hatchet.</p>
-
-<p>A dull gleam of gold shone from it.</p>
-
-<p>“Uncle Toby was right after all!” cried Jack.</p>
-
-<br>
-
-<p>It was the next morning. All the adventurers were bending
-over a great heap of golden cups, bowls, breastplates, and
-other articles, beaten by some unknown and long-vanished race
-from virgin gold. What the pile of precious metal was worth
-none of them could estimate, for besides the contents of the
-stone chest, many other valuable articles had been found in the
-trunk of the tree.</p>
-
-<p>But what gladdened Jack’s heart more than the finding of the
-treasure, was the fact that, Uncle Toby, with its discovery,
-had been restored to his senses. The golden articles were
-carefully counted and inventoried. Then the Esquimaux was given
-his liberty in one of the boats, a present which delighted him,
-and was also presented with a number of knick-knacks with which
-he told Carson he could buy the richest wife of his tribe.</p>
-
-<p>The pile of gold was carefully covered up with canvas and,
-curiously enough, it was not till that had been done and an
-inventory checked up that any of them thought of the momentous
-question of how they were going to get back to civilization.
-After a long discussion, it was decided that that night they
-would take the boat and reconnoiter the schooner. If it was
-possible to retake her they would, and thus be in a position to
-dictate terms to Terrill and Company.</p>
-
-<p>During the afternoon Jack set up the wireless apparatus,
-stringing his aërials from a stout bush far up the cliff side.
-Then he began to send messages. He was in the midst of this
-work when there was a sudden stir in the camp. Three newcomers
-were approaching down the gulch.</p>
-
-<p>They were Terrill, Jarrow and another of the crew. Terrill
-looked crestfallen. Jarrow carried a handkerchief tied to a
-stick as a token of truce.</p>
-
-<p>He noticed the hostile looks cast at him and held up one of
-his bony-fingered hands deprecatingly.</p>
-
-<p>“I have come in peace,” he said in a sanctimonious
-voice.</p>
-
-<p>“You precious rascal, I’d like to see you go away in
-pieces,” roared Uncle Toby, who was with difficulty restrained
-from rushing at the oily rascal.</p>
-
-<p>“We all of us make mistakes,” muttered Jarrow, rolling his
-squinting eye horribly. “I’m thinking we all made a big mistake
-in ever coming here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Captain Ready,” said Terrill, “there is no chance of
-ever reaching the top of that cedar plateau. The treasure is
-secure from us both. We will reach an amicable agreement. You
-give me notes to pay half the expenses of this cruise, and we
-will sail for home to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>Uncle Toby burst into a loud laugh.</p>
-
-<p>“Fer a slick feller, Terrill, you’ve got yourself inter as
-nice a corner as ever a man did,” he chuckled, “so now, after
-trying your best to cheat us and leaving us here to starve fer
-all you know, you try to get me to sign notes for half of a
-business venture that you went into with your foxy eyes wide
-open and intendin’ to swindle me? I’ll see you rot on this
-island first.”</p>
-
-<p>“Confound you!” shrieked Terrill, “it’s you that are the
-swindler. You landed me in this out of the way place. If the
-treasure is there, it’s impossible to get it without an
-aeroplane.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll go up in ther air yerself in a minute if yer don’t
-watch out,” grinned Noddy.</p>
-
-<p>There came a shout from Jack at the wireless.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got the <i>Thespis</i>. Hurray!” he cried.</p>
-
-<p>They all, even Terrill and his companions, gazed at the boy
-in silent concentration.</p>
-
-<p>“They found fragments of the tender and thought we were all
-lost,” he continued. “Captain Simms congratulates us all. He
-will make full speed for this island at once.”</p>
-
-<p>A deep-throated cheer greeted this announcement. All took
-part in it but Terrill and Carson. Terrill was staring at the
-seal poacher, whom he had just recognized, as if he had seen a
-ghost. Carson was the first to find his voice.</p>
-
-<p>“So you know me, Mr. Terrill, eh?” he grated out. “Well,
-when that United States vessel reaches here, I’m going to tell
-all I know about that insurance swindle of yours that drove me
-to be an outlaw.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t dare to threaten me,” shrieked Terrill, “you yourself
-are being sought for as a seal-poacher. The revenue men will be
-glad to get you.”</p>
-
-<p>Carson made a rush for Terrill, who shrank back terrified,
-but Sherry and Merryweather held back the maddened sailor with
-their stout arms.</p>
-
-<p>“I&mdash;er&mdash;that is, we must be going,” stammered Terrill. “Come,
-Jarrow. Captain Ready, since there is no treasure to be got and
-we are in the possession of the schooner with a much stronger
-force for me than you, I hope you will come to terms before
-to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>“Consarn you, I’d die on this desarted island afore I’d come
-to terms with a rascal of your stripe,” shouted Uncle Toby.
-“There’ll be some of Uncle Sam’s boys here afore long and they
-can deal with you.”</p>
-
-<p>Terrill turned fairly green at this. Without another word he
-walked off up the cove, followed by Jarrow and the other man.
-Three hours later our party of adventurers saw the schooner
-rounding the point and heading southward.</p>
-
-<p>Terrill had carried out his threat, which they were
-powerless to check, for they were much the smaller party and
-the schooner carried guns and rifles. But as the sailing craft
-wore toward the horizon, a sudden cloud of smoke appeared. Jack
-sprang to the wireless. In a few seconds he was able to tell
-them that the smoke heralded the approach of the
-<i>Thespis</i>.</p>
-
-<p>A moment later the <i>Thespis</i> was in possession of the
-facts concerning the larceny of the schooner and was steaming
-to intercept her. Terrill, of course, did not dare to fight a
-revenue cutter, and the schooner was turned back to the island.
-Both craft anchored off the cove about sun down.</p>
-
-<p>There was a joyous reunion between Jack and his officers and
-the crew, with whom he was a general favorite; Sherry and
-Merryweather came in for their share of interest and
-commendation.</p>
-
-<p>They sat up late in Captain Simms’ cabin telling their
-stories, and the gold and plate were transferred to the specie
-room of the revenue craft.</p>
-
-<p>The news was broken to Terrill the next day by Uncle Toby.
-For a time it appeared as if the rapacious rascal would go mad.
-When he had quieted down, Uncle Toby agreed to pay him for the
-entire expenses of the expedition.</p>
-
-<p>“The rest of the debt I reckon you wiped out yerself,”
-chuckled the old mariner.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll sue you,” shrieked Terrill.</p>
-
-<p>“Go ahead. I’ve got nothing to fear in a court of law. I
-guess your case is different,” replied Uncle Toby
-imperturbably.</p>
-
-<p>Escorted by the <i>Thespis</i>, which had been relieved from
-iceberg patrol duty for that year, the <i>Morning Star</i>,
-with Terrill a practical prisoner on board, made a quick run
-back to St. Johns, N. S., the nearest port. Both Terrill and
-Jarrow vanished soon after landing, and a few days later there
-was a vacant suite of offices in the building where Terrill
-&amp; Co. had once hatched their shady schemes.</p>
-
-<p>The gold plate and relics turned out to be immensely
-valuable and all concerned in the expedition shared Uncle
-Toby’s generosity, including Noddy Nipper and Pompey. Noddy set
-up a news stand, which is making good money and Pompey started
-a colored restaurant where the chocolate-colored élite of New
-York gather. He never tires of telling them of his adventures,
-nor do they suffer in the telling.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Carson was “set on his feet” by Uncle Toby, having
-escaped punishment through the mercy of the authorities. He is
-now part owner of a fine schooner trading between Boston and
-the West Indies. Captain Toby was urged by his friends to
-purchase a conventional residence on his accession to fortune,
-but he still lives on board the old <i>Venus</i>. He says he
-would not feel at home anywhere else.</p>
-
-<p>As for Jack and Raynor, after a fine time ashore, with
-plenty of money to spend after their good luck in the Arctic,
-they soon began to pine again for active life. To Jack,
-existence ashore, even with the society of pretty Helen Dennis,
-began to pall, after the many adventures he had
-encountered.</p>
-
-<p>But how he gained another step upward toward his ambition in
-life, and what further experiences lay before him must be saved
-for the telling in another volume. And here let us leave them,
-satisfied that in the future all will be well with Uncle Toby’s
-companions in the search for the stone chest, and the hardy
-members of the Iceberg Patrol.</p>
-
-<div style='text-align:center; margin-top:1em; font-size:smaller;'>THE END.</div>
-
-</section>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OCEAN WIRELESS BOYS OF THE ICEBERG PATROL ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/69517-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/69517-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 876e143..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69517-h/images/illus-002.jpg b/old/69517-h/images/illus-002.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 39c0895..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h/images/illus-002.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69517-h/images/illus-003.jpg b/old/69517-h/images/illus-003.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d4397f..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h/images/illus-003.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69517-h/images/illus-004.jpg b/old/69517-h/images/illus-004.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f974a5..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h/images/illus-004.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69517-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg b/old/69517-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fcbcbb4..0000000
--- a/old/69517-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ